Adele

Adele

ENGLISH FIRST ADDITIONAL LANGUAGE
SCHOOL BASED ASSESSMENT EXEMPLARS - CAPS
GRADE 12
TEACHER'S GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS  
CONTENTS  PAGE 
 1 Introduction  6
 2 Aims and Objectives of School-based Assessment   7
 3 Programme of Assessment  9
 4 Assessment Tasks  10
 a Term 1
How to administer a formal listening comprehension task   8
Task 1 – Exemplar 1: Listening comprehension 9
Task 1 – Exemplar 2: Listening comprehension 11
How to administer an essay 13
  Task 2 – Exemplar 1: Writing an essay 14
  Task 2 – Exemplar 2: Writing an essay 16
  Task 2 – Exemplar 3: Writing an essay 18
How to administer a longer transactional task 20
  Task 3 – Exemplar 1: Writing a longer transactional task 21
  Task 3 – Exemplar 2: Writing a longer transactional task 23
  Task 3 – Exemplar 3: Writing a longer transactional task 24
b Term 2 
How to teach and assess reading aloud 26
  Task 5 – Exemplar 1: Oral: Prepared reading 27
  Task 5 – Sample reading passages 28
How to teach and assess a prepared speech 34
  Task 6 – Exemplar 1: Oral: Prepared speech 35
c Term 3
How to administer a shorter transactional task …. 36
  Task 9 – Exemplar 1: Writing a shorter transactional task 37
  Task 9 – Exemplar 2: Writing a shorter transactional task 39
5 Marking Guidelines 44
  Task 1 – Exemplar 1: Listening comprehension 44
  Task 1 – Exemplar 2: Listening comprehension 45
  Task 2 – Essay: General marking guidelines and instructions 46
  Task 2 – Sample: Essay 47
  Task 3 – Longer transactional tasks: General marking guidelines 48
  Task 3 – Exemplar 1: Longer transactional tasks 49
  Task 3 – Exemplar 2: Longer transactional tasks 51
  Task 3 – Exemplar 3: Longer transactional tasks 53
  Task 3 – Sample: Longer transactional task: Restaurant review 54
  Task 9 – Shorter transactional tasks: General marking guidelines 55
  Task 9 – Exemplar 1: Shorter transactional task 56
  Task 9 – Exemplar 2: Shorter transactional task 57
  Task 9 – Sample: Shorter transaction task: Diary entry 58
6 Rubrics 61
  Essay 59
  Longer Transactional Task 60
  Shorter Transactional Task 61
  Prepared Reading 62
  Prepared Speaking 63

 

1. Introduction 
“School-based assessment is a purposive collection of learners’ work that tells the story of the learners’ efforts, progress  or achievement in given area(s).” 
This exemplar booklet serves as a guide to schools and subject teachers on how to administer school-based assessment  (SBA) for English First Additional Language from 2014.  
School-based assessment is an integral part of learners’ preparation for the final examinations. Their school-based  assessment mark is formally recorded by you, the teacher, for progression and certification purposes.  
These formal assessment tasks provide you with a systematic method of evaluating how well learners are progressing  and this guideline includes various assessment tasks such as tests, examinations, writing tasks, oral presentations and  listening comprehension. 
School-based assessment is compulsory for all learners. If learners cannot comply with the requirements specified  according to the policy, they may not be eligible to enter for the subject in the final examination. 
Formal assessment tasks form part of a year-long formal programme of assessment. These tasks should not be taken  lightly and learners should be encouraged to submit their best possible efforts for final assessment.  
Remember to keep your assessment relevant to and suitable for the learners you teach. Adapt the tasks to suit your  particular needs, remembering keeping in mind however, that you are guided by the requirements as set out in the  CAPS. policy document. 

2. Aims and objectives of school-based assessment 

  • School-based assessment provides a more balanced and trustworthy assessment system, increasing the range  and diversity of assessment tasks. 
  • It improves the validity of oral language assessment in particular, by including aspects that cannot be assessed  in formal examination settings. 
  • It improves the reliability of assessment because judgements are based on many observations of the learners  over an extended period. 
  • There is a beneficial effect on teaching and learning, particularly in relation to not only the development of  speaking, extensive reading and writing skills, but also on teaching and assessment practices. 
  • It empowers teachers to become part of the assessment process and enhances collaboration and sharing of  expertise within and across schools. 
  • It has a professional developmental function, namely, building up practical skills in teacher assessment which can  then be transferred to other areas of the curriculum. 

The distinctive characteristics of SBA (and its strengths as one relatively small component of a coherent assessment  system) have implications for its design and implementation, in particular the nature of the assessment tasks and role  of the teachers’ standardisation procedures. These implications are summarised as follows: 

  • The assessment process should be linked to and be a logical outcome of the normal teaching programme, as  teaching, learning and assessment should be complementary parts of the whole educational experience (i.e. the  SBA component is not a separate one-off activity that can be timetabled or prepared for as if it were a separate  element of the curriculum). 
  • The assessment process should provide a richer picture of what learners can do than the external examination  by taking more samples over a longer period of time and by more closely approximating real-life and low-stress  conditions (i.e. the SBA component is not a one-off activity done under pseudo-exam conditions by unfamiliar  assessors). 
  • The focus of the assessment tasks should be on the speaking, reading and writing ability of the students, including  their ability to discuss issues in depth and convey their ideas clearly and concisely (i.e. the SBA component is  not an assessment of the students’ memorisation skills, nor of their ability to provide highly specific factual details  about what they have read or viewed). 
  • The formative/summative distinction exists in SBA, but is much less rigid and fixed than in a testing culture, i.e.  students should receive constructive feedback and have opportunities to ask questions about specific aspects  of their progress after each planned SBA assessment activity, which both enhances language development and  helps students prepare for the final external examination (i.e. the SBA component is not a purely summative  assessment). 
  • The marking criteria and standards should be regularly discussed with learners and actively used by them, albeit  in adapted form, as part of self and peer-assessment for formative purposes. 
  • The assessment tasks are designed as formal moments in the teaching programme at which the teachers can  stand back and reflect on their implicit or explicit assumptions about individual learners’ capacities, compare these  assumptions with careful analysis of examples of students’ real performance, and then subject their judgements  to explicit scrutiny and challenge or confirmation by others (i.e. the SBA component does not assume that the  teacher is totally objective and/or has no pre-conceived ideas or assumptions about a learner’s level; rather, it  seeks to make such assumptions explicit and open to discussion with fellow teachers). 
  • The SBA process, to be effective, has to be highly contextualised, dialogic and sensitive to learners’ needs (i.e.  the SBA component is not and cannot be treated as identical to an external exam in which texts, tasks and task  conditions are totally standardised and all contextual variables controlled; to attempt to do so would be to negate the very rationale for SBA; hence schools and teachers must be granted a certain degree of trust and autonomy  in the design, implementation and specific timing of the assessment tasks). 

Teachers should ensure that students have read and understood the assessment criteria and have extensive experience  of using it for self and peer-assessment in informal situations before conducting a planned assessment activity. Teachers  should also have used these criteria for informal assessment and teaching purposes before they conduct any formal  assessment so that they are familiar with the criteria and the assessment process.

3. Programme of Assessment

Term 1 

Task 1 

Task 2 

Task 3 

Task 4

 

Oral: 
Listening for  Comprehension

Writing: 
Narrative/descriptive/ discursive/reflective/ argumentative  essay

*Writing: 
Longer transactional writing

**Test 1: 
Comprehension (20) Summary  (10) Language structures and  conventions (10)

Total: 

10 

50 

30 

40

Term 2 

Task 5 

Task 6 

Task 7 

Task 8

 

Oral: 
Prepared reading

Oral: 
Prepared  speech

Literature: 
Contextual questions

****Mid-year examinations 
Paper 1 – 80 
Paper 2 – 70 
Paper 3 – 100 
OR 
Written test

Total: 

20 

20 

35 

250

Term 3 

Task 9 

Task 10

 
 

***Writing: 

Shorter transactional  writing

****Preparatory examinations 
Paper 1 – 70 
Paper 2 – 80 
Paper 3 – 100

 

Total: 

20 

250

* Friendly/Formal letters (request/complaint/application/business)/formal and informal letters to the press/ curriculum vitae and covering letter/obituary/agenda and minutes of meeting/report/review/newspaper article/magazine  article/dialogue/ interview. 
** Test 1 should be set out of 40 marks or, if more, should be converted to 40 marks. While the Comprehension,  Summary, Language structures and conventions combination is suggested, teachers are urged to design a combination  of aspects that fits the character (test programme, time allocation, etc.) of the school. A test in the Programme of  Assessment should not be made up of several smaller tests. Each test should cover a substantial amount of content,  should be set for 45–60 minutes, and should reflect the different cognitive levels as set out for exam papers.  
*** Advertisements/Diary entries/Postcards/Invitation cards/Filling in forms/ Directions/Instructions/Flyers/Posters/ emails. 
**** Mid-year and Trial examinations: In Grade 12 one of the tasks in Term 2 and/or Term 3 (Tasks 8 and/or 10) must  be an internal examination. In instances where only one of the two internal examinations is written in Grade 12, the other  examination could be replaced by a test. A recommendation has been made that the written test, if this option is chosen,  should be set out of 80 marks. This test should take the format of the Language structure and conventions, as set in the  examinations. 

4. Tasks
a. Term 1 
Being able to listen well is an important part of communication for everyone. For our students, guided practice by a teacher is one of the best ways to improve this skill. A student with good listening comprehension skills will be able to participate more effectively in communicative situations. Teaching the skill of listening cannot be emphasised enough in a communicative classroom. For First Additional Language learners, developing the skill of listening comprehension is extremely important.
When the learning objective of a language class is explained to students, they can focus better on specific vocabulary acquisition, grammar practice, listening for different purposes, and so on. This clear explanation by the teacher of a lesson’s pedagogic goals will help learners to further develop specific objectives in a shorter amount of time. For instance, by informing students that the lesson will be about giving directions, they can consciously focus on remembering the vocabulary used in that activity.
It is important to maintain an interactive and communicative approach for teaching English as a first additional language. However, it is also important to vary the students’ learning focus by concentrating on the skills needed to become proficient in a second language. Listening comprehension is one such a required skill.
When designing lessons and teaching materials to further develop listening comprehension skills, students need to be motivated and stay motivated. This is best accomplished by determining the suitability of the listening materials, the techniques used in classroom teaching, and the use of authentic materials. Two sample listening comprehension tasks have been developed for your convenience.
How to administer a formal listening comprehension task:

  • Supply learners with a blank page.
  • Alert learners to the type of information they will be required to listen for and to demystify (give some background on) the passage.
  • The listening passage for Grade 12 should be approximately 350 words in length.
  • The text to be read, at least two times.
  • During the first reading the teacher should read through the text so learners can become familiar with the content. (Hint: The teacher can pre-record the passage; record a good reader reading the passage.) During this time learners should listen only and may NOT WRITE.
  • During the second reading, the text should be read at normal pace. During this reading, learners may make listening notes.
  • After the second reading, learners should be given the questions and ample time to answer questions in full sentences.
  • Ensure that the questions and the requirements of the questions are understood by all.
  • The listening comprehension questions set must follow the requirements of Barrett’s Taxonomy.

Task 1 – Exemplar 1: Listening Comprehension 

UP, UP AND AWAY 

Matt Silver-Vallance will be strapping himself to 200 helium-filled party balloons and flying – yes, flying – from  Robben Island to the mainland. 
Charity and children are two things very close to the hearts of many South Africans. It’s rare, however, that you’ll find an  individual willing to risk his or her life for the cause. For Matt Silver-Vallance, the Nelson Mandela Children’s Hospital is  worth a daring stunt – a flight from Robben Island to the mainland over shark-infested waters with only a bunch of helium  balloons to keep him up in the air. 
“Balloons represent a child who is healthy and happy,” Matt explains. “My best friend Steve and I actually had the idea  before the movie UP so it’s always a bit of a laugh because people say, ‘Oh, like the movie’ and I want to say, ‘No, we had  the idea first.’” While this flight is not as daring as a whole house flying across the skies, there are still some concerns.  Matt laughs and says that one of the major worries is the weather. “In April we may get consistent south-easterlies which  would take me to the Caribbean.” But the real concern for the light-hearted dad who has a bountiful sense of humour is  that they won’t reach enough people and that the stunt won’t be as effective as it has the potential to be. 
The first ever cluster-ballooning flight in Africa, Matt’s aim is to raise R10 million for the hospital. He has been planning  the stunt for over four years. The Cape Town-born daredevil became familiar with the children’s hospital in his early 20s  while working as a volunteer paramedic for the Western Cape Ambulance Service. Although he now lives in the UK and  has gone down a different career path, the need for paediatric care in South Africa is an issue he has never forgotten. “I  chose the Nelson Mandela Children’s Hospital because a happy child is a wonderful thing and an unhealthy child can be  a terrible thing to witness. My experience as a paramedic taking children to the Red Cross Children’s Hospital inspired  me.” Oddly enough, he doesn’t consider it a challenge as he says laughing, “It should be very easy. I’ll be relaxing in  my harness, floating over Table Bay looking at the beautiful Table Mountain.” (364 words) 

 [Source: Indwe Magazine, April 2013]

Listening Comprehension 

Name: _______________________  Grade: _______________________ 

Date: _______________________ 

  1. Where will Matt start his stunt? (1) 
  2. Why did Matt choose balloons to perform this stunt? (1) 
  3. Matt’s idea to use balloons is original. Do you agree? Give a reason for your answer. (1) 
  4. Give an explanation of Matt’s intention in doing this stunt. (2)
  5. Give one reason why this stunt could be dangerous. (1)
  6. Matt is described as a “daredevil”. Explain this word in the context of the article. (2)
  7. In your view, is Matt an irresponsible person? Substantiate your answer. (2) 

TOTAL: 10

Task 1 – Exemplar 2: Listening Comprehension  

PUT AN END TO BULLYING 
(This article appeared in a magazine for teachers called What’s up Teach?) 

We all know that children learn best in an environment where they feel safe and secure. Many children don’t learn  because they come to school fearful of being bullied. Unfortunately, there’s no single solution that will stop or prevent  bullying. What’s Up Teach? interviewed two school principals to find out what they have done to reduce bullying in their  schools. 

WHAT IS BULLYING? 

It is the repeated behaviour by an individual or group that intentionally hurts another individual or group either  physically or emotionally. Often bullying is motivated by some prejudice or other against particular groups or by actual  or perceived differences between children. Emotional bullying can be hard to identify and can be very damaging to  children. 

Mrs Moima told us that she had received a number of complaints from parents that their children were being  bullied. 
“We decided to be proactive,” says Mrs Moima. 
“We held a workshop and we spoke about what issues could result in bullying and we developed strategies to prevent  bullying. We needed to change the culture to one where pupils treat one another and the school staff with respect. 
Not an easy task! We asked Mrs Moima what they did. 

WE HELD A POSTER COMPETITION 

“Groups of learners designed posters on good values in the school, to show the importance of respect for staff and  other pupils. The children set up a jury to judge the posters. This actually became an advocacy campaign that helped  to permeate the values of respect and care throughout the whole school environment.”

Mrs Moima tells us they introduced the following school rules specifically to deal with bullying: 

  • Don’t bully other children. 
  • Try to help pupils who are being bullied. 
  • Include children who might be left out. 
  • Encourage the practice of “Ubuntu” and caring in the school. 

They also introduced ways of dealing with aggressive behaviour: 

  • Bullies had to apologise. 
  • They had to forfeit their breaks and do some “community service”. 
  • Bullying incidents were discussed with their teacher, principal and parents.  

 (333 words) 

Listening Comprehension 

Name: _________________________  Grade: _________________________ 

Date: _________________________ 

  1. What does bullying mean, according to the passage? (1)
  2. Mrs Moima decided to be proactive about bullying at her school. Name any ONE action she took to prevent  bullying from taking place. (1)
  3. Name TWO of the rules that Mrs Moima introduced at the school to deal with bullying. (2) 
  4. What is the intention of publishing an article like this one in an educational magazine? Give TWO possible  answers. (2)
  5. Why would prejudice be one of the causes of bullying? (1)
  6. What effect did the poster competition have on the school? (1)
  7. How effective do you think forfeiting breaks and doing community service would be as punishment for aggressive  behaviour in your school? Give a reason for your answer. (2) 

 TOTAL: 10

How to administer an essay 
Learners should be familiar with the following types of essays: 

  • Narrative – to entertain or tell a story  
  • Descriptive – to describe in a vivid manner 
  • Discursive – to present arguments from differing viewpoints and draw a clear conclusion of your own 
  • Argumentative – to argue a case for one side of a point to convince your reader of your opinion 
  • Reflective – to give your emotional reaction on a specific matter 

General teaching guidelines and instructions 

  • Guide learners on how to choose the correct topic. 
  • Emphasise the importance of process writing. Learners should first plan, using a method that they are comfortable  with, i.e. mind mapping, brainstorming, free writing, etc. 
  • Learners must write a draft. Guide learners on how to edit their draft. The final product should not be a carbon  copy of the draft. 
  • Remind learners of the conventions of essay writing. 
  • Deter learners from writing on inappropriate content or using inappropriate language.

Task 2 – Writing: Essay 
In order to write well, you need knowledge of different text types, a wide vocabulary, a good control of English grammar,  spelling and punctuation, and a critical understanding of the potential effects of your writing. 
An essay is an extended piece of writing, in which a writer expresses his/ her point of view on the topic given. An essay should have an introduction, body and conclusion. A brief explanation of each follows:

Introduction  
The introduction should catch the reader’s attention, define the topic and briefly tell the reader what the essay will be  addressing.  

Body  
The body comprises the full content of the essay. The body must be divided into paragraphs, each of which must pursue  a specific idea to the end. The writer must address all the ideas he or she wanted to address, keeping to the topic.  

Conclusion  
The conclusion is the ending, the rounding-off of the presentation. This should tie up all that was presented by the writer,  a parting shot that justifies the writer’s point of view. As this is the end, the writer must not bring in new information.

Task 2 – Exemplar 1: Writing: Essay  

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date of submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write an essay of between 250 and 300 words on any ONE of the following topics. 
  2. Write down the question number correctly and supply a suitable title where required to do so. 
  3. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  4.  Your essay will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Can we still trust and look up to our sporting heroes to be the best role models that they can be? Discuss. 
  2. Music is a part of every culture and plays different roles in people’s lives. Write about how the role music plays a role in your culture or in your own life. 
  3. Teens love to talk: they love to talk online, on the air, on the phone, at school, after school, at the mall, in the car,  behind their friends’ backs – what on earth do they talk about? 
  4. Write an essay in which the following words appear:
    Then I realised that a mirror reflects only what is on the  outside and not who you are on the inside...
  5. English should be the only language of teaching and learning in South African schools. Do you agree? 
  6. The day I saw red ... 
  7. Look at the pictures below. Use any ONE of them to write your essay. There should be a clear link between the  picture and your essay. 

7.1  

131 7.1

 [Source: Google image] 

7.2 

132 7.2

 [Source: http://www.lifelonghappiness.com

TOTAL: 50

Task 2 – Writing: Essay 
Exemplar 2 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date of submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write an essay of between 250 and 300 words on any ONE of the following topics.
  2. Write down the question number correctly and supply a suitable title where required to do so. 
  3. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  4. Your essay will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Every love story is beautiful, but this one is my favourite. 
  2.  Imagine you are 60 or 70 years old. Give your views about the teenagers of today.
  3. School does not prepare you for the real world. Discuss.
  4. Write an essay in which the following words appear: “It was dark and quiet and I had a feeling that all hell was  about to break loose …” 
  5. Technology such as computers, cellphones, PlayStations, Xbox and iPads are destroying the future generation  of sporting stars. Do you agree? 
  6.  Memories of home.
  7. Look at the pictures below. Use any ONE of them to write your essay. There should be a clear link between the  picture and your essay. 

7.1 

133 crossroads

 [Source: Google image] 

7.2 

134 broken doll

 [Source: Google image]

TOTAL: 50

Task 2 – Writing: Essay 
Exemplar 3 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date of submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write an essay of between 250 and 300 words on any ONE of the following topics. 
  2. Write down the question number correctly and supply a suitable title. 
  3. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  4. Your essay will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Mistakes are proof that you are trying.
  2. If you could have any two famous people as your parents, who would you choose and why? 
  3. “You don’t have to hold a position in order to be a leader.” 
     ~Anthony J D’Angelo  
    Discuss. 
  4.  Start your essay with the following words:”The doorbell rings. The door opens and a package is found on the front  porch. A voice shouts, We’ve got another one!” Tell the rest of this story. 
  5. Where do you go when you want to get away from the pressures of life, family and school? Write about that place. 
  6.  Good teaching in school hours will make homework unnecessary. Do you agree? 
  7. Look at the pictures below. Use any ONE of them to write your essay. There should be a clear link between the  picture and your essay. 

7.1  

135 old shoe

 [Source: Google image] 

7.2  

136 is it really a holiday

[Source: Google image] 

TOTAL: 50

 

How to administer a longer transactional task  
Learners should be familiar with all the types of transactional formats as prescribed in the policy documents. 

    • Friendly and formal letters (request, complaint, application, business) 
    • Formal and informal letters to the press
    • Curriculum vitae and covering letter
    • Obituary, agenda and minutes of meeting 
    • Report
    • Review
    • Newspaper article
    • Magazine article
    • Dialogue
    • Interview
    • Speech 
  • Guide learners on how to choose the correct topic. 
  • Emphasise the importance of process writing. Learners should plan first, using a method that they are comfortable  with, i.e. mind mapping, brainstorming, free writing, etc. 
  • Learners must write a first draft. Guide learners on how to edit their draft. The final product should not be a carbon  copy of the draft. 
  • Remind learners of the required formats for completion of these tasks. 
  • Remind learners that each transactional writing task requires a specific tone and register according to the intended  audience. 
  • Deter learners from writing on inappropriate content or using inappropriate language.

Task 3 – Exemplar 1 : Writing a longer transactional task

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________ 

Date of submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write a response to any ONE of the following topics. 
  2. The content of your response should be between 120 and 150 words in length. 
  3. Write down the question number and heading of the text you have chosen, for example 1. Friendly Letter.
  4. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  5. Pay particular attention to format, language, register and audience.
  6. Your piece will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1.  Friendly Letter 
    You attended a concert. Write a letter in which you describe your experience to a friend who could not attend the concert. 
  2.  Interview 
    You have the opportunity to interview any celebrity of your choice. Write down the interview. 
  3. Minutes 
    Your youth group has decided to raise funds in order to assist a local charity organisation to buy blankets and food for  the less-privileged families. 
    The first meeting took place and you were the secretary of the meeting. The last three matters to be discussed under  the agenda point “New Matters” were: 
    1. Fund-raising activities 
    2. Selection of charities to receive the blankets and food 
    3. Assigning of duties
      Write the part of the minutes that reflects only the discussion on the three points above. Do NOT include details of the  rest of the meeting. 
  4.  Formal Report  
    The principal of your school would like to encourage the use of cellphones to improve learning in the classroom. He has  requested you, as a member of the Representative Council of Learners (RCL), to investigate this possibility. Write a  formal report in which you record your findings and recommendations.
  5. Letter of Formal Request 
    Write a well-motivated formal letter to the Mayor of your local municipality in which you request that an empty field in  your neighbourhood be changed into a playground for local children. 

TOTAL: 30

Task 3 – Exemplar 2 : Writing a longer transactional task

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date for submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write a response to any ONE of the following topics.
  2. The content of your response should be between 120 and 150 words in length. 
  3. Write down the number and heading of the text you have chosen, for example 1. Letter of complaint.
  4. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  5. Pay particular attention to format, language, register and audience.
  6. Your piece will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Letter of complaint 
    While out walking your dog, you fell over the root of a tree that had grown through the pavement. You cut your knees  badly and sprained an ankle and a wrist. Write a letter of complaint to a member of the local municipality complaining  about the state of the pavements in your neighbourhood. 
  2. Dialogue  
    You arrive home from a party at 03:00, having promised your parents you would be in by 23:30. You overhear a  conversation between your parents as you are sneaking in. Write out this conversation in dialogue form. 
  3. Newspaper article 
    Write a newspaper article for ONE of the following headlines:
    • Student caught red-handed
    • Illegal connection kills boy
    • Facebook causes breakup 
  4. Informal Report 
    You were an eyewitness to an act of vandalism in your community. 
    Your parents have asked you to write an informal report to a community leader in which you report what you have  witnessed.
  5. Speech 
    Write a speech in which you encourage learners in your school to become involved in school projects. Entitle your  speech:
    “If not you, then who?” 

TOTAL: 30 

Task 3 – Exemplar 3: Writing a longer transactional task 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date for submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write a response to any ONE of the following topics.
  2. The content of your response should be between 120 and 150 words in length. 
  3. Write down the number and heading of the text you have chosen, for example 1. Letter of complaint. 
  4. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  5. Pay particular attention to format, language, register and audience.
  6. Your piece will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Letter to the press 
    Read the following letter that appeared in your local newspaper. Write a letter to the editor in which you express your  views about the cited practice. You may agree or disagree with the viewpoints expressed in the letter.

    I am writing this letter about dogs being seen in all stores in shopping carts. I understand there are service animals  (for blind people) but now people take their animals wherever they please. I put my food items in these carts as well as  my 1-year-old granddaughter. I was at my eye doctor yesterday and they had a sign on the door that said NO PETS  PLEASE. These signs should be placed in all stores. Mind you, I love animals myself but it is now being blown out of  proportion. 

    From: Animals-at-home

  2. Magazine article 
    Write an article that will appear in a teen magazine. Use ONE of the following topics:
    • Cheating at school
    • Resolving teacher-learner conflict
    • How to deal with disappointing marks
      Provide a suitable title for the article.
  3. Review 
    Your favourite artist has released a new CD. You have been asked to review this CD for your school newspaper. Write  the review. 
  4. Letter of thanks 
    You lost your wallet with your ID book and some cash in it. Two weeks later your received a package in the mail.  Someone had found your wallet and posted it back to you. When you opened the wallet all your belongings were still  there. 
    Write a letter of thanks to the person who picked up your wallet and returned it.  

 TOTAL: 30

b. Term 2 
How to teach and assess reading aloud 
Spend some time preparing your learners for this section of the work. It is possible for all learners to achieve good marks  in this section as they have the opportunity to prepare themselves ahead of time. 
Stress the importance of choosing the passage. They must be at Grade 12 level, but also not too difficult for the learners  to manage. They must be passages on topics that capture the learners’ interest, as they will then naturally read better.  They must be long enough for the educator to be able to make a fair assessment.  
There must be clear evidence of preparation. The learners must have found out the meanings and pronunciation of all  the words in the passage.  
Encourage learners to enhance the meaning of words through tone, voice projection, pace, eye contact, posture and  gestures. 
You may wish to add to your conversation assessment by asking the learners’ questions on the passages after the  prepared reading has been completed. 
Do not force learners who stutter or who experience other speech impediments to perform in the front of the class if they  would rather not. Allow them to work alone with you at a pre-arranged time. 
Use the rubric in the addendum to assess prepared reading. Discuss the rubric with the learners so that they know how  they will be assessed.

Task 5 – Exemplar 1: Oral: Prepared Reading 

Date of submission: ____________________________________ 
Prepare a reading piece for oral assessment. Your reading should be TWO to THREE minutes long. Carefully follow the  instructions: 

  • Take some time to select a suitable passage that you enjoy reading.  
  • Read it silently to yourself to familiarise yourself with its contents.  
  • Then read it aloud several times. When you feel that you have mastered it, read it in front of the mirror, looking  at yourself several times during the reading. If you can do this, it means that you will look up at your audience  several times during the reading.  
  • You might also like to read to a willing audience for practice. 
  • You will need to project your voice and read with good pace.  
  • Maintain good posture and eye contact as you read.  
  • Practise pronouncing all the words correctly. 
  • Remember that you will be required to answer questions about the passage you have read. 

TOTAL: 10

Sample: Reading passages 
SAMPLE PASSAGE 1 
As I had expected, it turned out to be quite a business. I had to notify the police as well as the health authorities, and  answer a lot of tedious questions: How was it I was ignorant of the boy’s presence? If I did not supervise my native  quarters, how did I know that that sort of thing didn’t go on all the time? Et cetera, et cetera. And when I flared up and  told them that so long as my natives did their work, I didn’t think it my right or concern to poke my nose into their private  lives, I got from the coarse, dull-witted police sergeant one of those looks that come not from any thinking process going  on in the brain but from that faculty common to all who are possessed by the master-race theory – a look of insanely  inane certainty. He grinned at me with a mixture of scorn and delight at my stupidity. 
Then I had to explain to Petrus why the health authorities had to take away the body for a post-mortem – and, in fact,  what a post-mortem was. When I telephoned the health department some days later to find out the result, I was told that  the cause of death was, as we had thought, pneumonia, and that the body had been suitably disposed of. I went out to  where Petrus was mixing a mash for the fowls and told him that it was all right, there would be no trouble; his brother had  died from that pain in his chest. Petrus put down the paraffin tin and said, ‘When can we go fetch him, baas?’ 
‘To fetch him?’ 
‘Will the baas please ask them when we must come?’ 
I went back inside and called Lerice, all over the house. She came down the stairs from the spare bedrooms, and I said,  ‘Now what am I going to do? When I told Petrus, he just asked calmly when they could go and fetch the body. They think  they’re going to bury him themselves.’ 
‘Well, go back and tell him,’ said Lerice. ‘You must tell him. Why didn’t you tell him then?’ 
When I found Petrus again, he looked up politely. ‘Look, Petrus,’ I said. ‘You can’t go to fetch your brother. They’ve done  it already – they’ve buried him, you understand?’ 
‘Where?’ he said, slowly, dully, as if he thought that perhaps he was getting this wrong. 
‘You see, he was a stranger. They knew he wasn’t from here, and they didn’t know he had some of his people here, so  they thought they must bury him.’ It was difficult to make a pauper’s grave sound like a privilege. 
‘Please, baas, the baas must ask them.’ But he did not mean that he wanted to know the burial-place. He simply ignored  the incomprehensible machinery I told him had set to work on his dead brother; he wanted the brother back. 
‘But, Petrus,’ I said, ‘how can I? Your brother is buried already. I can’t ask them now.’ 
‘Oh baas!’ he said. He stood with his bran-smeared hands uncurled at his sides, one corner of his mouth twitching.  ‘Goodness, Petrus, they won’t listen to me! They can’t, anyway. I’m sorry, but I can’t do it. You understand?’ 
He just kept on looking at me, out of his knowledge that white men have everything, can do anything; if they don’t, it is  because they won’t. 
And then, at dinner, Lerice started. ‘You could at least phone,’ she said. 
‘What do you think I am? Am I supposed to bring the dead back to life?’  

[Source: Six Feet of the Country, Nadine Gordimer]

SAMPLE PASSAGE 2 
“Dave, I know Port St Johns is out of your district, but I’m asking you a favour. That’s what ex-colleagues are for. No,  seriously, we haven’t heard from her for two months.” 
“I remember Teresa. Wasn’t she a rather wild matric student with a ponytail?” 
“She’s grown up since then, Dave. Believe me. She now answers to the name of Tigger. You wouldn’t recognise her.” “Tigger, uh. As in Winnie the Pooh? What did you say she was doing at the Wild Coast?” 
“Studying,” Jake answered quickly. 
“Well, you’ll have to send me a photograph.” 
“I’ll fax you one,” replied Jake. “Don’t you have somebody in the Port St Johns area who could ask a few questions?” “It’s the Wild West up there, Jake, with a lot of ground to cover, but I’ll see what we can do.” “Thanks, Dave, I really appreciate it. When next you’re in Cape Town…” 
“I know, I know, you’ll wine and dine me. Promises, promises.” 
Embarrassed by having made a request which was completely out of the normal channels of his profession, Jake  changed the subject and asked some questions about the cases Dave was working on in East London. It didn’t take long  for them to run out of things to say to each other. An old friend living a new life in a different city is hard to keep in touch  with, and Jake was relieved when the conversation petered out and he could say goodbye 
Jake checked his watch. Sixteen minutes past seven – morning parade had already begun. He hurried downstairs and  slid into a vacant seat by the door, nodded apologies to the Colonel and pulled out his notebook. Except for the taxi  ambush in Mowbray it had been a quiet night on the Peninsula. BJ reported on the possibility of one of the township  gangs attacking an armoured vehicle. He had been warned by an informer, who had chosen to turn in his friends and  claim the advertised ten thousand rand reward rather than risk being involved in a bungled attempt to rob a bank security  vehicle. BJ was working on it and would keep everyone informed about the progress of the negotiations. Jackson  Sondile’s absence had been noted with displeasure by the Colonel, but Jake covered for his colleague, informing the  meeting that his partner was working on something related to the Witbooi case. BJ immediately objected angrily to  Sondile going solo on something which was now his affair. The Colonel made no comment, merely moving business  along. By a quarter  
to eight the meeting was over and the men drifted off upstairs for morning sandwiches and coffee. Dan caught Jake’s  eye and summoned Jake into his office. 
“I got an ugly call from Captain Steenkamp early this morning. Apparently you and Sondile were sniffing around on his  crime scene.” The Colonel moved in behind his desk and sat down, tilting his chair back until his head touched the wall  behind him. 
“We were responding to an all-units. When we got there we found it was a Valentine taxi which had been attacked. It  didn’t take much brainpower to make the connection between the ambush and the kid who was murdered the other  night. The owner of the taxi, a Mr Ronnie Valentine, had identified the murdered boy as his son. I also spoke to his  mother yesterday morning,” said Jake, unsure whether he should sit down or remain standing. Dan Pienaar observed  him silently for a moment. With the Colonel you were never sure when it was acceptable to behave informally. Jake  remained standing.
“Ja, well, I don’t know how you do it, Jake, but it looks like this case of yours is getting to be bigger than I first expected.  Steenkamp is up to his neck in taxi violence. It’s escalating all the time. It seems there’s a full-out war developing  between Tetwa Taxis and this Ronnie Valentine character. Late last night there were more shots exchanged in Guguletu.  Steenkamp believes it was in retaliation for the Mowbray ambush. No one was killed, but a Tetwa taxi was damaged.  Steenkamp is scratching around, but with nothing to show for it, and I think the key to the matter lies with this kid, Jimmy  Valentine.” Dan Pienaar swung his chair forward and opened one of the desk drawers. He handed a piece of paper to  Jake, who leant over the empty chair on his side of the desk to take it. 

 [Source: Who Killed Jimmy Valentine?, Michael Williams] 

SAMPLE PASSAGE 3 
Congratulations. The fact you’re reading this means you’ve taken one giant step closer to surviving till your next birthday.  Yes, you, standing there, leafing through these pages. Do not put this book down. I’m dead serious – your life could  depend on it. 
This is my story, the story of my family, but it could just as easily be your story too. We’re all in this together, trust me on  that. 
I’ve never done anything like this, so I’m just going to jump in, and you try to keep up. 
Okay. I’m Max, I’m fourteen. I live with my family, who are five kids not related to me by blood, but still totally my family. We’re – well, we’re kind of amazing. Not to sound too full of myself, but we’re like nothing you’ve ever seen before. 
Basically, we’re pretty cool, nice, smart - but not ‘average’ in any way. The six of us – me, Fang, Iggy, Nudge, the  Gasman, and Angel – were made on purpose, by the sickest, most horrible ‘scientists’ you could possibly imagine. They  created us as an experiment. An experiment where we ended up only 98% human. That other 2% has had a big impact,  let me tell you. 
We grew up in a science-lab-slash-prison called the School, in cages, like lab rats. It’s pretty amazing we can think or  speak at all. But we can – and so much more. 
There was one other School experiment that made it past infancy. Part human, part wolf – all predator: they’re called  Erasers. They’re tough, smart, and hard to control. They look human, but when they want to, they are capable of  morphing into wolf men, complete with fur, fangs, and claws. The School uses them as guards, police - and executioners. 
To them, we’re six moving targets – prey smart enough to be a fun challenge. Basically, they want to rip our throats out.  And make sure the world never finds out about us. 
But I’m not lying down just yet. I’m telling you, right? 
This story could be about you – or your children. If not today, then soon. So please, please, take this seriously. I’m risking  everything that matters by telling you – but you need to know. 
Keep reading – don’t let anyone stop you. 
– Max. And my family: Fang, Iggy, Nudge, the Gasman, and Angel. 
Welcome to our nightmare. 

 [Source: The Prologue – Maximum Ride The Angel Experiment, James Patterson]

SAMPLE PASSAGE 4 
‘It is clear that it is the work of a madman.’ Jon de Jong, tall, lean, grey, ascetic and the general manager of Schiphol  airport, looked and sounded very gloomy indeed and, in the circumstances, he had every justification in looking and  sounding that way. 
‘Insanity. A man has to be deranged, unhinged, to perform a wanton, mindless, pointless and purposeless task like this.’  Like the monkish professor he so closely resembled, De Jong tended to be precise to the point of pedantry and, as now,  had a weakness for pompous tautology. 
‘A lunatic.’ 
‘One sees your point of view,’ De Graaf said. Colonel van de Graaf, a remarkably broad man of medium height with a  deeply trenched, tanned face, had about him an imperturbability and an unmistakable cast of authority that accorded  well with the Chief of Police of a nation’s capital city. ‘I can understand and agree with it but only to a certain extent. I  appreciate how you feel, my friend. Your beloved airport, one of the best in Europe -’ 
‘Amsterdam airport is the best in Europe.’ De Jong spoke as if by rote, his thoughts elsewhere. ‘Was.’ 
‘And will be again. The criminal responsible for this is, it is certain, not a man of a normal cast of mind. But that does not  mean that he is instantly certifiable. Maybe he doesn’t like you, has a grudge against you. Maybe he’s an ex-employee  fired by one of your departmental managers for what the manager regarded as a perfectly valid reason but a reason  with which the disgruntled employee didn’t agree. Maybe he’s a citizen living close by, on the outskirts of Amsterdam,  say, or between here and Aalsmeer, who finds the decibel level from the aircraft intolerably high. Maybe he’s a dedicated  environmentalist who objects, in what must be a very violent fashion, to jet engines polluting the atmosphere, which they  undoubtedly do. Our country, as you are well aware, has more than its fair share of dedicated environmentalists. Maybe  he doesn’t like our Government’s policies.’ De Graaf ran a hand through his thick, iron-grey hair. ‘Maybe anything. But  he could be as sane as either of us. 
‘Maybe you’d better have another look, Colonel,’ De Jong said. His hands were clenching and unclenching and he was  shivering violently. Both of those were involuntary but for different reasons. The former accurately reflected an intense  frustration and anger; the latter was due to the fact that, when an ice-cold wind blows east-north-east off the Ijsselmeer,  and before that from Siberia, the roof of the main concourse of Schiphol airport was no place to be. ‘As sane as you or  I? Would you or I have been responsible for this – this atrocity? Look, Colonel, just look.  
De Graaf looked. Had he been the airport manager, he reflected, it would hardly have been a sight to gladden his heart.  Schiphol airport had just disappeared, its place taken by a wave-rippled lake that stretched almost as far as the eyes  could see. 

[Source: Floodgate, Alistair Maclean] 

How to teach and assess a prepared speech 
Speeches should be delivered in the context of real-life experience. This means selecting content which is relevant to  his or her life or things that they can relate to or are within their frame of reference.  
The learner should:  

  1. Show evidence of planning 
  2. Use communication skills such as emphasis or pause, pitch and eye contact
  3. Use an introduction and conclusion effectively
  4. Develop points logically and effectively
  5. Respond to questions on the presentation 

Encourage learners to think about what they enjoy and choose a suitable topic. Insist on planning. Possibly begin the  planning in class after the discussion. Stress how a good introduction can make or break a speech. Allow the class to  brainstorm some possibilities. Ensure that the conclusion is planned too. Discourage the endings that just “happen”.  Remind the learners that the conclusion is the last thing that the assessor hears before deciding on the mark. 
Once the planning is complete, and the speech is long enough, ensure that all learners transfer their speeches onto  cards (cardboard can be cut into little rectangles for this.) You must tell them how long you want this speech to be.  Motivate your learners to practise their delivery. Speak to them about eye contact, pace, pitch and the use of pause.  Remind them how important it is to bear in mind that they are communicating with an audience and to consider their  impact on that audience! 
The prepared speech rubric can be found in the addendum. Before the learners begin their preparation it is necessary  to spend some time going through the rubric with them so that they know how they are to be assessed. 
Include as many opportunities as you can in your planning for learners to practise their speaking skills in general.

Task 6 – Oral: Prepared Speech 

Date of presentation: _________________________________ 
INSTRUCTIONS 

  • Prepare a speech for oral assessment.  
  • Your oral presentation should be TWO to THREE minutes long. 
  • Follow the instructions carefully.
    • Do thorough research on your chosen topic. 
    • Collect and keep texts (pictures, posters, cartoons or any other audio-visual material). Display or refer to  these when you present your speech. 
    • Write a speech which, when read at a moderate pace, lasts at least THREE minutes. Read your prepared  passage aloud to a friend who will be able to assist you with pronunciation and fluency. 
    • Time your presentation. 
    • Ensure that your teacher is able to follow your speech easily. 
    • Once you are satisfied with the length of your speech, and the information that you have, make cue cards.  Cue cards are short notes to yourself that you will use when you present your speech. Good cue cards only  note the main points of the speech to help you to remember the rest of your presentation. Number your cue  cards so that you deliver your information in the right sequence. 
    • Marks will be awarded according to the amount of preparation and planning that is evident from the  presentation of the speech. 
    • Refer to the marking rubric that will be used to assess your prepared speech/presentation. On the day of  your oral assessment, ensure that you have the following: a copy of your final speech; your visual aids and  your cue cards. 

TOPICS 
Choose ONE of the following topics, or select your own: 

  • Conspiracy theories  
  • Ancient civilizations  
  • The role of women in the world  
  • Inventions that have changed the world 
  • Describe one of your favourite holiday destinations.  
  • South Africa – Land of my birth  
  • Unexplained phenomena, e.g. the Bermuda Triangle  
  • A historical figure (e.g. Nelson Mandela, Mother Theresa) I admire most. 
  • Choosing your own topic: 
    • Choose a subject that is interesting to you. What do you care about? What would you like to learn more  about? Follow your interests, and you will find your topic.
    • Before starting your research, confirm the topic with your teacher.
    • Be clear about your purpose: do you want to persuade your audience; inform them about a topic; or just  tell an entertaining story? 

 TOTAL: 20

c. Term 3 
How to administer a shorter transactional task 
Learners should be familiar with all the transactional formats as prescribed in the policy documents: 

    • Advertisements
    • Diary entries
    • Postcards
    • Invitation cards
    • Filling in forms
    • Directions
    • Instructions
    • Flyers
    • Posters
    • Emails 
  • Guide learners on how to choose the correct topic. 
  • Emphasise the importance of process writing. Learners should plan first, using a method that they are comfortable  with, i.e. mind mapping, brainstorming, free writing, etc. 
  • Learners must write a first draft. Guide learners on how to edit their drafts. The final product should not be a  carbon copy of the draft. 
  • Remind learners of the required formats for completion of these tasks. 
  • Remind learners that each transactional writing task requires a specific tone and register according to the intended  audience. 
  • Deter learners from writing on inappropriate content or using inappropriate language.

Task 9 – Exemplar 1 : Writing a shorter transactional task 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date for submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write a response to any ONE of the following topics.
  2. The content of your response should be between 80 and 100 words in length. 
  3. Write down the number and heading of the text you have chosen, for example 1. Advertisement.
  4. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  5. Pay particular attention to format, language, register and audience. 
  6. Your piece will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Advertisement 
    137 camera
    Use the picture of a camera above to create an advertisement for any product or service of your choice. There must be  a clear link between the picture and your product or service. 
  2. Diary 
    Write an entry from the diary of any character from a television series or movie that you have seen. The entry should  reflect on a single day OR a single incident in the life of the character or the actor portraying the character. 
  3. Obituary 
    Write an obituary for of a famous person (historical figure, actor, musician, etc.) who passed away. Remember to  put important information first. Include such particulars as the full name of the person, where the person was born  and, briefly, why the person was famous. Remember to emphasise the ideals and accomplishments for which people  remember the person.
  4. Instructions 
    Your grandfather has just bought his first cellphone. Write out a set of instructions which will enable him to send a text  message (SMS). 
  5. Flyer 
    Your parents have decided that your family will move to another town. You want to sell some of your furniture that you  will no longer need. They have asked you to design a flyer to advertise this sale. Create a flyer to attract buyers. 

TOTAL: 20

Task 9 – Exemplar 2 : Writing a shorter transactional task 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________ 

Date for submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write a response to any ONE of the following topics. 
  2. The content of your response should be between 80 and 100 words in length.
  3. Write down the number and heading of the topic you have chosen, for example 1. Poster. 
  4. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  5. Pay particular attention to format, language, register and audience. 
  6. Your piece will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Poster 
    Use the information in the attachment to create a poster to promote Egypt as a tourist destination. 
  2. Directions 
    You work at the Grand Royal Hotel in Cairo. You have been asked by a tourist for directions from the hotel to the  following places for a day of sight-seeing in the city: From the hotel to the Cairo Towers, then to the Midan Tahrir Town  Square and finally the Egyptian Museum. 
    Write down the directions you would give the tourist. Make use of street names and landmarks. 
  3. E-mail 
    Write an e-mail to Miser Travel Tower in which you enquire about accommodation and attractions in Egypt as you are  planning a ten-day visit to the country. 
  4. Invitation 
    You are leaving for a holiday in Egypt. You are planning to have a party with your friends to say goodbye before you  leave. Design the invitation card that you will send to your friends. Ensure that ALL the relevant information is contained  in the invitation. 
  5. Postcard 
    You are having a wonderful time in Egypt on your holiday. Write a postcard to your English teacher telling him/her about  your experiences. 

 TOTAL: 20 

Attachment: 
Egypt Basic Facts: Egypt, one of the world’s oldest continuous civilizations, still draws visitors and businessmen by the plane-load. Old  monuments, the Red Sea coast, Nile River cruises and Africa’s largest city, Cairo, are among its many attractions. 
Location: Egypt is located in North Africa bordering the Mediterranean Sea. Libya is on the west and the Gaza Strip and  the Red Sea make up the eastern border; see map. 

egypt

Area: Egypt covers just over 1 million square kilometres, about the same size as France and Germany combined.
Capital City: Cairo  
Population: Around 78 million people live in Egypt 
Language: Arabic (official), English and French are widely understood by educated classes.
Religion: Muslim (mostly Sunni) 94%, Coptic Christian and other 6%. 
Climate: It’s hot and sunny for most of the year in Egypt. Winters (November to February) are generally mild. 
When to Go: October–April when it’s a bit cooler, but the Red Sea coast is a year-round destination.
Currency: Egyptian pound.
Egypt’s Main Attractions: 

  • The Pyramids of Giza: The Pyramids represent one of the greatest architectural feats by man. The last surviving  member of the Seven Wonders of the World, the Great Pyramid is one of the world’s oldest tourist attractions and  the reason most people visit Egypt today.  
    138 pyramids giza
  • Luxor: Luxor is known as the world’s largest open-air museum. Luxor and Karnak Temples are hugely impressive  as are the tombs across the Nile in the Valley of Kings and Queens.  
    139 luxor
  • Egyptian Museum in Cairo: With over 120 000 objects, the museum houses an incredible display depicting ancient  Egypt’s glorious reign. Mummies, sarcophagi, pottery, jewellery and of course King Tutankhamen’s treasures ... 
    140 giza 2
  • Abu Simbel: The two temples built for the pharaoh, Ramses II, have been attracting visitors since Victorian times.  Almost as impressive as the monument itself is the story of its restoration in the 1960s.  
    141 ramses 2
  • Hurghada/Red Sea Coast: The Red Sea coast is hugely popular with beach lovers and divers. Package tours  operate from every European country and are often very affordable ... more about Hurghada.
    143 hughorrra

Travel to Egypt 
Egypt’s International Airport: Egypt’s main airport is Cairo International Airport, 20 kilometres northeast of Cairo’s  city centre. 
Egypt’s Embassies/Visas: A valid passport and a tourist visa are required for most nationalities. Tourist visas are  available at Egyptian embassies and consulates around the world. 
Egypt’s Tourist Information Office: Miser Travel Tower, Abbassia Square, Cairo, Egypt. Tel: 285-4509 or 284-1970;  E-mail: This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.; Website: http://www.egypt.travel.

sa

5. Marking guidelines 
Task 1 – Exemplar 1: Listening Comprehension 

MEMORANDUM 

  1.  He will start from Robben Island. √ (1)
    Level 1 
  2. He chose balloons because they represent a child that is happy (and healthy). √ (1)
    Level 2 
  3. Learners may agree or disagree with the statement; the mark is allocated for the reason. Possible reason to  agree: (Matt and his friend Steve) came up with the idea four years ago), before the movie UP was made. √
    OR
    Possible reason to disagree would be that he states it is the first time in AFRICA that it would be attempted, which implies  it may have been done before in other countries/The idea was also used in the movie “UP”. √ (1)
    Level 3 
  4. He wanted to raise funds for the Children’s Hospital.√ Second mark awarded for a more detailed response, i.e.  R10 million or Nelson Mandela Children’s hospital. √   (2)
    Level 2
  5. If the balloons deflated or burst he would float into shark-infested waters OR he could crash to the ground and die  OR a strong wind could blow him off-course.   (1)
    Level 3 
  6. He is not afraid of activities that put his life in danger 
    Not afraid to take risks that may have dangerous outcomes.√√ (2)
    Level 3 
  7. Open-ended response. 
    Yes, because he wants to help sick children/raise money for a good cause/ raise money for the children’s  hospital. √√
    OR
    No, he is irresponsible to risk his life as he is a father. √√ (2)
    Consider any reasonable response. 
    Level 4 + 5 

 TOTAL: 10

Task 1 – Exemplar 2: Listening Comprehension  

MEMORANDUM 

  1. The intentional hurting of another person. 
    Hurting or frightening someone who is smaller or less powerful than them, often forcing them to do something they  do not want to do. (1)
    Level 1 
  2.                  
    • Held workshops to identify issues that could result in bullying.
    • She developed strategies to prevent bullying.
    • Changed the culture of the school to a culture of respect. 
    • She held a poster competition to make learners aware of bullying.
    • She changed the school rules to deal with bullying.
    • She introduced ways to deal with aggressive behaviour. (any ONE) (1)
      Level 1 
  3.              
    • Don’t bully other children.
    • Try to help pupils who are being bullied.
    • Include children who might be left out.
    • Encourage the practice of “Ubuntu” and caring in the school. (2)
      Level 1 
  4.                      
    • To make teachers aware of the problem.
    • To show how other principals have dealt successfully with the issue of bullying. (2)
      Level 3 
  5. The actual or perceived differences between children can cause a child to be left out or bullied for being  different. (1)
    Level 3 
  6. It caused the values of respect and care to flood the entire school environment. (1)
    Level 3
  7. Open-ended responses
    Effective – learners will be embarrassed to work during break times and be seen and possibly mocked./Learners  see break times as a right and do not like their privileges to be taken away.
    Not effective – they will become even more aggressive and rebellious./ Teachers will be punished as well as they  would have to supervise the culprits.  

Accept any other reasonable answer. (2) 
Level 5 

 TOTAL: 10

Task 2: Essay  
GENERAL MARKING GUIDELINES AND INSTRUCTIONS 

  • Use the marking rubric in the addendum to mark the essay. 
  • For the purpose of these exemplars, specific topic guidelines are not given as they limit creativity.
  • The educator must be familiar with each descriptor on the grid. 
  • Be aware that learners may interpret the topics literally or metaphorically, especially with the visual stimuli. All  interpretations should be given the same consideration. 
  • There must be a clear link between the picture and the essay in the case of the visuals. 
  • Read the essay ONCE to get an understanding of the CONTENT without being influenced by language and  structure issues. 
  • Award a content mark out of 32, based on those descriptors in the category that best suit the essay. Consider  every descriptor in the category. If the essay falls into more than one category, award the mark according to the  category where the majority of descriptors apply. 
  • When the content of the essay is COMPLETELY off topic or irrelevant, consider the content to award a mark  within the range of the level 1 category (do not merely award a zero mark). 
  • Read the essay a SECOND TIME, indicating all mistakes identified in language, grammar, sentence construction,  paragraphing and structure. 
  • Award the language mark out of 12 according to the descriptors in the category that best suits the language used  in the essay. Language includes: spelling, punctuation, choice of words, tone, register and the use of figurative  language.  
  • Award the structure mark out of 6 based on your impression of the coherent structure of the essay – the logical  sequence within paragraphs as well as the flow of one paragraph into the next, detail, paragraphing and length.

Sample: Essay 
Response to visual stimuli Exemplar 2 No. 7.2 
My Joy 
Silence consumes me. The snow melts where I finally allow the hot teardrops to fall. All I can do is stand in the cold  while my limbs grow numb, echoing the numbness of my soul. 
My mind flicks through images of the past. I have been the proudest father from the moment the nurse placed you in my  hands. You were perfectly delicate, curled up in the palm of my oversized hand. In that moment, in the centre of pain  and loss, my heart surged with joy and you will forever be my baby girl, I named you Joy. 
You grew up to encompass beauty and grace, with long locks of hair, and eyes the colour of chestnut that shone with life.  Even the sickness that spread slowly through your blood could not take away your glow or beauty. Every time I glanced  your way, I had to look twice, because you grew so fast and every day you resembled your mother more and more. 
You radiated joy, as if you couldn’t contain it. If was on days like this, you would wake up early, haul me out of bed and  in our pyjamas we would dance in the garden. As you danced, it overflowed into a song and the entire world grew still  in wonder when you sang. A sound sweeter than the robin or any instrument or chime that created warmth to drive out  the biting cold. Without your whimsical laughter or sweet voice, the silence is deafening. 
Throughout all the dark, threatening storms of pain you were my sunshine. Every trip to the hospital, every operation,  every chemotherapy session, you were the strong one. You held my hand through it all; we were Daddy and Joy against  the world. When it all became too much and the storm threatened to overwhelm me, you rescued me with a song. The  sound of Amazing Grace echoed off the walls of my heart and gave me strength. 
I knew today would be the day I would have to say good-bye, so did you. Your joy gave me peace and hope that  everything would be okay. As the first snowflake hit the ground, the light in your eyes went out. Every moment of the last  five years you filled me with joy and now you are taken away from me as if you were only borrowed from a place better  than this one. You were the last piece of your mother, I could hold on to as she too was taken as you arrived. 
Goodbye, my baby girl, my Joy. I promise to live the way you taught me: to see all things as a miracle and to find beauty  and wonder in the ordinary. Forever you will live in my heart. Forever you are my Joy.

Task 3: Longer transactional tasks 
GENERAL MARKING GUIDELINES  

  • Use the marking rubric in the addendum. 
  • The educator must be familiar with each descriptor on the grid. 
  • Read the response ONCE to get an understanding of the content and format without being influenced by the  language and structure issues. 
  • Award a content mark out of 20 based on those descriptors in the category that best suits the response. Consider  every descriptor in the category. If the response falls into more than one category, award the mark according to  the category where the majority of descriptors apply.  
  • The rubric does not allow for penalties (subtracting marks from the total) to be awarded for formatting errors. Keep  in mind that format is only one of the descriptors of the content category and cannot be the only point of focus. 
  • When the content of the response is COMPLETELY off topic or irrelevant, consider the content to award a mark  within the range of the level 1 category (do not merely award a zero mark). 
  • Read the response a SECOND TIME, indicating all mistakes identified in language, grammar, sentence  construction, paragraphing and style.  
  • Award the language mark out of 10 according to the descriptors in the category that best suits the language used  in the transactional task. Language includes: spelling, choice of words, tone, register and style. 

Task 3 – Exemplar 1: Marking Guidelines 
TOPICS 

  1. Friendly Letter 
    The letter should be addressed to a friend.
    The tone and register of the letter should be informal.
    The following aspects of format should be included:
    • Address of sender
    • Date
    • Greeting/Salutation
    • Suitable ending
    • Name of sender
      The contents should include details of the event. 
  2. Interview 
    The learner needs to create a context. Who is being interviewed?
    The interview must be between the writer and a celebrity.
    The register and tone of the interview are determined by the person being interviewed.
    The dialogue format must be used.
    The following aspects of format should be included:
    • Name of speaker 
    • Colon
    • Direct words
    • No quotation marks 
  3. Minutes 
    All three the items on the agenda should be included.
    Content should include information that clearly relates to each item.
    Each item should be treated in a separate paragraph and subheadings may be used.
    Learners are not expected to write minutes of the whole meeting. The response required represents only an extract  from the minutes.
    The minutes should be written in the past tense and only resolutions should be recorded, not entire discussions.
  4. Formal Report 
    The report should have headings such as:
    • To
    • From
    • Topic
    • Date
    • Findings
    • Recommendations
    • Signature
      The tone and register of the report should be formal. 
  5. Letter of Request 
    The letter should be addressed to the mayor. 
    The tone and register of the letter should be formal. 
    The following aspects of format should be included: 
    • Address of sender. 
    • Date. 
    • Name/Position and address of recipient. 
    • Greeting/Salutation. 
    • Subject line. 
    • Suitable ending. 
      The learner must motivate the request for a playground. 

TOTAL: 30

Task 3 – Exemplar 2: Marking Guidelines 
TOPICS 

  1. Letter of complaint 
    The letter should be addressed to an official at the local municipality. 
    The tone and register of the letter should be formal. 
    The following aspects of format should be included: 
    • Address of sender
    • Date
    • Name/Position and address of recipient 
    • Greeting/Salutation
    • Subject line
    • Suitable ending
      The learner must explain where the incident took place, what happened and suggest ways of dealing with the  problem.
  2. Dialogue 
    Learner should create a context before they write their dialogue.
    The dialogue must be between the parents, the learner should not be part of the dialogue as he/she is listening in  secret.
    The register and tone of the interview will be informal.
    The correct dialogue format must be used.
    The following aspects of format should be included
    • Name of speakers
    • Colon
    • Direct words
    • No quotation marks 
  3. Newspaper article 
    There may be a subheading.
    The article must be divided into paragraphs. 
    The tone and register of the article should be appropriate to the content.
    The following should be included: 
    An introductory paragraph that answers the following: 
    • Who 
    • What 
    • When 
    • Where 
    • Why 
    • How
  4. Informal Report 
    The informal report need not have headings. 
    It should be clear to whom the learner is writing, who is writing the report, when the incident took place and details of  the incident.
  5. Speech 
    The speech must be divided into paragraphs.
    The tone, language and register of the speech should be appropriate to the audience (the learners of the school) and  the topic.
    The speech must motivate learners to get involved in projects in the school.
    There should be a clear introduction and conclusion. 

TOTAL: 30

Task 3 – Exemplar 3: Marking Guidelines 
TOPICS 

  1. Letter to the press 
    The letter should be addressed to the editor of a newspaper. The tone and register of the letter should be formal. The  following aspects of format should be included: 
    • Address of sender
    • Date
    • The Editor, name of newspaper, address of recipient 
    • Greeting/Salutation 
    • Subject line
    • Suitable ending 
      The learners must express their views about the practice of allowing animals in stores. 
  2. Magazine article 
    There must be an eye-catching heading. The article must be in paragraph form. The tone and register of the article  should be appropriate to the content of a teen magazine. 
  3. Review 
    The review must be divided into paragraphs. The tone and register of the review should be appropriate to the content  and the target audience (learners). The review may either be positive or negative.
    The following details should be included, among others:
    • The title of the CD 
    • The artist
    • The producer/record label 
    • Your evaluation of the CD
  4. Letter of thanks 
    The letter should be addressed to the person who found the wallet. 
    The tone and register of the letter will be determined by the perceived age of the person who found the wallet.  The following aspects of format should be included: (Do not penalise if the learner uses the formal letter format.)
    • Address of sender
    • Date
    • Greeting/Salutation
    • Suitable ending
    • The learner must express gratitude towards the person 

TOTAL: 30

Sample: Longer transactional task 
Restaurant review: 
Last week I had the misfortune of dining at the ‘Roots’ traditional restaurant. No, this is not one of those ‘health food’  restaurants where they try to pass off bits of their lawn as food, though I think I would have been better off at one of  those, chewing on some grass for an hour, than what I experienced. This is one of those ‘we are an African country, so  let me exploit that and make only traditional African food’ restaurants. 
Let me give you a general outline of the experience. The Chef – here is a person who has never heard the word  ‘presentation’, ever, if you can imagine I was served a stew which was just slopped into a bowl, droplets of gravy on the  edges of the bowl. The waiter – service, what service? I found myself waiting a whole hour for my food. When the food  eventually arrived, horrible presentation and all, he simply disappeared. The manager – shining in her absence. Not  once did she come to the tables to see how the patrons felt about the food, just as well for her sake. There was a line of  people waiting at the door, all because of her double bookings.  
The bottom line is ‘Roots Traditional restaurant’ is a real disaster. I can only manage a one out of ten stars – only  because the food was at least lukewarm.

Task 9 – Shorter transactional tasks  
GENERAL MARKING GUIDELINES 

  • Use the marking rubric in the addendum. 
  • The educator must be familiar with each descriptor on the grid. 
  • Read the response ONCE to get an understanding of the content and format without being influenced by the  language and structure issues. 
  • Award a content mark out of 13 based on those descriptors in the category that best suit the response. Consider  every descriptor in the category. If the response falls into more than one category, award the mark according to  the category where the majority of descriptors apply.  
  • The rubric does not allow for penalties (subtracting marks from the total) for formatting errors. Keep in mind that  format is only one of the descriptors of the content category and cannot be the only point of focus. 
  • When the content of the response is COMPLETELY off topic or irrelevant, consider the content to award a mark  within the range of the level 1 category (do not merely award a zero mark). 
  • Read the response a SECOND TIME, indicating all mistakes identified in language, grammar, sentence  construction, paragraphing and style.  
  • Award the language mark out of 7 according to the descriptors in the category that best suits the language used  in the transaction task. Language includes: spelling, choice of words, tone, register and style. 

Task 9 – Exemplar 1: Shorter transactional task 
TOPICS 

  1. Advertisement 
    The advertisement should include some details of a product or a service related to the picture. The language, tone and  register may be informal.
    The advertisement should persuade people to buy the product or make use of the service. Persuasive language and  catch-phrases should be used.
    The following should be included, among others:
    • Description of the product/service
    • Brand name
    • Slogan
    • Where to find it/How to obtain it
    • Price
      No marks are awarded for illustrations.
  2. Diary entry 
    The entry should start with the date. Learners should use appropriate tone, style and register. The following ideas may  be explored, among others:
    • Learners should explore an experience/incident in the life of the character or in the actor portraying the  character.
    • The feelings and mood that this experience or incident evoked in the character or actor.
      NOTE: Entries do not necessarily have to be in full sentences.
  3. Obituary 
    The tone of the obituary must be gentle/euphemistic/tactful. The name and surname of the deceased must be mentioned.  The cause of death may be mentioned. Details of why the person was famous must be mentioned.
  4. Instructions 
    Instructions should be written clearly. 
    Details must be given and structured according to the order of action.
    Include all detail from where to find the message box to typing and sending a message.
    NOTE: Entries do not necessarily have to be in full sentences.
  5. Flyer 
    The flyer should encourage people to come and buy the furniture.
    The following should be included:
    • Heading
    • Items for sale
    • When and where the items will be sold
    • Contact person.
      No marks are awarded for illustrations. 

 TOTAL: 20

Task 9 – Exemplar 2: Shorter transactional task 
TOPICS 

  1. Poster: 
    The poster should encourage people to visit Egypt. 
    The following should be included: 
    • Heading/Slogan. 
    • Reasons for visiting Egypt. 
    • Attractions 
    • Contact details. 
      NOTE: No marks are awarded for illustrations. 
  2. Direction: 
    The directions given must be from the Grand Royal Hotel to Cairo Towers, then to Midan Tahrir Town Square and then  the Egyptian Museum.
    Learners must make reference to streets AND landmarks on the route that they have chosen. There may be more than one possible route to the attraction mentioned. 
  3. E-mail: 
    The recipient’s e-mail address should be mentioned.
    The subject of the e-mail
    The enquiry about accommodation and attractions in Egypt
    Learners must mention the dates of arrival and departure, and the number of people requiring accommodation. The sender’s name and contact details
  4. Invitation: 
    The invitation must be addressed to friends and family. 
    The tone and register of the invitation must be informal. 
    Important details of the event must be included (e.g. date, time, venue and RSVP details). 
  5. Postcard: 
    The language (including the salutation and ending/conclusion) must be slightly more formal as learners are addressing  a teacher.
    Complete sentences are not required.
    The content must be brief but informative. 

 TOTAL: 20

Sample: Shorter transactional task
Diary entry:

31 October 2014

Dear Diary
Today I wished a close friend ‘Happy Birthday’ on Facebook. What saddens me is that if I hadn’t posted her a message on Facebook, I would be seen as a bad friend.
I am not expected to call or even wish her well in person, as long as I publicly display my presence in her life over a social media network. I feel despicable engaging in such
shallowness.
Social media has become a vessel for falsehood. Maybe it is merely exposing humans for who we really are – vacuous beings with no depth. Yet I crave the opposite. I long
for someone who also appreciates the beauty and intricacies of life.
Diary, how do I find someone real when I myself am falling into the shallow waters of materialism?

(No greeting/ending or name to be included.)

5. Rubrics
APPENDIX B: ASSESMENT RUBRICS FOR FIRST ADDITIONAL LANGUAGE.
SECTION A: RUBRIC FOR ASSESSING AN ESSAY - FIRST ADDITIONAL LANGUAGE (60 MARKS)

  Code 7:
Outstanding
80-100% 
Code 6:
Meritorious
70-79% 
Code 5:
Substantial
60-69% 
Code 4:
Adequate
50-59% 
Code 3:
Moderate
40-49% 
Code 2:
Elementary
30-39% 
 Code 1:
Not -achieved 
0-29%
 CONTENT AND PLANNING 
32 MARKS

 26-32

  • Content shows impressive insight on topic
  • Ideas thought-provoking and mature
  • Planning and/or drafting has produced a virtually flawless, presentable essay

 22½- 25½

  • Content shows thorough interpretation of topic
  • Ideas imaginative and interesting.
  • Planning and/or drafting has produced a well-crafted and presentable essay

 19½-22

  • Content shows a sound interpretation of the topic
  • Ideas interesting and convincing
  • Planning or/and drafting has produced a presentable  and very good essay

 16-19

  • Content shows an adequate interpretation of the topic.
  • Ideas ordinary, lacking depth.
  • Planning and /or drafting has produced a satisfactorily presented essay.

 13-15½

  • Content ordinary.
  • Gaps in coherence.
  • Ideas mostly relevant.
  • Repetitive.
  • Planning and/or drafting has produced a moderately presentable and coherent essay.

 10-12½

  • Content not always clear, lacks coherence.
  • Few ideas, often repetitive.
  • Inadequate evidence of planning/drafting.
  • Essay not well presented.

 0-9½

  • Content irrelevant.
  • No coherence.
  • Ideas repetitive.
  • Non-existent planning/drafting.
  • Poorly presented essay.
LANGUAGE, STYLE AND EDITING
12 MARKS

 10-12

  • Critical awareness of impact of language.
  • Language, punctuation effectively used.
  • Uses figurative language.
  • Choice of words highly appropriate.
  • Style, tone, register highly suited to topic.
  • Virtually error-free following proof-reading and editing.

 8½-9½

  • Critical awareness of impact of language.
  • Language, punctuation correct; able to include figuratively language correctly.
  • Choice of words varied and correctly used.
  • Style, tone, register appropriately suited to topic.
  • Largely error-free following proof-reading and editing.

 7½-8

  • Critical awareness of language evident.
  • Language and punctuation mostly correct.
  • Choice of words suited to text.
  • Style, tone and register suited to topic in most of the essay.
  • By and large error-free following proof-reading and editing.

 6-7

  • Some awareness of impact of language
  • Language simplistic
  • Punctuation adequate.
  • Choice of words adequate.
  • Atyle, tone and register generally consistent with the topic requirements.
  • Still contains errors following proof-reading and editing.

 5-5½

  • Limited critical language awareness.
  • Language ordinary and punctuation often inaccurately used.
  • Choice of words basic.
  • Style, tone and register lacking in coherence. 
  • Contains several errors following proof-reading and editing.

 4-4½

  • Language and punctuation flawed.
  • Choice of words limited.
  • Style, tone and register inappropriate.
  • Error-ridden despite proof-reading and editing.

 0-3½

  • Language and punctuation seriously flawed.
  • Choice of words inappropriate.
  • Style, tone and register flawed in all aspects.
  • Error-ridden and confused following proof-reading and editing.
 STRUCTURE
6 MARKS

 5-6

  • Coherent development of topic.
  • Vivid detail.
  • Sentences, paragraphs coherently constructed.
  • Length in accordance with requirements of topic.

 

  • Logical development of details. Coherent.
  • Sentences, paragraphs logical, varied.
  • Length correct.

 4

  • Several relevant details developed.
  • Sentences, paragraphs well constructed.
  • Length almost correct.

 3-3½

  • Some points, necessary details developed.
  • Sentences, paragraphs might be  faulty in places but essay still makes sense.
  • Length correct.

 

  • Some necessary points evident.
  • Sentences, paragraphs faulty but ideas can be understood.
  • Length - too short/long

 2

  • Sometimes off topic.
  • General line of thought difficult to follow.
  • Sentences, paragraphs constructed at an elementary level.
  • Length - too short/long

 0-1½

  • Off-topic.
  • Sentences, paragraphs muddled, inconsistent.
  • Length - far too short/long

 

 CONTENT AND PLANNING 32 MARKS                               TOTAL     
 LANGUAGE, STYLE AND EDITING  12 MARKS     
 STRUCTURE  6 MARKS  

SECTION B: RUBRIC FOR ASSESING LONGER TRANSACTIONAL TEXTS - FIRST ADDITIONAL  LANGUAGE (30 MARKS)

  Code 7:
Outstanding
80-100%  
 Code 6:
Meritorious
70-79% 
Code 5:
Substantial
60-69%  
 Code 4:
Adequate
50-59% 
Code 3:
Moderate
40-49%  
Code 2:
Elementary
30-39%  
 Code 1:
Not -achieved 
0-29% 
 CONTENT AND PLANNING 
20 MARKS

 16-20

  • Specialized knowledge requirements to the text.
  • Disciplined writing-maintains thorough focus, no digressions.
  • Text fully coherent in content and ideas and all details support the topic
  • Evidence of planning and/or drafting has produced a virtually flawlessly presentable text.
  • Has applied all the necessary rules of format/outstanding.

 14-15½

  • Good knowledge of requirements of the text.
  • Disciplined writing- learner maintains focus, hardly any digressions.
  • Text  is coherent in content and ideas, with all details supporting the topic.
  • Evidence of planning and/or drafting has produced a well crafted, presentable text.
  • Has applied the necessary rules of format/meritorious.

 12-13½

  • Fair knowledge of requirements of the texts.
  • Writing - learner maintains focus, with minor digressions.
  • Text is coherent in content and ideas, and details support the topic.
  • Evidence of planning and/or drafting has produced a presentable and good text.
  • Has applied most of the necessary rules of format/substantial

 10-11½

  • Adequate knowledge of requirement s of the text.
  • Writing - learner digresses from topic but does not impede overall meaning.
  • Text adequately coherent in content and ideas and some details support the topic.
  • Evidence of planning or/and drafting has produced a satisfactorily presented text,
  • Has applied an adequate idea of the requirements of format.

 8-9½

  • Moderate knowledge of requirements of the text.
  • Response to writing task reveals a narrow focus.
  • Writing - learner digresses, meaning is vague in places.
  • Text moderately coherent in content and ideas, and has basic details which support the topic.
  • Evidence of planning and/or drafting has produced a moderately presentable and coherent text.
  • Has a moderate idea of requirements of format - some critical oversights.

 6-7½

  • Elementary knowledge of requirements of the text.
  • Response to writing task reveals a limited focus.
  • Writing - learner digresses, meaning is obscure in places.
  • Text not always coherent in content and ideas, and has few details that support the topic.
  • Inadequate planning and/or drafting. Text not well presented.
  • Has vaguely applied the necessary rules of format.

 0-5½

  • No knowledge of requirements of the text.
  • Writing -learner digresses, meaning is obscure in places.
  • Text not coherent in content and ideas, too few details to support topic.
  • Planning and or drafting non-existent. Poorly presented text.
  • Has not applied the necessary rules of format.
 LANGUAGE, STYLE AND EDITING
10 MARKS

 8-10

  • Text is grammatically accurate and well constructed.
  • Vocabulary is very appropriate to purpose, audience and context.
  • Style, tone and register very appropriate.
  • Text virtually error-free following proof-reading, editing.
  • Length correct.

 7-7½

  • Text is well constructed and accurate.
  • Vocabulary is mostly appropriate to purpose, audience and context.
  • Style, tone and register mostly appropriate.
  • Text largely error-free following proof-reading and editing.
  • Length correct.

 6-6½

  • Text is well constructed and easy to read.
  • Vocabulary is appropriate to purpose, audience and context.
  • Style, tone and register generally appropriate.
  • Text mostly error-free following proof-reading and editing.
  • Length correct.

 5-5½

  • Text is adequately constructed. Errors do not impede flow.
  • Vocabulary is adequate for the purpose, audience and context.
  • Style, tone, register appropriate.
  • Text still contains a few errors following proof-reading editing.
  • Length almost correct.

 4-4½

  • Text is basically constructed.  Several errors.
  • Vocabulary is limited and not suitable for the purpose, audience and context.
  • Lapse in style.
  • Text contains several errors following proof reading, editing.
  • Length - too short/long.

 3-3½

  • Text is poorly constructed and difficult to follow.
  • Vocabulary requires remediation and not suitable for purpose, audience and context.
  • Style, tone and register inappropriate.
  • Text error-ridden despite proof-reading and  editing
  • Length - too short/long.

 0-2½

  • Text is poorly constructed and muddled.
  • Vocabulary requires serious remediation and not suitable for purpose.
  • Style, tone and register do not correspond with topic.
  • Text error ridden and confused following proof reading and editing
  • Length - too short/long.

 

 CONTENT AND PLANNING 20 MARKS                               TOTAL:        
 LANGUAGE, STYLE AND EDITING  10 MARKS  

 

 section c caps 1

caps 2

caps 3

caps 4

ENGLISH FIRST ADDITIONAL LANGUAGE
SCHOOL BASED ASSESSMENT EXEMPLARS - CAPS
GRADE 12
LEARNER'S GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENT 
CONTENT  PAGE 
 1   Introduction   3
 2   Aims and objectives of school-based assessment  4
 3   Programme of assessment  5
 4   Assessment tasks  6
   a Term 1   
    Task 1 6
    Task 2 – Exemplar 1 8
    Task 2 – Exemplar 2 10
    Task 2 – Exemplar 3 12
    Task 3 – Exemplar 1 14
    Task 3 – Exemplar 2 16
    Task 3 – Exemplar 3 17
  b Term 2   
    Task 5 19
    Sample: Reading passages 20
    Task 6 23
  c Term 3   
    Task 9 – Exemplar 1 25
    Task 9 – Exemplar 2 27
5   Rubrics 33
    Essay 33
    Longer Transactional Task 34
    Shorter Transactional Task 35
    Prepared Reading 36
    Prepared Speech 38

 

1. Introduction 
School-based assessment in English First Additional Language is an integral part of your preparation for the final  examinations. Your school-based assessment mark is formally recorded by your teacher for progression and certification  purposes. It is important that you understand that school-based assessment does impact on your final marks at the end  of Grade 12.  
These formal assessment tasks provide your teacher with a systematic way of evaluating how well you are progressing  and it includes various assessment tasks such as tests, examinations, writing tasks, oral presentations and listening  comprehension. 
School-based assessment is compulsory for all students. If you do not comply with the requirements specified according  to the policy, you may not be eligible to enter for the subject in the final examination. 
Formal assessment tasks form part of a year-long formal programme of assessment. These tasks should not be taken  lightly and you should submit your best possible efforts for final assessment.

2. Aims and objectives of school-based assessment 
Assessment, primarily, is aimed at improving your learning and achievement. Through assessment you get information  about what you should learn.  
Assessment provides complete information about your achievement. It provides information on how much you know and  what you can do with what you know. Furthermore, assessment is used to evaluate your knowledge and skills, as well as  your values, attitudes and habits that have an influence on your performance and achievements at school and out of it. 
Assessment complements the teaching process. There is a clear relationship between the goals and the content of  instruction and those of assessment (between what is learnt and taught and what is assessed). 
You have an active role to play in the assessment process, thus enhancing your progress. The different methods and  types of assessment, which take into consideration various learning styles and personality types, ensure that your  potential to do well is laid out for you. 
Assessment is a continuous process. It involves activities of monitoring and evaluation of your performance and  achievements during the entire school year.  
You should be familiar with what you are expected to learn, how and when you are going to be assessed. 

3. Programme of assessment

Term 1 

Task 1 

Task 2 

Task 3 

Task 4

 

Oral: 
Listening for  Comprehension

Writing: 
Narrative/descriptive/ discursive/reflective/ argumentative  essay

*Writing: 
Longer transactional writing

**Test 1: 
Comprehension (20) Summary  (10) Language structures and  conventions (10)

Total: 

10 

50 

30 

40

Term 2 

Task 5 

Task 6 

Task 7 

Task 8

 

Oral: 
Prepared reading

Oral: 
Prepared  speech

Literature: 
Contextual questions

****Mid-year examinations 
Paper 1 – 80 
Paper 2 – 70 
Paper 3 – 100 
OR 
Written test

Total: 

20 

20 

35 

250

Term 3 

Task 9 

Task 10

 
 

***Writing: 

Shorter transactional  writing

****Preparatory examinations 
Paper 1 – 70 
Paper 2 – 80 
Paper 3 – 100

 

Total: 

20 

250

* Friendly/Formal letters (request/complaint/application/business)/formal and informal letters to the press/ curriculum vitae and covering letter/obituary/agenda and minutes of meeting/report/review/newspaper article/magazine  article/dialogue/ interview. 
** Test 1 should be set out of 40 marks or, if more, should be converted to 40 marks. While the Comprehension,  Summary, Language structures and conventions combination is suggested, teachers are urged to design a combination  of aspects that fits the character (test programme, time allocation, etc.) of the school. A test in the Programme of  Assessment should not be made up of several smaller tests. Each test should cover a substantial amount of content,  should be set for 45–60 minutes, and should reflect the different cognitive levels as set out for exam papers.  
*** Advertisements/Diary entries/Postcards/Invitation cards/Filling in forms/ Directions/Instructions/Flyers/Posters/ emails. 
**** Mid-year and Trial examinations: In Grade 12 one of the tasks in Term 2 and/or Term 3 (Tasks 8 and/or 10) must  be an internal examination. In instances where only one of the two internal examinations is written in Grade 12, the other  examination could be replaced by a test. A recommendation has been made that the written test, if this option is chosen,  should be set out of 80 marks. This test should take the format of the Language structure and conventions, as set in the  examinations. 

4. Assessment tasks 
This section outlines the various tasks that are expected you. You are also given guidance on how to approach the  tasks. 
a. Term 1 
Task 1 – Oral: Listening comprehension 
You will listen to an extract, for the first time, when your teacher reads it to you on the day of the assessment. You will  not be given a chance to read the passage on your own. You will have access to the questions once the teacher has  read the passage for the first time. It is thus important for you to listen attentively when the teacher reads the passage.  
You may want to take note of the information that follows: 

Many people think of listening as a skill that requires no thought or effort. The listening comprehension skill is  therefore often overlooked in teaching and learning. However, what many people do not realise is that listening is as  much a fundamental skill in language learning as speaking, reading and writing.  
Better listening helps you to focus on specific vocabulary acquisition, grammar practice and listening for different  purposes. You can consciously focus on remembering the vocabulary used in each activity when you listen and  understand the purpose of the activity. 

How your teacher will administer the formal listening comprehension tasks: 

  • You should have a blank page. 
  • The teacher will alert you to the type of information you will be required to listen for and to give a brief background  of the passage.  
  • The passage will, at least, be read twice.  
  • During the first reading the teacher will read through the text so that you can become familiar with the content.  During this reading you should listen attentively and may not write. This will help you to gain an overall understanding  of the text. 
  • During the second reading, the text will be read at normal pace. During this reading, you may make listening  notes. 
  • After the second reading, you will be given the questions and enough time to answer questions in full sentences.  
  • You are urged to go through your answers to ensure that they are written out correctly, and they make sense,  before you submit to the teacher.

Task 2 – Writing: Essay 
In order to write well, you need knowledge of different text types, a wide vocabulary, a good control of English grammar,  spelling and punctuation, and a critical understanding of the potential effects of your writing. 
An essay is an extended piece of writing, in which a writer expresses his/ her point of view on the topic given. An essay should have an introduction, body and conclusion. A brief explanation of each follows:

Introduction  
The introduction should catch the reader’s attention, define the topic and briefly tell the reader what the essay will be  addressing.  

Body  
The body comprises the full content of the essay. The body must be divided into paragraphs, each of which must pursue  a specific idea to the end. The writer must address all the ideas he or she wanted to address, keeping to the topic.  

Conclusion  
The conclusion is the ending, the rounding-off of the presentation. This should tie up all that was presented by the writer,  a parting shot that justifies the writer’s point of view. As this is the end, the writer must not bring in new information.

Task 2 – Writing: Essay   Total  out of 50
Exemplar 1 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date of submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write an essay of between 250 and 300 words on any ONE of the following topics. 
  2. Write down the question number correctly and supply a suitable title where required to do so. 
  3. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  4.  Your essay will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Can we still trust and look up to our sporting heroes to be the best role models that they can be? Discuss. 
  2. Music is a part of every culture and plays different roles in people’s lives. Write about how the role music plays a role in your culture or in your own life. 
  3. Teens love to talk: they love to talk online, on the air, on the phone, at school, after school, at the mall, in the car,  behind their friends’ backs – what on earth do they talk about? 
  4. Write an essay in which the following words appear: Then I realised that a mirror reflects only what is on the  outside and not who you are on the inside... 
  5. English should be the only language of teaching and learning in South African schools. Do you agree? 
  6. The day I saw red ... 
  7. Look at the pictures below. Use any ONE of them to write your essay. There should be a clear link between the  picture and your essay. 

7.1  
131 7.1
 [Source: Google image] 

7.2 
132 7.2
 [Source: http://www.lifelonghappiness.com

TOTAL: 50

Task 2 – Writing: Essay 
Exemplar 2 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date of submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write an essay of between 250 and 300 words on any ONE of the following topics.
  2. Write down the question number correctly and supply a suitable title where required to do so. 
  3. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  4. Your essay will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Every love story is beautiful, but this one is my favourite. 
  2.  Imagine you are 60 or 70 years old. Give your views about the teenagers of today.
  3. School does not prepare you for the real world. Discuss.
  4. Write an essay in which the following words appear: “It was dark and quiet and I had a feeling that all hell was  about to break loose …” 
  5. Technology such as computers, cellphones, PlayStations, Xbox and iPads are destroying the future generation  of sporting stars. Do you agree? 
  6.  Memories of home.
  7. Look at the pictures below. Use any ONE of them to write your essay. There should be a clear link between the  picture and your essay. 

7.1 
133 crossroads
 [Source: Google image] 

7.2 
134 broken doll
 [Source: Google image]

TOTAL: 50

Task 2 – Writing: Essay 
Exemplar 3 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date of submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write an essay of between 250 and 300 words on any ONE of the following topics. 
  2. Write down the question number correctly and supply a suitable title. 
  3. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  4. Your essay will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Mistakes are proof that you are trying.
  2. If you could have any two famous people as your parents, who would you choose and why? 
  3. “You don’t have to hold a position in order to be a leader.” 
     ~Anthony J D’Angelo  
    Discuss. 
  4.  Start your essay with the following words:”The doorbell rings. The door opens and a package is found on the front  porch. A voice shouts, We’ve got another one!” Tell the rest of this story. 
  5. Where do you go when you want to get away from the pressures of life, family and school? Write about that place. 
  6.  Good teaching in school hours will make homework unnecessary. Do you agree? 
  7. Look at the pictures below. Use any ONE of them to write your essay. There should be a clear link between the  picture and your essay. 

7.1  

135 old shoe

 [Source: Google image] 

7.2  

136 is it really a holiday

[Source: Google image] 

TOTAL: 50

Task 3 – Writing: Transactional Writing 
Transactional writing texts are either a response or an initiation of a response. As implied, these are ‘transaction texts’  - a friendly letter of appreciation will possible yield a response, as much as a speech will get the audience won over or  yelling in disagreement. Transactional texts are divided into Longer and Shorter texts. 

Exemplar 1 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________ 

Date of submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write a response to any ONE of the following topics. 
  2. The content of your response should be between 120 and 150 words in length. 
  3. Write down the question number and heading of the text you have chosen, for example 1. Friendly Letter.
  4. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  5. Pay particular attention to format, language, register and audience.
  6. Your piece will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1.  Friendly Letter 
    You attended a concert. Write a letter in which you describe your experience to a friend who could not attend the concert. 
  2.  Interview 
    You have the opportunity to interview any celebrity of your choice. Write down the interview. 
  3. Minutes 
    Your youth group has decided to raise funds in order to assist a local charity organisation to buy blankets and food for  the less-privileged families. 
    The first meeting took place and you were the secretary of the meeting. The last three matters to be discussed under  the agenda point “New Matters” were: 
    1. Fund-raising activities 
    2. Selection of charities to receive the blankets and food 
    3. Assigning of duties
      Write the part of the minutes that reflects only the discussion on the three points above. Do NOT include details of the  rest of the meeting. 
  4.  Formal Report  
    The principal of your school would like to encourage the use of cellphones to improve learning in the classroom. He has  requested you, as a member of the Representative Council of Learners (RCL), to investigate this possibility. Write a  formal report in which you record your findings and recommendations.
  5. Letter of Formal Request 
    Write a well-motivated formal letter to the Mayor of your local municipality in which you request that an empty field in  your neighbourhood be changed into a playground for local children. 

TOTAL: 30

Task 3 – Writing: Transactional Writing 
Exemplar 2 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date for submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write a response to any ONE of the following topics.
  2. The content of your response should be between 120 and 150 words in length. 
  3. Write down the number and heading of the text you have chosen, for example 1. Letter of complaint.
  4. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  5. Pay particular attention to format, language, register and audience.
  6. Your piece will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Letter of complaint 
    While out walking your dog, you fell over the root of a tree that had grown through the pavement. You cut your knees  badly and sprained an ankle and a wrist. Write a letter of complaint to a member of the local municipality complaining  about the state of the pavements in your neighbourhood. 
  2. Dialogue  
    You arrive home from a party at 03:00, having promised your parents you would be in by 23:30. You overhear a  conversation between your parents as you are sneaking in. Write out this conversation in dialogue form. 
  3. Newspaper article 
    Write a newspaper article for ONE of the following headlines:
    • Student caught red-handed
    • Illegal connection kills boy
    • Facebook causes breakup 
  4. Informal Report 
    You were an eyewitness to an act of vandalism in your community. 
    Your parents have asked you to write an informal report to a community leader in which you report what you have  witnessed.
  5. Speech 
    Write a speech in which you encourage learners in your school to become involved in school projects. Entitle your  speech:
    “If not you, then who?” 

TOTAL: 30 

Task 3 – Writing: Transactional Writing 
Exemplar 3 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date for submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write a response to any ONE of the following topics.
  2. The content of your response should be between 120 and 150 words in length. 
  3. Write down the number and heading of the text you have chosen, for example 1. Letter of complaint. 
  4. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  5. Pay particular attention to format, language, register and audience.
  6. Your piece will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Letter to the press 
    Read the following letter that appeared in your local newspaper. Write a letter to the editor in which you express your  views about the cited practice. You may agree or disagree with the viewpoints expressed in the letter.

    I am writing this letter about dogs being seen in all stores in shopping carts. I understand there are service animals  (for blind people) but now people take their animals wherever they please. I put my food items in these carts as well as  my 1-year-old granddaughter. I was at my eye doctor yesterday and they had a sign on the door that said NO PETS  PLEASE. These signs should be placed in all stores. Mind you, I love animals myself but it is now being blown out of  proportion. 

    From: Animals-at-home

  2. Magazine article 
    Write an article that will appear in a teen magazine. Use ONE of the following topics:
    • Cheating at school
    • Resolving teacher-learner conflict
    • How to deal with disappointing marks
      Provide a suitable title for the article.
  3. Review 
    Your favourite artist has released a new CD. You have been asked to review this CD for your school newspaper. Write  the review. 
  4. Letter of thanks 
    You lost your wallet with your ID book and some cash in it. Two weeks later your received a package in the mail.  Someone had found your wallet and posted it back to you. When you opened the wallet all your belongings were still  there. 
    Write a letter of thanks to the person who picked up your wallet and returned it.  

 TOTAL: 30

b. Term 2 
Task 5 – Oral: Prepared Reading 

Date of presentation: ____________________________________ 
Prepare a reading piece for oral assessment. Your reading should be TWO to THREE minutes long. Carefully follow the  instructions: 

  • Take some time to select a suitable passage that you enjoy reading.  
  • Read it silently to yourself to familiarise yourself with its contents.  
  • Then read it aloud several times. When you feel that you have mastered it, read it in front of the mirror, looking  at yourself several times during the reading. If you can do this, it means that you will look up at your audience  several times during the reading.  
  • You might also like to read to a willing audience for practice. 
  • You will need to project your voice and read with good pace.  
  • Maintain good posture and eye contact as you read.  
  • Practise pronouncing all the words correctly. 
  • Remember that you will be required to answer questions about the passage you have read. 

TOTAL: 10

Sample: Reading passages 
SAMPLE PASSAGE 1 
As I had expected, it turned out to be quite a business. I had to notify the police as well as the health authorities, and  answer a lot of tedious questions: How was it I was ignorant of the boy’s presence? If I did not supervise my native  quarters, how did I know that that sort of thing didn’t go on all the time? Et cetera, et cetera. And when I flared up and  told them that so long as my natives did their work, I didn’t think it my right or concern to poke my nose into their private  lives, I got from the coarse, dull-witted police sergeant one of those looks that come not from any thinking process going  on in the brain but from that faculty common to all who are possessed by the master-race theory – a look of insanely  inane certainty. He grinned at me with a mixture of scorn and delight at my stupidity. 
Then I had to explain to Petrus why the health authorities had to take away the body for a post-mortem – and, in fact,  what a post-mortem was. When I telephoned the health department some days later to find out the result, I was told that  the cause of death was, as we had thought, pneumonia, and that the body had been suitably disposed of. I went out to  where Petrus was mixing a mash for the fowls and told him that it was all right, there would be no trouble; his brother had  died from that pain in his chest. Petrus put down the paraffin tin and said, ‘When can we go fetch him, baas?’ 
‘To fetch him?’ 
‘Will the baas please ask them when we must come?’ 
I went back inside and called Lerice, all over the house. She came down the stairs from the spare bedrooms, and I said,  ‘Now what am I going to do? When I told Petrus, he just asked calmly when they could go and fetch the body. They think  they’re going to bury him themselves.’ 
‘Well, go back and tell him,’ said Lerice. ‘You must tell him. Why didn’t you tell him then?’ 
When I found Petrus again, he looked up politely. ‘Look, Petrus,’ I said. ‘You can’t go to fetch your brother. They’ve done  it already – they’ve buried him, you understand?’ 
‘Where?’ he said, slowly, dully, as if he thought that perhaps he was getting this wrong. 
‘You see, he was a stranger. They knew he wasn’t from here, and they didn’t know he had some of his people here, so  they thought they must bury him.’ It was difficult to make a pauper’s grave sound like a privilege. 
‘Please, baas, the baas must ask them.’ But he did not mean that he wanted to know the burial-place. He simply ignored  the incomprehensible machinery I told him had set to work on his dead brother; he wanted the brother back. 
‘But, Petrus,’ I said, ‘how can I? Your brother is buried already. I can’t ask them now.’ 
‘Oh baas!’ he said. He stood with his bran-smeared hands uncurled at his sides, one corner of his mouth twitching.  ‘Goodness, Petrus, they won’t listen to me! They can’t, anyway. I’m sorry, but I can’t do it. You understand?’ 
He just kept on looking at me, out of his knowledge that white men have everything, can do anything; if they don’t, it is  because they won’t. 
And then, at dinner, Lerice started. ‘You could at least phone,’ she said. 
‘What do you think I am? Am I supposed to bring the dead back to life?’  

[Source: Six Feet of the Country, Nadine Gordimer]

SAMPLE PASSAGE 2 
“Dave, I know Port St Johns is out of your district, but I’m asking you a favour. That’s what ex-colleagues are for. No,  seriously, we haven’t heard from her for two months.” 
“I remember Teresa. Wasn’t she a rather wild matric student with a ponytail?” 
“She’s grown up since then, Dave. Believe me. She now answers to the name of Tigger. You wouldn’t recognise her.” “Tigger, uh. As in Winnie the Pooh? What did you say she was doing at the Wild Coast?” 
“Studying,” Jake answered quickly. 
“Well, you’ll have to send me a photograph.” 
“I’ll fax you one,” replied Jake. “Don’t you have somebody in the Port St Johns area who could ask a few questions?” “It’s the Wild West up there, Jake, with a lot of ground to cover, but I’ll see what we can do.” “Thanks, Dave, I really appreciate it. When next you’re in Cape Town…” 
“I know, I know, you’ll wine and dine me. Promises, promises.” 
Embarrassed by having made a request which was completely out of the normal channels of his profession, Jake  changed the subject and asked some questions about the cases Dave was working on in East London. It didn’t take long  for them to run out of things to say to each other. An old friend living a new life in a different city is hard to keep in touch  with, and Jake was relieved when the conversation petered out and he could say goodbye 
Jake checked his watch. Sixteen minutes past seven – morning parade had already begun. He hurried downstairs and  slid into a vacant seat by the door, nodded apologies to the Colonel and pulled out his notebook. Except for the taxi  ambush in Mowbray it had been a quiet night on the Peninsula. BJ reported on the possibility of one of the township  gangs attacking an armoured vehicle. He had been warned by an informer, who had chosen to turn in his friends and  claim the advertised ten thousand rand reward rather than risk being involved in a bungled attempt to rob a bank security  vehicle. BJ was working on it and would keep everyone informed about the progress of the negotiations. Jackson  Sondile’s absence had been noted with displeasure by the Colonel, but Jake covered for his colleague, informing the  meeting that his partner was working on something related to the Witbooi case. BJ immediately objected angrily to  Sondile going solo on something which was now his affair. The Colonel made no comment, merely moving business  along. By a quarter  
to eight the meeting was over and the men drifted off upstairs for morning sandwiches and coffee. Dan caught Jake’s  eye and summoned Jake into his office. 
“I got an ugly call from Captain Steenkamp early this morning. Apparently you and Sondile were sniffing around on his  crime scene.” The Colonel moved in behind his desk and sat down, tilting his chair back until his head touched the wall  behind him. 
“We were responding to an all-units. When we got there we found it was a Valentine taxi which had been attacked. It  didn’t take much brainpower to make the connection between the ambush and the kid who was murdered the other  night. The owner of the taxi, a Mr Ronnie Valentine, had identified the murdered boy as his son. I also spoke to his  mother yesterday morning,” said Jake, unsure whether he should sit down or remain standing. Dan Pienaar observed  him silently for a moment. With the Colonel you were never sure when it was acceptable to behave informally. Jake  remained standing.
“Ja, well, I don’t know how you do it, Jake, but it looks like this case of yours is getting to be bigger than I first expected.  Steenkamp is up to his neck in taxi violence. It’s escalating all the time. It seems there’s a full-out war developing  between Tetwa Taxis and this Ronnie Valentine character. Late last night there were more shots exchanged in Guguletu.  Steenkamp believes it was in retaliation for the Mowbray ambush. No one was killed, but a Tetwa taxi was damaged.  Steenkamp is scratching around, but with nothing to show for it, and I think the key to the matter lies with this kid, Jimmy  Valentine.” Dan Pienaar swung his chair forward and opened one of the desk drawers. He handed a piece of paper to  Jake, who leant over the empty chair on his side of the desk to take it. 

 [Source: Who Killed Jimmy Valentine?, Michael Williams] 

SAMPLE PASSAGE 3 
Congratulations. The fact you’re reading this means you’ve taken one giant step closer to surviving till your next birthday.  Yes, you, standing there, leafing through these pages. Do not put this book down. I’m dead serious – your life could  depend on it. 
This is my story, the story of my family, but it could just as easily be your story too. We’re all in this together, trust me on  that. 
I’ve never done anything like this, so I’m just going to jump in, and you try to keep up. 
Okay. I’m Max, I’m fourteen. I live with my family, who are five kids not related to me by blood, but still totally my family. We’re – well, we’re kind of amazing. Not to sound too full of myself, but we’re like nothing you’ve ever seen before. 
Basically, we’re pretty cool, nice, smart - but not ‘average’ in any way. The six of us – me, Fang, Iggy, Nudge, the  Gasman, and Angel – were made on purpose, by the sickest, most horrible ‘scientists’ you could possibly imagine. They  created us as an experiment. An experiment where we ended up only 98% human. That other 2% has had a big impact,  let me tell you. 
We grew up in a science-lab-slash-prison called the School, in cages, like lab rats. It’s pretty amazing we can think or  speak at all. But we can – and so much more. 
There was one other School experiment that made it past infancy. Part human, part wolf – all predator: they’re called  Erasers. They’re tough, smart, and hard to control. They look human, but when they want to, they are capable of  morphing into wolf men, complete with fur, fangs, and claws. The School uses them as guards, police - and executioners. 
To them, we’re six moving targets – prey smart enough to be a fun challenge. Basically, they want to rip our throats out.  And make sure the world never finds out about us. 
But I’m not lying down just yet. I’m telling you, right? 
This story could be about you – or your children. If not today, then soon. So please, please, take this seriously. I’m risking  everything that matters by telling you – but you need to know. 
Keep reading – don’t let anyone stop you. 
– Max. And my family: Fang, Iggy, Nudge, the Gasman, and Angel. 
Welcome to our nightmare. 

 [Source: The Prologue – Maximum Ride The Angel Experiment, James Patterson]

SAMPLE PASSAGE 4 
‘It is clear that it is the work of a madman.’ Jon de Jong, tall, lean, grey, ascetic and the general manager of Schiphol  airport, looked and sounded very gloomy indeed and, in the circumstances, he had every justification in looking and  sounding that way. 
‘Insanity. A man has to be deranged, unhinged, to perform a wanton, mindless, pointless and purposeless task like this.’  Like the monkish professor he so closely resembled, De Jong tended to be precise to the point of pedantry and, as now,  had a weakness for pompous tautology. 
‘A lunatic.’ 
‘One sees your point of view,’ De Graaf said. Colonel van de Graaf, a remarkably broad man of medium height with a  deeply trenched, tanned face, had about him an imperturbability and an unmistakable cast of authority that accorded  well with the Chief of Police of a nation’s capital city. ‘I can understand and agree with it but only to a certain extent. I  appreciate how you feel, my friend. Your beloved airport, one of the best in Europe -’ 
‘Amsterdam airport is the best in Europe.’ De Jong spoke as if by rote, his thoughts elsewhere. ‘Was.’ 
‘And will be again. The criminal responsible for this is, it is certain, not a man of a normal cast of mind. But that does not  mean that he is instantly certifiable. Maybe he doesn’t like you, has a grudge against you. Maybe he’s an ex-employee  fired by one of your departmental managers for what the manager regarded as a perfectly valid reason but a reason  with which the disgruntled employee didn’t agree. Maybe he’s a citizen living close by, on the outskirts of Amsterdam,  say, or between here and Aalsmeer, who finds the decibel level from the aircraft intolerably high. Maybe he’s a dedicated  environmentalist who objects, in what must be a very violent fashion, to jet engines polluting the atmosphere, which they  undoubtedly do. Our country, as you are well aware, has more than its fair share of dedicated environmentalists. Maybe  he doesn’t like our Government’s policies.’ De Graaf ran a hand through his thick, iron-grey hair. ‘Maybe anything. But  he could be as sane as either of us. 
‘Maybe you’d better have another look, Colonel,’ De Jong said. His hands were clenching and unclenching and he was  shivering violently. Both of those were involuntary but for different reasons. The former accurately reflected an intense  frustration and anger; the latter was due to the fact that, when an ice-cold wind blows east-north-east off the Ijsselmeer,  and before that from Siberia, the roof of the main concourse of Schiphol airport was no place to be. ‘As sane as you or  I? Would you or I have been responsible for this – this atrocity? Look, Colonel, just look.  
De Graaf looked. Had he been the airport manager, he reflected, it would hardly have been a sight to gladden his heart.  Schiphol airport had just disappeared, its place taken by a wave-rippled lake that stretched almost as far as the eyes  could see. 

[Source: Floodgate, Alistair Maclean] 

Task 6 – Oral: Prepared Speech 

Date of presentation: _________________________________ 
INSTRUCTIONS 

  • Prepare a speech for oral assessment.  
  • Your oral presentation should be TWO to THREE minutes long. 
  • Follow the instructions carefully.
    • Do thorough research on your chosen topic. 
    • Collect and keep texts (pictures, posters, cartoons or any other audio-visual material). Display or refer to  these when you present your speech. 
    • Write a speech which, when read at a moderate pace, lasts at least THREE minutes. Read your prepared  passage aloud to a friend who will be able to assist you with pronunciation and fluency. 
    • Time your presentation. 
    • Ensure that your teacher is able to follow your speech easily. 
    • Once you are satisfied with the length of your speech, and the information that you have, make cue cards.  Cue cards are short notes to yourself that you will use when you present your speech. Good cue cards only  note the main points of the speech to help you to remember the rest of your presentation. Number your cue  cards so that you deliver your information in the right sequence. 
    • Marks will be awarded according to the amount of preparation and planning that is evident from the  presentation of the speech. 
    • Refer to the marking rubric that will be used to assess your prepared speech/presentation. On the day of  your oral assessment, ensure that you have the following: a copy of your final speech; your visual aids and  your cue cards. 

TOPICS 
Choose ONE of the following topics, or select your own: 

  • Conspiracy theories  
  • Ancient civilizations  
  • The role of women in the world  
  • Inventions that have changed the world 
  • Describe one of your favourite holiday destinations.  
  • South Africa – Land of my birth  
  • Unexplained phenomena, e.g. the Bermuda Triangle  
  • A historical figure (e.g. Nelson Mandela, Mother Theresa) I admire most. 
  • Choosing your own topic: 
    • Choose a subject that is interesting to you. What do you care about? What would you like to learn more  about? Follow your interests, and you will find your topic.
    • Before starting your research, confirm the topic with your teacher.
    • Be clear about your purpose: do you want to persuade your audience; inform them about a topic; or just  tell an entertaining story? 

 TOTAL: 20

c. Term 3 
Task 9 – Writing: Shorter Transactional Writing 
Exemplar 1 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________

Date for submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write a response to any ONE of the following topics.
  2. The content of your response should be between 80 and 100 words in length. 
  3. Write down the number and heading of the text you have chosen, for example 1. Advertisement.
  4. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  5. Pay particular attention to format, language, register and audience. 
  6. Your piece will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Advertisement 
    137 camera
    Use the picture of a camera above to create an advertisement for any product or service of your choice. There must be  a clear link between the picture and your product or service. 
  2. Diary 
    Write an entry from the diary of any character from a television series or movie that you have seen. The entry should  reflect on a single day OR a single incident in the life of the character or the actor portraying the character. 
  3. Obituary 
    Write an obituary for of a famous person (historical figure, actor, musician, etc.) who passed away. Remember to  put important information first. Include such particulars as the full name of the person, where the person was born  and, briefly, why the person was famous. Remember to emphasise the ideals and accomplishments for which people  remember the person.
  4. Instructions 
    Your grandfather has just bought his first cellphone. Write out a set of instructions which will enable him to send a text  message (SMS). 
  5. Flyer 
    Your parents have decided that your family will move to another town. You want to sell some of your furniture that you  will no longer need. They have asked you to design a flyer to advertise this sale. Create a flyer to attract buyers. 

TOTAL: 20

Task 9 – Writing: Shorter Transactional Writing 
Exemplar 2 

Name: ____________________________ Grade: ______________ 

Date for submission: ____________________ 

INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Write a response to any ONE of the following topics. 
  2. The content of your response should be between 80 and 100 words in length.
  3. Write down the number and heading of the topic you have chosen, for example 1. Poster. 
  4. Remember that you have to show all the steps in your writing process. 
  5. Pay particular attention to format, language, register and audience. 
  6. Your piece will be assessed according to the attached rubric. 

TOPICS 

  1. Poster 
    Use the information in the attachment to create a poster to promote Egypt as a tourist destination. 
  2. Directions 
    You work at the Grand Royal Hotel in Cairo. You have been asked by a tourist for directions from the hotel to the  following places for a day of sight-seeing in the city: From the hotel to the Cairo Towers, then to the Midan Tahrir Town  Square and finally the Egyptian Museum. 
    Write down the directions you would give the tourist. Make use of street names and landmarks. 
  3. E-mail 
    Write an e-mail to Miser Travel Tower in which you enquire about accommodation and attractions in Egypt as you are  planning a ten-day visit to the country. 
  4. Invitation 
    You are leaving for a holiday in Egypt. You are planning to have a party with your friends to say goodbye before you  leave. Design the invitation card that you will send to your friends. Ensure that ALL the relevant information is contained  in the invitation. 
  5. Postcard 
    You are having a wonderful time in Egypt on your holiday. Write a postcard to your English teacher telling him/her about  your experiences. 

 TOTAL: 20 

Attachment: 
Egypt Basic Facts: Egypt, one of the world’s oldest continuous civilizations, still draws visitors and businessmen by the plane-load. Old  monuments, the Red Sea coast, Nile River cruises and Africa’s largest city, Cairo, are among its many attractions. 
Location: Egypt is located in North Africa bordering the Mediterranean Sea. Libya is on the west and the Gaza Strip and  the Red Sea make up the eastern border; see map. 

egypt

Area: Egypt covers just over 1 million square kilometres, about the same size as France and Germany combined.
Capital City: Cairo  
Population: Around 78 million people live in Egypt 
Language: Arabic (official), English and French are widely understood by educated classes.
Religion: Muslim (mostly Sunni) 94%, Coptic Christian and other 6%. 
Climate: It’s hot and sunny for most of the year in Egypt. Winters (November to February) are generally mild. 
When to Go: October–April when it’s a bit cooler, but the Red Sea coast is a year-round destination.
Currency: Egyptian pound.
Egypt’s Main Attractions: 

  • The Pyramids of Giza: The Pyramids represent one of the greatest architectural feats by man. The last surviving  member of the Seven Wonders of the World, the Great Pyramid is one of the world’s oldest tourist attractions and  the reason most people visit Egypt today.  
    138 pyramids giza
  • Luxor: Luxor is known as the world’s largest open-air museum. Luxor and Karnak Temples are hugely impressive  as are the tombs across the Nile in the Valley of Kings and Queens.  
    139 luxor
  • Egyptian Museum in Cairo: With over 120 000 objects, the museum houses an incredible display depicting ancient  Egypt’s glorious reign. Mummies, sarcophagi, pottery, jewellery and of course King Tutankhamen’s treasures ... 
    140 giza 2
  • Abu Simbel: The two temples built for the pharaoh, Ramses II, have been attracting visitors since Victorian times.  Almost as impressive as the monument itself is the story of its restoration in the 1960s.  
    141 ramses 2
  • Hurghada/Red Sea Coast: The Red Sea coast is hugely popular with beach lovers and divers. Package tours  operate from every European country and are often very affordable ... more about Hurghada.
    143 hughorrra

Travel to Egypt 
Egypt’s International Airport: Egypt’s main airport is Cairo International Airport, 20 kilometres northeast of Cairo’s  city centre. 
Egypt’s Embassies/Visas: A valid passport and a tourist visa are required for most nationalities. Tourist visas are  available at Egyptian embassies and consulates around the world. 
Egypt’s Tourist Information Office: Miser Travel Tower, Abbassia Square, Cairo, Egypt. Tel: 285-4509 or 284-1970;  E-mail: This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.; Website: http://www.egypt.travel.

sa
Sample: Shorter transactional task
Diary entry:

31 October 2014

Dear Diary
Today I wished a close friend ‘Happy Birthday’ on Facebook. What saddens me is that if I hadn’t posted her a message on Facebook, I would be seen as a bad friend.
I am not expected to call or even wish her well in person, as long as I publicly display my presence in her life over a social media network. I feel despicable engaging in such
shallowness.
Social media has become a vessel for falsehood. Maybe it is merely exposing humans for who we really are – vacuous beings with no depth. Yet I crave the opposite. I long
for someone who also appreciates the beauty and intricacies of life.
Diary, how do I find someone real when I myself am falling into the shallow waters of materialism?

(No greeting/ending or name to be included.)

5. Rubrics

SECTION A: RUBRIC FOR ASSESSING AN ESSAY - FIRST ADDITIONAL LANGUAGE (60 MARKS)

  Code 7:
Outstanding
80-100% 
Code 6:
Meritorious
70-79% 
Code 5:
Substantial
60-69% 
Code 4:
Adequate
50-59% 
Code 3:
Moderate
40-49% 
Code 2:
Elementary
30-39% 
 Code 1:
Not -achieved 
0-29%
 CONTENT AND PLANNING 
32 MARKS

 26-32

  • Content shows impressive insight on topic
  • Ideas thought-provoking and mature
  • Planning and/or drafting has produced a virtually flawless, presentable essay

 22½- 25½

  • Content shows thorough interpretation of topic
  • Ideas imaginative and interesting.
  • Planning and/or drafting has produced a well-crafted and presentable essay

 19½-22

  • Content shows a sound interpretation of the topic
  • Ideas interesting and convincing
  • Planning or/and drafting has produced a presentable  and very good essay

 16-19

  • Content shows an adequate interpretation of the topic.
  • Ideas ordinary, lacking depth.
  • Planning and /or drafting has produced a satisfactorily presented essay.

 13-15½

  • Content ordinary.
  • Gaps in coherence.
  • Ideas mostly relevant.
  • Repetitive.
  • Planning and/or drafting has produced a moderately presentable and coherent essay.

 10-12½

  • Content not always clear, lacks coherence.
  • Few ideas, often repetitive.
  • Inadequate evidence of planning/drafting.
  • Essay not well presented.

 0-9½

  • Content irrelevant.
  • No coherence.
  • Ideas repetitive.
  • Non-existent planning/drafting.
  • Poorly presented essay.
LANGUAGE, STYLE AND EDITING
12 MARKS

 10-12

  • Critical awareness of impact of language.
  • Language, punctuation effectively used.
  • Uses figurative language.
  • Choice of words highly appropriate.
  • Style, tone, register highly suited to topic.
  • Virtually error-free following proof-reading and editing.

 8½-9½

  • Critical awareness of impact of language.
  • Language, punctuation correct; able to include figuratively language correctly.
  • Choice of words varied and correctly used.
  • Style, tone, register appropriately suited to topic.
  • Largely error-free following proof-reading and editing.

 7½-8

  • Critical awareness of language evident.
  • Language and punctuation mostly correct.
  • Choice of words suited to text.
  • Style, tone and register suited to topic in most of the essay.
  • By and large error-free following proof-reading and editing.

 6-7

  • Some awareness of impact of language
  • Language simplistic
  • Punctuation adequate.
  • Choice of words adequate.
  • Atyle, tone and register generally consistent with the topic requirements.
  • Still contains errors following proof-reading and editing.

 5-5½

  • Limited critical language awareness.
  • Language ordinary and punctuation often inaccurately used.
  • Choice of words basic.
  • Style, tone and register lacking in coherence. 
  • Contains several errors following proof-reading and editing.

 4-4½

  • Language and punctuation flawed.
  • Choice of words limited.
  • Style, tone and register inappropriate.
  • Error-ridden despite proof-reading and editing.

 0-3½

  • Language and punctuation seriously flawed.
  • Choice of words inappropriate.
  • Style, tone and register flawed in all aspects.
  • Error-ridden and confused following proof-reading and editing.
 STRUCTURE
6 MARKS

 5-6

  • Coherent development of topic.
  • Vivid detail.
  • Sentences, paragraphs coherently constructed.
  • Length in accordance with requirements of topic.

 

  • Logical development of details. Coherent.
  • Sentences, paragraphs logical, varied.
  • Length correct.

 4

  • Several relevant details developed.
  • Sentences, paragraphs well constructed.
  • Length almost correct.

 3-3½

  • Some points, necessary details developed.
  • Sentences, paragraphs might be  faulty in places but essay still makes sense.
  • Length correct.

 

  • Some necessary points evident.
  • Sentences, paragraphs faulty but ideas can be understood.
  • Length - too short/long

 2

  • Sometimes off topic.
  • General line of thought difficult to follow.
  • Sentences, paragraphs constructed at an elementary level.
  • Length - too short/long

 0-1½

  • Off-topic.
  • Sentences, paragraphs muddled, inconsistent.
  • Length - far too short/long

 

 CONTENT AND PLANNING 32 MARKS                               TOTAL     
 LANGUAGE, STYLE AND EDITING  12 MARKS     
 STRUCTURE  6 MARKS  

SECTION B: RUBRIC FOR ASSESING LONGER TRANSACTIONAL TEXTS - FIRST ADDITIONAL  LANGUAGE (30 MARKS)

  Code 7:
Outstanding
80-100%  
 Code 6:
Meritorious
70-79% 
Code 5:
Substantial
60-69%  
 Code 4:
Adequate
50-59% 
Code 3:
Moderate
40-49%  
Code 2:
Elementary
30-39%  
 Code 1:
Not -achieved 
0-29% 
 CONTENT AND PLANNING 
20 MARKS

 16-20

  • Specialized knowledge requirements to the text.
  • Disciplined writing-maintains thorough focus, no digressions.
  • Text fully coherent in content and ideas and all details support the topic
  • Evidence of planning and/or drafting has produced a virtually flawlessly presentable text.
  • Has applied all the necessary rules of format/outstanding.

 14-15½

  • Good knowledge of requirements of the text.
  • Disciplined writing- learner maintains focus, hardly any digressions.
  • Text  is coherent in content and ideas, with all details supporting the topic.
  • Evidence of planning and/or drafting has produced a well crafted, presentable text.
  • Has applied the necessary rules of format/meritorious.

 12-13½

  • Fair knowledge of requirements of the texts.
  • Writing - learner maintains focus, with minor digressions.
  • Text is coherent in content and ideas, and details support the topic.
  • Evidence of planning and/or drafting has produced a presentable and good text.
  • Has applied most of the necessary rules of format/substantial

 10-11½

  • Adequate knowledge of requirement s of the text.
  • Writing - learner digresses from topic but does not impede overall meaning.
  • Text adequately coherent in content and ideas and some details support the topic.
  • Evidence of planning or/and drafting has produced a satisfactorily presented text,
  • Has applied an adequate idea of the requirements of format.

 8-9½

  • Moderate knowledge of requirements of the text.
  • Response to writing task reveals a narrow focus.
  • Writing - learner digresses, meaning is vague in places.
  • Text moderately coherent in content and ideas, and has basic details which support the topic.
  • Evidence of planning and/or drafting has produced a moderately presentable and coherent text.
  • Has a moderate idea of requirements of format - some critical oversights.

 6-7½

  • Elementary knowledge of requirements of the text.
  • Response to writing task reveals a limited focus.
  • Writing - learner digresses, meaning is obscure in places.
  • Text not always coherent in content and ideas, and has few details that support the topic.
  • Inadequate planning and/or drafting. Text not well presented.
  • Has vaguely applied the necessary rules of format.

 0-5½

  • No knowledge of requirements of the text.
  • Writing -learner digresses, meaning is obscure in places.
  • Text not coherent in content and ideas, too few details to support topic.
  • Planning and or drafting non-existent. Poorly presented text.
  • Has not applied the necessary rules of format.
 LANGUAGE, STYLE AND EDITING
10 MARKS

 8-10

  • Text is grammatically accurate and well constructed.
  • Vocabulary is very appropriate to purpose, audience and context.
  • Style, tone and register very appropriate.
  • Text virtually error-free following proof-reading, editing.
  • Length correct.

 7-7½

  • Text is well constructed and accurate.
  • Vocabulary is mostly appropriate to purpose, audience and context.
  • Style, tone and register mostly appropriate.
  • Text largely error-free following proof-reading and editing.
  • Length correct.

 6-6½

  • Text is well constructed and easy to read.
  • Vocabulary is appropriate to purpose, audience and context.
  • Style, tone and register generally appropriate.
  • Text mostly error-free following proof-reading and editing.
  • Length correct.

 5-5½

  • Text is adequately constructed. Errors do not impede flow.
  • Vocabulary is adequate for the purpose, audience and context.
  • Style, tone, register appropriate.
  • Text still contains a few errors following proof-reading editing.
  • Length almost correct.

 4-4½

  • Text is basically constructed.  Several errors.
  • Vocabulary is limited and not suitable for the purpose, audience and context.
  • Lapse in style.
  • Text contains several errors following proof reading, editing.
  • Length - too short/long.

 3-3½

  • Text is poorly constructed and difficult to follow.
  • Vocabulary requires remediation and not suitable for purpose, audience and context.
  • Style, tone and register inappropriate.
  • Text error-ridden despite proof-reading and  editing
  • Length - too short/long.

 0-2½

  • Text is poorly constructed and muddled.
  • Vocabulary requires serious remediation and not suitable for purpose.
  • Style, tone and register do not correspond with topic.
  • Text error ridden and confused following proof reading and editing
  • Length - too short/long.

 

 CONTENT AND PLANNING 20 MARKS                               TOTAL:        
 LANGUAGE, STYLE AND EDITING  10 MARKS  

 

 section c caps 1

caps 2

caps 3

caps 4

GRADE 12 MATHEMATICS
SCHOOL BASED ASSESSMENT EXEMPLARS - CAPS
LEARNER'S GUIDE

Table of Contents   
Contents  Page
 1  ASSIGNMENT 
Sequences and series 
 4
 2

INVESTIGATION 1
Functions and inverses 

 6
 3

INVESTIGATION 2 
Application of differential calculus 

 12
 4 PROJECT 
A practical application of differential calculus
 14

 

INTRODUCTION 
One of the aims of our curriculum is to ensure that learners acquire and apply knowledge and skills in ways that are  meaningful to their own lives. In this regard, and where applicable, the assessment tasks in this document seek to test  practical knowledge in context. 
The table below shows the school-based assessment requirements for the year. Please note that although the project/ investigation is indicated in the first term, it may be scheduled in the second term.

SCHOOL-BASED ASSESSMENT

 

TASK 

WEIGHT (%)

Term 1

Test 
Project/Investigation 
Assignment

10 
20 
10

Term 2

Test 
Mid-year Examination

10 
15

Term 3

Test 
Trial Examination

10 
25

School-based assessment as a % of the promotion mark 

25%

1. ASSIGNMENT: SEQUENCES AND SERIES TOTAL: 60 INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Answer all the questions.
  2. Clearly show all calculations you have used in determining your answers.
  3. Round answers off to TWO decimal places, unless stated otherwise. 
  4. Number your answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question paper.
  5. Write neatly and legibly. 

QUESTION 1 
Lucy is arranging 1-cent and 5-cent coins in rows. The pattern of the coins in each row is shown below.
row maths
1.1 Calculate the total number of coins in the 40th row. (3)
1.2 Calculate the total value of the coins in the 40th row. (4)
1.3 Which row has coins with a total value of 337 cents? (6)
1.4 Show that the total value of the coins in the first 40 rows is 4 800 cents. (6) 

[19]

QUESTION 2 
The sum of the first n terms of a sequence is given by: Sn = n(23 – 3n) 
2.1 Write down the first THREE terms of the sequence. (5)
2.2 Calculate the 15th term of the sequence. (3) 

[8]

QUESTION 3 
The sum of the second and third terms of a geometric sequence is 280, and the sum of the fifth and the sixth terms is  4 375. Determine: 
3.1 The common ratio AND the first term (6)
3.2 The sum of the first 10 terms (2) 

[8]

QUESTION 4 
Determine the value of k if: 
q4 ma   [6]

QUESTION 5 
Given the series: 2(5)5 + 2(5)4 + 2(5)3 + ...  
Show that this series converges.

[2]

QUESTION 6 
If 2; x; 18; ... are the first three terms of a geometric sequence, determine the value(s) of x.

[4]

QUESTION 7 
Given Tn = 3n+1 . Which term is the first to exceed 20 000?

[4]

QUESTION 8 
The sequence 3; 9; 17; 27; ... is a quadratic sequence. 
8.1 Write down the next term of the sequence. (1)
8.2 Determine an expression for the nth term of the sequence. (4)
8.3 What is the value of the first term of the sequence that is greater than 269? (4) 

[9] 
TOTAL: 60

2. INVESTIGATION 1: FUNCTIONS AND INVERSES TOTAL: 50
INSTRUCTIONS 

  1.  Answer all the questions.
  2. Clearly show all calculations you have used in determining your answers. 
  3. Round answers off to TWO decimal places, unless stated otherwise.
  4. Number your answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question paper.
  5. Write neatly and legibly. 

PART 1: WHICH RELATIONS CONSTITUTE FUNCTIONS? 
One-to-one relation: A relation is one-to-one if for every input value there is only one output value.
Many-to-one relation: A relation is many-to-one if for more than one input value there is one output value.
One-to-many relation: A relation is one-to-many if for one input value there is more than one output value.
1.1 Determine the type of relation in each case and give a reason. 

1.1.  maaths ab(1)
1.1.2 {(1 ; 3), (2 ; 5), (6 ; 13), (7 ; 15)}                           (1)
1.1.3  maths cd (1) 
A function is a set of ordered number pairs where no two ordered pairs have the same x-coordinate, or put differently: a  function is a set of ordered pairs where, for every value of x there is one and only one value for y. However, for the same  value of y there may be different values for x. 
1.2 Which of the relations (in QUESTIONS 1.1.1 to 1.1.3) are functions? Why? 

  1. _______________________________________________________________ (2)
  2. _______________________________________________________________ (1)
  3. _______________________________________________________________ (1)

The vertical-line test is used to determine whether or not a given graph is a function. 
To determine whether a graph is a function, do the vertical-line test. If any vertical line intersects the graph of f only  once, then f is a function; and if any vertical line intersects the graph of f more than once, then f is not a function. 
1.3 Determine whether or not the following graphs are functions. Give a reason for your answer.
129 maths

  1. _______________________________________________________________ (1)
  2. _______________________________________________________________ (1)
  3. _______________________________________________________________ (1)
  4. _______________________________________________________________ (1)
  5. _______________________________________________________________ (1)
  6. _______________________________________________________________ (1)
  7. _______________________________________________________________ (1)
  8. ______________________________________________________________ (1)

PART 2: THE INVERSE OF AN EXPONENTIAL FUNCTION 
2.1 Consider the equation g(x) = 2x. Now complete the following table: 

– 3 

– 2 

– 1 

2

     y       

                                                                                    

(1) 
2.2 Sketch the graph of g. 
graph paper
2.3 Sketch the graph of f(x) = x as a dotted line on the same set of axes as g. (1)
2.4 Complete the table below for h, if h is g when the x and y values are interchanged.  

      x        

                                                                           

y

           

Draw h on the same set of axes as g. (4)
2.5 Hence, write down the x-intercept of each graph.  

y = 2x                                                  x = 2y 

2.5.1___________________________________________________________  

2.5.2___________________________________________________________ (2)

2.6 Write down the domain and range of: 

2.6.1 y = 2

Domain: ___________________ 

Range: ____________________ (2)

2.6.2 x = 2y 

Domain:____________________  

Range:______________________ (2)

2.6.3 What is the relationship between the domain and the range of the two graphs? (1)
2.6.4 Are both graphs functions? Give reasons. (2)
2.6.5 Write the equation of x = 2y in the form y =   (1)
2.6.6 Do you notice any line of symmetry in your sketch? What is the equation of this line?  (1)
2.6.7 In mathematics we call h the inverse of g. Make a conjecture about the graph and its inverse. (3)

PART 3: WHEN IS THE INVERSE OF A QUADRATIC FUNCTION ALSO A FUNCTION?
3.1 Given: f (x) = 2x2, for  

3.1.1 Write down the equation of the inverse of f. (1) 
3.1.2 Write down the turning points of both f and its inverse.   (2) 
3.1.3 Sketch the graphs of f and its inverse on the same set of axes.   (2)
3.1.4 Decide whether or not the inverse of f is a function, and give a reason for your answer.  (2) 
3.1.5 Explain how you would restrict the domain of f such that its inverse is a function.  (2) 
3.1.6 Hence, write down the corresponding range of the inverse of f if: 

    1. x ≤ 0 _______________________________________________ (1)
    2. x ≥ 0 _______________________________________________ (1) 

3.1.7 On separate sets of axes, sketch the graphs of the inverse of f with restricted domains as in QUESTION  3.1.6. Indicate the domain and range of each.  (2)
3.1.8 Are the two graphs in QUESTION 3.1.7 functions? Give a reason or reasons for your answer.  (2) 

 TOTAL: 50

3. INVESTIGATION 2: APPLICATION OF DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS   TOTAL: 50 
INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Answer all the questions. 
  2. Clearly show all calculations you have used in determining your answers.
  3. Round answers off to TWO decimal places, unless stated otherwise.
  4. Number your answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question paper.
  5. Write neatly and legibly. 

OBJECTIVE: Investigating the point of inflection of a cubic graph and its relationship with the graphs of the first and  the second derivatives. 
CASE 1 
Given: f (x) = x3 – 7x2 + 36 
1.1 Draw the graph of f neatly on graph paper. Clearly indicate all intercepts and coordinates of turning points.  (8) 
1.2 Determine the first derivative of f, and name it g. (1) 
1.3 Draw the graph of g on the same set of axes as f. Clearly show all intercepts and the turning point.  (3) 
1.4 Determine the second derivative of f and name it h. Then sketch the graph of h on the same set of axes as f  and g. Clearly show all intercepts of the graph with the axes. (3) 
1.5 What do you notice regarding the x-intercepts of the quadratic function and the x-coordinates of the turning  points of the cubic function? (1) 
1.6 The point of inflection can be determined by solving f “(x) = 0. It can also be determined by calculating the  midpoint of the turning points of the cubic graph.  
Hence, determine the point of inflection of f. (3) 
1.7 What do you notice regarding the axis of symmetry of g, the x-intercept of h and the x-coordinate of the point  of inflection of f ? (1) 

 [20]

CASE 2 
Given: f (x) = – x3 – 2x2 + 4x + 8 
2.1 Draw the graph of f neatly on graph paper. Clearly indicate all intercepts and coordinates of turning points.  (7) 
2.2 Determine the first derivative of f, and name it g. (1)
2.3 Draw the graph of g on the same set of axes as f, and clearly show all intercepts and the turning point.  (4) 
2.4 Determine the second derivative of f and name it h, then sketch the graph of h on the same set of axes as f  and g. Clearly show all intercepts of the graph with the axes. (3) 
2.5 What do you notice regarding the x-intercepts of the quadratic function and the x-coordinates of the turning  points of the cubic function? (1) 
2.6 The point of inflection can be determined by solving f “ (x) = 0. It can also be determined by calculating the mid point of the turning points of the cubic graph.  
Hence, determine the point of inflection of f. (3) 
2.7 What do you notice regarding the axis of symmetry of g, the x-intercept of h and the x-coordinate of the point of  inflection of f ? (1) 

 [20]

3. CONCLUSION 
Based on the two cases, what conclusion can you draw about the point of inflection of a cubic function in relation  to the graphs of the first and second derivatives? [2] 

4. APPLICATION 
The parabola shown below is the graph of the derivative of a function f. 
130 maths
4.1 For what value(s) of x is f : 

4.1.1 Increasing (2)
4.1.2 Decreasing (2)

4.2 Give the abscissae of the turning point(s) of y = f (x). (2)
4.3 Classify the stationary point(s). (2) 

[8] 
TOTAL: 50

4. PROJECT: A PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS  TOTAL: 50 
INSTRUCTIONS 

  1. Answer all the questions.
  2. Clearly show all calculations you have used in determining your answers.
  3. Round answers off to TWO decimal places, unless stated otherwise. 
  4. Number your answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question paper. 
  5. Write neatly and legibly,
  6. Sketch the containers according to the given specifications. 
  7. Mathematical methods and formulae need to be used to plan and sketch the containers. 
  8. All calculations and planning of the side lengths and surface areas must be neatly and clearly presented in writ ing and sketches. 

CONTAINERS 

  1. : A container with a rectangular base
  2. : A container with a circular base
  3. : A container with a triangular base 

SPECIFICATIONS 

  • Each container must hold exactly one litre of liquid. 
  • Each container must have a minimum surface area. 
  • The surface area of each container must include the lid. 
  • The length of the rectangular base must be twice the breadth. 
  • The triangular container must have an equilateral base.

FURTHER COMPARISON 
Apart from your conclusion based on the three options, what other shape of soft drink container would you use in the  manufacturing of soft drink cans? Give a reason for your answer. 
HINT: The shape in question would be the most economical to manufacture but may not be the most practical choice.
RUBRIC

CRITERIA 

MAXIMUM  

MARK

MARKS AWARDED

C

Correct mathematical formulae 

3 x 3

     

Correct calculations:

       

Measurements of bases 

4 x 3

     

Height of the containers 

2 x 3

     

Logical reasoning and presentation 

3 x 3

     

Submitting on time

2

     

Conclusion of the least material needed

1 x 3

     

Final, further comparison

1 x 3

     

Sketches

2 x 3

     

TOTAL 

50

     

LIFE SCIENCES
SCHOOL BASED ASSESSMENT EXEMPLARS - CAPS
GRADE 12
TEACHER GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS 
Contents    Page
1   Introduction   3
2   Aims of the project   3
3   Programme of formal assessment in Life Sciences  4
  3.1  Practical tasks  5
  3.2  Research Project  5
  3.3  Assignment  6
  3.4 Tests and Examinations 6
4   Scope of the project 7
5   Quality assurance process followed 7
6   Assessment tasks 8
  6.1 Practical Task 1 – Surveying human characteristics 8
  6.2 Practical Task 2 – Simulating natural selection 10
  6.3 Assignment 1 – Response to the environment 13
  6.4 Assignment 2 – Reproduction 20
  6.5 Test – Nucleic acids and meiosis 25
7   Marking guidelines 30
  7.1 Practical Task 1 – Surveying human characteristics 30
  7.2 Practical Task 2 – Simulating natural selection 32
  7.3 Assignment 1 – Response to the environment 34
  7.4 Assignment 2 – Reproduction 41
  7.5 Test – Nucleic acids and meiosis 48

 

1. Introduction 
Assessment is a continuous planned process of identifying, gathering and interpreting information about the performance  of learners, using various forms of assessment. It involves four steps: generating and collecting evidence of achievement,  evaluating this evidence, recording the findings and using this information to understand and assist in the learners’  development to improve the process of learning and teaching. Assessment should be both informal (Assessment for  Learning) and formal (Assessment of Learning). In both cases regular feedback should be provided to learners to  enhance the learning experience. 
School-based assessment (SBA) forms part of the formal assessment component. It is a purposive collection of learners’  work that tells the story of the learners’ efforts, progress or achievement in attaining knowledge (content, concepts and  skills) in the subject. The advantages of school-based assessment can be summarised as follows: 

  • It provides a more balanced and trustworthy assessment system, increasing the range and diversity of assessment  tasks. 
  • It improves the reliability of assessment because judgements are based on many observations of the learner over  an extended period of time. 
  • It empowers teachers to become part of the assessment process and enhances collaboration and sharing of  expertise within and across schools. 
  • It has a professional development function, building up practical skills in teacher assessment which can then be  transferred to other areas of the curriculum. 

School-based assessment forms part of a year-long formal Programme of Assessment in each grade and subject. The  assessment tasks should be carefully designed to cover the content of the subject as well as the range of skills and  cognitive levels that have been identified in specific aims. Tests, practical tasks, assignments and projects make up the  SBA component in Life Sciences. 
Teachers should ensure learners understand the assessment criteria and have extensive experience using it for self- and  peer assessment in informal situations before conducting a planned formal assessment activity. Teachers should also  have used these criteria for informal assessment and teaching purposes before they conduct any formal assessment so  that learners are familiar with the criteria and the assessment process. 

2. Aims of the project 
Through this publication it is envisaged that TEACHER capacity will be increased in respect of each of the following: 

  • Differentiating among the nature of the different types of assessment tasks (assignments, projects, practical  tasks, tests and examinations)  
  • Developing assessment tasks that are balanced in terms of cognitive levels, topics and skills 
  • Developing a marking guideline that:  
    • Is appropriate to the task 
    • Clearly shows mark allocation and distribution 
    • Includes alternative answers 
  • Developing tasks that contain a variety of question types 

Through this publication it is also envisaged that LEARNERS will benefit by: 

  • Developing an understanding of the differences amongst the nature of the various types of assessment tasks 
  • Being exposed to assessment tasks that are of the same standard as those that they are exposed to during the  course of the year

3. Programme of formal assessment in Life Sciences 

  • This includes all assessment tasks that make up the formal programme of assessment for the year.
  • Formal assessment tasks are marked and recorded by the teacher for promotion and certification purposes. 
  • All tasks must be subjected to pre- and post-moderation to ensure that appropriate standards are maintained.
  • The table that follows shows the number and types of assessment tasks required in the Grade 12 year. 

Formal, recorded, school-based assessment 

Trial (Preliminary) examination

Content 

Practical 

Two written examination papers (2½ hours + 2½ hours)

  • Three tests (minimum of 50 marks each)
  • One June examination (2½ hours, 150 marks) 
  • One trial examination (2 x 2½ hours, 150 marks  each) 
  • One project/assignment (can be done in any term  but recorded in Term 3: 100  marks)
  •  3 practical tasks
  • Practical tasks must cover the  range of skills under SA 2.
  • Marks per practical task should be  between 20 and 40.
  • 1 trial (preliminary) examination – 2 x 2½ hours, 150 marks each 

This examination must test: 

  • Knowledge of content, concepts and skills across all  topics
  • Knowledge of practical work as well as some of the skills  related to practical work 
  • All work completed in Terms 1, 2 and 3 as well as the  Grade 11 topic (Human impact on the environment) that  is assessable in Grade 12

School-based assessment (during the year)

Term 1 

Term 2 

Term 3 and Term 4

  • One test
  • One practical task
  • One test 
  • One  practical  task
  • June  exam
  • One test 
  •  One practical task 
  • 1 project or  assignment

33⅓% 

33⅓% 

33⅓%

Convert to 50% 

50%

SBA Total: 100

NOTE: The SBA mark must be converted to 25% and the external examination counts 75% of the final mark.
A description of the requirements for each of the different types of assessment tasks follows below.

3.1 Practical tasks 
When designing the practical tasks, the Life Sciences teacher must ensure that: 

  • All 7 skills under Specific Aim 2 listed below are covered over the three practical tasks:
    1. Follow instructions 
    2. Handle equipment or apparatus
    3. Make observations 
    4. Record information or data 
    5. Measure accurately 
    6. Interpret information
    7. Design/Plan an investigation
  • At least ONE of the practical tasks includes manipulation of apparatus and/or collection of data. 
  • Any ONE practical task assesses at least 3 of the 7 skills and must include skill 6 and/or 7. 
  • 20–40 marks are allocated to a practical task.  

3.2 Research Project 
At least ONE of the tasks across Grades 10–12 must be a research project. 
When designing the research project, the Life Sciences teacher must ensure that it: 

  • Is a long-term task (at least 3 weeks of non-contact time) 
  • Has a maximum mark of 100  
  • covers Specific Aims 1, 2 and 3 
  • Is recorded in Term 3 even if it is given and assessed in Term 1 or Term 2 
  • Is an investigative task 
  • Focuses on accessing knowledge through literature research as well as through primary sources such as people 
  • Includes sub-skills such as: 
    • Formulating investigative questions and hypotheses 
    • Gathering information from a variety of sources
    • Manipulating and processing information
    • Analysing information
    • Identifying patterns 
    • Evaluating data
    • Drawing valid conclusions
    • Communicating findings

3.3 Assignment
At least ONE of the tasks across Grades 10–12 must be an assignment. 
When designing an assignment, the Life Sciences teacher must ensure that it: 

  • Is a short-term task (1½-2 hours under controlled conditions) 
  • Has a maximum mark of 100  
  • Covers Specific Aims 1, 2 and 3 
  • Is completed at school and not at home 
  • Is recorded in Term 3 even if it is given and assessed in Term 1 or Term 2 
  • Covers a variety of topics 
  • Includes as many as possible of the following: 
    • Analysing and interpreting data
    • Making drawings
    • Plotting graphs
    • Drawing tables
    • Performing calculations
    • Justifying conclusions 

3.4 Tests and Examinations 
When designing the tests as well as the mid-year and trial examinations, the Life Sciences teacher must ensure that: 

  • The test is a minimum of 50 marks. 
  • The test in Term 1 covers all work done in that term. 
  • The tests in Term 2 and Term 3 cover at least half of the work covered in the respective terms. 
  • The mid-year examinations cover work completed in Term 1 and Term 2. 
  • The trial examinations cover all work completed in Terms 1, 2 and 3, and must include the section on ‘Human  Impact’ from Grade 11. 
  • Mainly Specific Aims 1 and 3 are covered. 
  • Specific Aim 2 (knowledge and understanding of investigations and practical work) is also included, but in a  smaller proportion compared to Specific Aims 1 and 3. 
  • Tests and examinations are balanced in terms of cognitive levels and topic weightings. In this regard weighting  grids must be used. 
  • Tests and examinations are analysed diagnostically and appropriate remedial and intervention strategies are  instituted. 
  • Tests and examinations follow the external examination in its design, rigour and format.

4. Scope of the project  
This publication includes the following: 

  • Requirements for the Grade 12 Programme of Assessment for the Life Sciences CAPS curriculum
  • A description of the various types of assessment tasks (assignment, project, practical task and test) 
  • Exemplar assessment tasks (assignment, practical task and test) 
  • Marking Guidelines for each assessment task 

The following exemplars together with their marking guidelines have been included in this publication: 

Type of assessment  task included in this  publication

Number included  in this publication

Number required in  the Grade 12 year

Term in which assessment task is  required

Assignment 

Term 3

Practical task 

Term 1, Term 2, Term 3 or 4

Test 

Term 1, Term 2, Term 3 or 4

5. Quality assurance process followed 
A team of experts comprised of teachers and subject advisors from provinces was appointed by the DBE to develop  and compile assessment tasks. They were required to extract excellent examples of learner tasks from their respective  schools and districts. The panel of experts spent a period of four days at the DBE, developing tasks based on guidelines  and policies. Moderation and quality assurance of the tasks were undertaken by national and provincial examiners and  moderators. The assessment tasks were further refined by the national internal moderators to ensure that they were in  line with the CAPS document.

6. Assessment tasks 
6.1 Practical Task 1 – Surveying human characteristics 

Topic    Genetics    
Specific aim(s) SA 2 Type of activity   Individual   
Marks  30  Duration 90 minutes  

Task 
Conduct a survey of the occurrence/frequency of dominant and recessive phenotypes for each of three traits/ characteristics (as shown in the pictures below) among the learners in your school. 

  • This task must be done individually. 
  • This practical must be completed at school. 

Background information 
Many characteristics in humans are controlled by one gene with two alleles, one dominant and one recessive. Three  examples are shown below.  
121 allelel
Method 

  1. Select 20 learners that will form part of your sample. 
  2. For every learner selected, record the phenotype for each characteristic. 
  3. Record the information for each learner in a table. At the end of the table, include the percentage of learners  displaying each phenotype for each of the three characteristics. 
  4. Answer the questions set. 

QUESTIONS 

  1. List any FOUR planning steps for this investigation.  (4)
  2. In terms of the investigation about the type of earlobe (free or attached), name the following:
    2.1 The dependent variable  (1)
    2.2 The independent variable  (1)
  3. Formulate a hypothesis for the frequency of tongue-rollers as compared to non-rollers in your school.    (3)
  4. Construct a table to show the results obtained in this investigation.   (4)
  5. According to the results obtained, would you accept or reject the hypothesis formulated in QUESTION 3?  (1)
  6. State TWO ways in which you could make the results of this investigation more reliable. (2)
  7. Using the same system of axes, draw a bar graph to represent the percentage of learners displaying each phenotype for each of the three characteristics.  (8)
  8. Use the symbols R (tongue-roller) and r (non-roller) to represent the phenotypes and genotypes of  offspring resulting from a cross between two heterozygous individuals.   (6) 

[30]

6.2 Practical Task 2 – Simulating natural selection  

Topic  Evolution       
Specific aim(s) SA 2 Type of activity Pair/ Individual 
Marks   30 Duration  60 minutes 

Task 
Simulate ‘natural selection’ using a paper model. 

  • This task must be done in pairs but the questions must be answered individually. 
  • This practical must be completed at school. 

Background information 
A simulation allows one to demonstrate something that might sometimes be dangerous or that might sometimes require  a lot of time, quickly and in a simple and safe way, using models.  
The different parts that comprise the paper model in this task represent different components in nature. The sheet of  newspaper and the sheet of white paper represent two different environmental conditions. The circles cut from white  paper and from newspaper represent the different appearances/phenotypes of different individuals of the same species. 

Aim 
You are required to investigate the survival of the organisms with the two different phenotypes under different  environmental conditions.  
Materials required 

  • A sheet of white paper (preferably A3 size) to use as background 
  • A sheet of newspaper (cut to A3 size) to use as background 
  • Forceps/tweezers 
  • Clock with a second hand/stopwatch 
  • Scissors  
  • 30 x 2 cm diameter circles cut from another sheet of newspaper 
  • 30 x 2 cm diameter circles cut from another sheet of white paper 
  • Ruler  

Method 

  1. Place the sheet of white paper on the table. 
  2. Spread 30 white paper circles and 30 newspaper circles randomly over the surface of the white paper. 
  3. Ask your partner to use a pair of forceps/tweezers to pick up as many circles as he/she can in a period of 15  seconds.
  4. Count the number of each type of circle that has been picked up. Record this in the table provided.
  5. Now repeat steps 1–4 using the sheet of newspaper instead of the sheet of white paper.

Question 1. 

  1. Formulate a hypothesis for the above investigation when using the sheet of white paper as  background.  (3)
  2. For this investigation, name:
    2.1 The dependent variable  (1)
    2.2 The independent variable  (1)
    2.3 Any TWO fixed variables  (2)
  3. Copy and record your results in the following table:   (2)

    DIFFERENT  
    BACKGROUNDS

    STARTING POPULATION

    NUMBER OF CIRCLES  
    PICKED UP ON DIFFERENT  BACKGROUNDS

    White paper circles

    Newspaper circles

    White paper circles

    Newspaper circles

    White paper 

    30 

    30

       

    Newspaper 

    30 

    30

       

     

  4. Draw a bar graph on the same system of axes to represent the results of your investigation. (8) 

  5. Explain the difference in results obtained for the two types of circles when using the sheet of white  paper. (3) 

  6. State ONE way in which you could improve the reliability of the results.  (1) 

  7. State a conclusion for the above investigation when the newspaper was used as a background. (3)
  8. Based on the results obtained, will you accept or reject the hypothesis you formulated in QUESTION  1?   (1)
  9. Explain how this investigation and the results of this investigation simulate natural selection as it occurs in the peppered moth. Use the picture below to help you make a comparison.   (5) 
    122 peppered moth

[30]

6.3 Assignment 1 – Response to the environment 

Topic  Response to the environment       
Specific aim(s) SA 1, SA 2, SA 3 Type of activity Individual 
Marks   100 Duration  90 minutes 

Instructions and information  

  1. Answer ALL questions.
  2. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question paper.
  3. Draw diagrams and flow charts ONLY when requested to do so.
  4. This assignment is to be done under controlled conditions and must be handed in at the end of the session. 

NOTE: If it is not possible to schedule a single 90-minute session for this assignment, then SECTION A can be  done on one day in a 45-minute session and SECTION B the following day in another 45-minute session. 

________________________________________________________________________ 

SECTION A 
QUESTION 1 
An investigation was conducted to study apical dominance in bean plants. Four groups of plants were used. The  diagram below illustrates the process. 

123 lateral bud 

The results are shown in the table below.

 

Group 1 

Group 2 

Group 3 

Group 4

Treatment given 

Untreated 

Apical meristem  removed

Apical meristem removed  and auxin applied to the  cut tip

Apical meristem intact but a barrier  to the movement of substances  was placed under the tip

Response to  treatment given

Growth of apical meristem  but not of lateral buds

Growth of lateral  buds

No growth of lateral buds 

Growth of lateral buds

1.1 For this investigation, state the: (1) 

1.1.1 Independent variable (1) 
1.1.2 Dependent variable (2) 
1.1.3 Any TWO fixed variables (3)  

1.2 Formulate a possible hypothesis for the above investigation. (4)  
1.3 Explain the difference in results for Groups 3 and 4.  (1) 
1.4 Do the results allow you to accept or reject the hypothesis you formulated in QUESTION 1.2? [12]

QUESTION 2 
The diagrams below show some stages in an investigation involving germinating bean seeds, kept in an evenly warm,  damp environment.  
124 petri dish
2.1 What physical stimulus leads to the response above?   (1) 
2.2 Using the information in the diagram and your own knowledge, describe how the tip of the root grows  in the direction that it does after two days.  (6)  
2.3 State TWO functions (other than growth movements and apical dominance) of the hormone  responible for the growth movement illustrated above.   (2)  
2.4 Will the same results be obtained if the investigation is carried out in a dark cupboard?  (1)  
2.5 Explain your answer to QUESTION 2.4. (2) 
2.6 Explain why the cotton wool was kept moist.  (2) 

[14]

QUESTION 3 
Read the passage below and answer the questions that follow. 

DIABETES MELLITUS 

Diabetes mellitus is a disorder relating to the role of insulin. There are two forms of the condition: insulin-dependent  diabetes (IDDM) and a non-insulin dependent form (NIDDM). 
IDDM accounts for about 15% of patients and usually develops before the age of 20. The condition arises when the  body’s immune system starts to attack the specific pancreas cells that make insulin. These patients can be treated  with insulin injections. 
NIDDM occurs in older people. They have normal and even above normal levels of insulin, but the cells that would  normally respond become less sensitive to insulin. Therapy in this case involves correct diet and regular exercise. 
One method used to determine if a person is diabetic is an oral glucose tolerance test. This involves giving the patient  a drink containing 75 g glucose in 300 cm3 water after fasting (no food for 24 hours). Blood glucose is tested regularly  for at least two hours. If the readings are above 200 mg/100 ml up to two hours later, the patient is diagnosed as being  diabetic.

The normal plasma glucose level is 100 mg/100 ml. The glucose tolerance test was conducted for three adults and the  plasma glucose level (mg/100 ml) was recorded for two hours at 30-minute intervals. The results are shown below. 

Time (minutes) 

 

30 

60 

90 

120

Plasma glucose levels 

(mg/100 ml)

Adult 1 

85 

125 

100 

85 

80

Adult 2 

130 

215 

250 

260 

240

Adult 3 

100 

210 

180 

170 

160

3.1 State how the glucose tolerance response test above is used to decide if a person is suffering from  diabetes.   (2) 
3.2 Adult 1 is not diabetic.  

3.2.1 Describe the changes expected in insulin secretion in Adult 1 during the period 30 minutes to  90 minutes after the glucose drink. 
3.2.2 Explain your answer to QUESTION 3.2.1.   (2)  

3.3 Draw two line graphs on the same set of axes to show the glucose tolerance of Adults 1 and 2. (9) 
3.4 What was the percentage increase in glucose level when the glucose was at its maximum in Adult  2? Show all working.   (3)
3.5 Write down the plasma glucose level of the three adults after two hours as a ratio in simple whole  numbers. Show all working.  (2) 
3.6 Suggest, with reasons, what would happen to insulin secretion for Adult 2: 

3.6.1 If the condition was IDDM (2) 
3.6.2 If the condition was NIDDM  (2) 

[24] 
TOTAL SECTION A: 50

SECTION B 
QUESTION 4 
Read the passage and information below and answer the questions that follow. 

STIMULUS AND RESPONSE 

The eagle and the rabbit are dependent for their survival on their nervous system response rate. Their eye, ear and  skin sensors send messages along sensory neurons to the central nervous system. The message is transferred by  interneurons to provide a response along motor neurons demanding that the muscles move quickly.

Two learners conducted an investigation in the following way to determine which sense organ sends the message  fastest to the brain: the eye, the ear or the skin (sight, hearing, or touch): 

  1. Vusi held a meter stick between his thumb and index finger just above the 100 cm mark, while Mary placed her  thumb and forefinger at the 0 mark on both sides of the stick with just the thumb touching it.
  2. As Vusi dropped the meter stick Mary attempted to catch it by closing her thumb and forefinger. The distance on  the meter stick that the stick fell before Mary caught it was recorded and the procedure was repeated three times. 
  3. They repeated the investigation to determine hearing and skin responses. For the hearing response, Mary was  blindfolded and reacted to Vusi shouting ‘DROP’ when he let go of the stick. For the skin response, Mary was  blindfolded again. Vusi tapped Mary’s free hand when he let go of the stick.  

The results they obtained are shown in the following table: 

Trial number 

Distance on meter stick (cm)

Sight 

Hearing 

Touch

10

8

9

Average distance (cm)

2,3 

9

4.1 Name the path that is described in the passage. (2) 
4.2 In relation to this path, what term is used to describe each of the following in terms of the role they  play? 

4.2.1 The muscles  (1) 
4.2.2 Skin sensors  (1) 

4.3 Why should you advise the two learners to repeat the procedure more than three times for each  investigation? (2)
4.4 Identify the following in their investigation: 

4.4.1 The dependent variable  (1) 
4.4.2 The independent variable   (1) 

4.5 Calculate the average distance that the meter stick fell when doing the ‘hearing’ investigation. Show  all working.  (3) 
4.6 Study the graph below showing how the distance on the meter stick can be converted to reaction  time in milliseconds. 
graph ls
Use the reaction time over distance conversion graph to determine: 

4.6.1 The actual reaction time if the meter stick dropped 9 centimetres (2) 
4.6.2 The distance the ruler will drop for a reaction time of 400 milliseconds  (2) 

 [15]

QUESTION 5 
The graph shows the speed of a nerve impulse along neurons with different diameters, measured in micrometres  (μm). 

125 neuron diametres

5.1 Describe the relationship between the diameter of a neuron and the speed of an impulse travelling  along the neuron.  (2) 
5.2 Use the graph to estimate how fast an impulse would travel along a neuron with a diameter of 5  μm. (2) 
5.3 Name the functional gap found between two neurons across which impulses are transmitted.  (1) 
5.4 Explain the significance of the myelin sheath that covers the neurons. (2) 
5.5 Draw a diagram to illustrate the structure of a motor neuron. Indicate the direction of the impulse by  means of an arrow in the diagram.  (7) 

[14] 

QUESTION 6 
A person sitting in a darkened room covers one eye. A dim electric bulb, positioned at varying distances from the  person, is switched on at one-minute intervals for a period of 9 seconds. During this period the diameter of the pupil of  the eye is measured. The results obtained are shown in the table below. Study the table and answer the questions that  follow.

Time interval 

9

Diameter of pupil (mm) 

6

6.1 Name the structure in the eye that controls the size of the pupil.  (1)
6.2 Between which TWO time intervals did the following changes in the diameter of the pupil occur? 

6.2.1 Smallest increase   (2)
6.2.2 Biggest decrease   (2)

6.3 State why the size of the pupil changes from interval 8 to interval 9.  (2)
6.4 Describe how the size of the pupil changes from interval 8 to interval 9.  (4)
6.5 Why is the response in QUESTION 6.3 referred to as a ‘reflex’?  (1)
6.6 What is the significance of this reflex?  (1)
6.7 At which time interval was the bulb the furthest from the eye?   (1)
6.8 Explain your answer to QUESTION 6.7.   (2)
6.9 State TWO ways in which the investigator could ensure that the results of this investigation are  reliable.   (2)
6.10 State THREE things that must be kept constant in this investigation to ensure that it is valid.  (3)

[21]
TOTAL SECTION B:  50
GRAND TOTAL: 100

6.4 Assignment 2 – Reproduction 

Topic  Reproduction     
Specific aim(s) SA 1, SA 2, SA 3 Type of activity Individual 
Marks   100 Duration  90 minutes 

Instructions and information

  1. Answer ALL questions.
  2. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question paper.
  3. Draw diagrams and flow charts ONLY when requested to do so.
  4. This assignment is to be done under controlled conditions and must be handed in at the end of the session. 

NOTE: If it is not possible to schedule a single 90-minute session for this assignment, then SECTION A can be  done on one day in a 45-minute session and SECTION B the following day in another 45-minute session. 
________________________________________________________________________

SECTION A 
QUESTION 1 
Read the text below and then answer the questions that follow. 

REPRODUCTIVE STRATEGIES OF THE BULLFROG 

Most amphibians spend at least part of their lives in moist surroundings, and their fragile, jelly-like eggs are usually  laid in water. 
In mating and feeding, amphibians are active at night. The courtship call of the bullfrog attracts females for mating.  During mating, the female bullfrog deposits as many as 10 000 eggs into the water and the male simultaneously re leases sperm. Fertilisation occurs externally. 
The eggs of most species of bullfrog hatch into tadpoles in 3–5 days. Tadpoles breathe through gills and metamor phose into air-breathing adults with lungs. Laying eggs in water prevents drying out and makes it easier for the frog  sperm to reach the eggs. 
Amphibian eggs appear as small black spots in a gelatinous mass and receive little or no parental protection. Large  numbers of eggs are produced because many are eaten and changes in the environmental moisture cause many to  dehydrate and die. Nearby plant matter shelters the hatching tadpoles.

1.1 State the type of fertilisation (external or internal) that occurs in bullfrogs and describe how it occurs.  State whether reproduction in bullfrogs is viviparous, oviparous or ovoviviparous.(3)
1.2 Explain your answer to QUESTION 1.2.  (1)
1.3 Describe TWO characteristics of a frog’s egg.   (2)
1.4 Give TWO reasons suggested in the article for bullfrog eggs to be laid in water.    (2)
1.5 Frog eggs are vulnerable to predators, since there is little or no parental protection.   (2)
1.6  Explain THREE strategies that ensure a good survival rate of tadpoles. 

 [16]

QUESTION 2 
The electron micrograph below is that of the human sperm. Study the micrograph and answer the questions that follow.  

126 sperm

2.1 Draw a labelled line diagram of the human sperm represented in the electron micrograph.   (6) 
2.2 Use the scale line provided to calculate the width of the sperm at its widest point. (4) 
2.3 Explain THREE ways in which the sperm is structurally suited for its role in fertilisation.   (6)   

 [16] 

QUESTION 3 
Records of human fertility for the period 1941 to 1990 have shown changes in the sperm counts of normal men. The  table below summarises the changing percentages of men with high or low sperm counts over a period of 50 years. 

TIME PERIOD 

MEN WITH HIGH SPERM COUNTS (%) 

MEN WITH LOW SPERM COUNTS (%)

1941–1950 

50 

4

1951–1960 

45 

5

1961–1970 

28 

11

1971–1980 

21 

14

1981–1990 

15 

18

3.1  During which time period was there: 

3.1.1 The highest percentage of men with low sperm counts?  (1) 
3.1.2 The lowest percentage of men with high sperm counts?   (1) 
3.1.3 The greatest difference between men with high sperm counts and men with low sperm counts?  (1) 

3.2 Describe the trend for men with low sperm counts, and compare it with those with high sperm counts  over the period of 50 years.   (2)  
3.3  Calculate the percentage increase in men with low sperm counts from 1971 to 1990. (2) 
3.4  Suggest TWO reasons for the trend described in QUESTION 3.2.  (2) 

[9]

QUESTION 4 
The table below shows the results of a survey on the use of contraceptives by a sample of women in a rural area. 

CONTRACEPTIVE 

NUMBER OF WOMEN

Sterilisation 

34

Pill 

38

Condom 

22

Rhythm method 

30

None 

76

TOTAL 

200

Draw a pie chart to show the results of the survey. Show all working. [9]

TOTAL SECTION A: 50

SECTION B 
QUESTION 5 
The diagram below shows the changes in the ovary, uterus and level of hormones during a 28-day menstrual cycle.  Study the diagram and answer the questions that follow. 

127 changes ovary

5.1 Which hormone is responsible for: 

5.1.1 Ovulation (1) 
5.1.2 Primary (first) thickening of the endometrium (1) 

5.2 According to the graph, on which day(s) does each of the following occur: 

5.2.1 Menstruation  (1) 
5.2.2 Ovulation (1) 

5.3 Two structures in the ovaries are responsible for the secretion of two female hormones.

5.3.1 Name the TWO structures and the hormones they secrete. (4) 
5.3.2 Give evidence from the graph to support your answer to QUESTION 5.3.1. 4) 

5.4 Explain the interaction that occurs between the hormones FSH and progesterone and why it is  necessary. (3) 
5.5 Is the female, whose cycle is represented in the diagram, pregnant?  (1) 
5.6 Give TWO reasons from the graph for your answer to QUESTION 5.5.  (2) 

[18]

QUESTION 6 
The table below shows the average human foetal length of males and females over a 40-week gestation period.  

Time (weeks) 

Foetal length (cm)

Male 

Female

1

13 

7

16 

14 

13

24 

33 

31

36 

46 

43

40 

51 

49

6.1 Draw TWO sets of bar graphs on the same system of axes to compare male and female foetal  length over time.  (9) 
6.2 State TWO conclusions that could be drawn from the results in the graph.  (4) 

[13]

QUESTION 7 
John and Mary have two children. The oldest is Patrick, followed by Anne, a girl. Mary is pregnant again. 
7.1 By representing a genetic cross, show the percentage probability of them having another daughter. (7) 
7.2 Mary and John’s first child is a haemophiliac and they are afraid that their third child may also have  the disorder. Mary is a carrier of haemophilia and John has the normal clotting factor. An ultrasound  scan shows that Mary is expecting a girl. (7) 
Show, using a genetic cross, the percentage probability of their third child having haemophilia. 
7.3 Use the following symbols to construct a simple pedigree diagram showing the inheritance of  haemophilia in this family:  
FAMILY TREE(5) 

[19] 
TOTAL SECTION B: 50 

6.5 Test – Nucleic acids and meiosis 

Topic  Nucleic acids and meiosis     
Specific aim(s) SA 1, SA 3 Type of activity Individual 
Marks   50 Duration  60 minutes 

Instructions and information

  1. Answer ALL questions.
  2. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question paper.
  3. Draw diagrams and flow charts ONLY when requested to do so. 
  4. This test is to be done under controlled conditions and must be handed in at the end of the session. 

SECTION A 
QUESTION 1 
1.1 Various possible options are provided as answers to the following questions. Choose the answer  and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question number (1.1.1–1.1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK, for  example 1.1.6 D. 

1.1.1 All nucleic acids are made up of … 

  1. deoxyribose sugars, nitrogenous bases and phosphates.
  2. sugars, nitrogenous bases and phosphates.
  3. ribose sugars, nitrogenous bases and phosphates
  4. sugars, nitrogenous bases and sulphates. 

1.1.2 If a DNA molecule contains 20 000 base molecules, of which 20% are cytosine, how  many adenine molecules will be present? 

  1. 1 000
  2. 2 000
  3. 6 000
  4. 8 000 

1.1.3 DNA replication ensures that all daughter cells formed as a result of … 

  1. mitosis, have identical genetic material.
  2. meiosis, have identical genetic material.
  3. mitosis, have half the number of chromosomes as the parent cell.
  4. meiosis, have half the number of chromosomes as the parent cell.

1.1.4 In individuals with normal haemoglobin, the mRNA for haemoglobin includes the codon  GAA. This sequence is changed in individuals with sickle cell anaemia so that their mRNA  has a codon GUA at the same location. This suggests that the DNA has undergone a  mutation involving a change of base sequence from ... 

  1. CAA to TAA.
  2. CTT to CAT.
  3. CUU to CAT.
  4. CTT to CTA. 

1.1.5 The result of profiling various DNA samples in a criminal investigation is shown below.
128 dna samples
Which conclusion about the crime could the DNA analyst draw? 

  1. Only suspect X was involved.
  2. Only suspect Y was involved.
  3. Suspects X and Y were both involved.
  4. Neither suspect X nor suspect Y was involved. (5 x 2) (10) 

1.2 Give the correct biological term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the term next to the  question number (1.2.1–1.2.4) in the ANSWER BOOK. 

1.2.1 Specific lengths of DNA which carry codes for specific characteristics of organisms
1.2.2 The part of protein synthesis taking place in the nucleus 
1.2.3 The bonds between the two strands of a DNA molecule 
1.2.4 The chromosome condition/ploidy of a somatic cell (4) 

1.3 Indicate whether each of the statements in COLUMN I applies to A only, B only, both A and B or  none of the items in COLUMN II. Write A only, B only, both A and B, or none next to the question  number (1.3.1–1.3.3) in the ANSWER BOOK.

COLUMN I 

COLUMN II

1.3.1 

Chromatids separate and move to the poles. 

A: 

B:

Anaphase I 

Anaphase II

1.3.2 

The strand of DNA that provides the code during replication. 

A: 

B:

Template  

Complementary strand

1.3.3 

Contain bases that are complementary to that of DNA. 

A: 

B:

Codon 

Anticodon 

(3 x 2) (6) 
TOTAL SECTION A: 20

SECTION B 
QUESTION 2 
Study the diagram below showing a process that takes place in all living cells. 
PROCESS FOR LO
2.1 Identify the process represented in the above diagram. (1) 
2.2 Name the specific part of the process mentioned in QUESTION 2.1 that occur at the organelle labelled G.   (1) 
2.3 Describe the process named in answer to QUESTION 2.2.  (5) 
2.4 State TWO similarities in structure between molecules B and C. (2) 
2.5 The table below indicates the amino acids that are carried by different tRNAs. 

tRNA BASES 

AMINO ACID 

tRNA BASES 

AMINO ACID 

tRNA BASES 

AMINO ACID

GUU 

Glutamine 

CUA 

Aspartate 

GAU 

Leucine

GCG 

Arginine 

GGU 

Proline 

UAU 

Isoleucine

CCG 

Glycine 

ACA 

Cysteine 

GUG 

Histidine

CUU 

Glutamate 

AGC 

Serine 

ACC 

Tryptophan

Identify the amino acids which will be brought to organelle G according to the code provided by the  mRNA found on G. (3) 
2.6 Write down the triplet of DNA bases that correspond to each of the molecules B, F and H, respectively. (3) 

[15]

QUESTION 3 
Study the diagrams below that represent different phases of Meiosis I. 
MEIOSIS 1
3.1 Identify the structures labelled B and E.  (2) 
3.2 State TWO functions of the structure labelled F.  (2) 
3.3 Describe the process shown at A in Diagram I.  (2) 
3.4 Tabulate TWO ways in which a cell in the phase shown in Diagram II would differ from a cell in the  same phase in Meiosis II. (5) 
3.5 How many chromosomes will be present in each cell at the end of meiosis? (1) 
3.6 If the above cell division occurred in a human being, describe the events leading to the formation of  an offspring with Down syndrome.  (3) 

[15] 
TOTAL SECTION B:  30 
GRAND TOTAL:  50

7. Marking guidelines 
7.1 Practical Task 1 – Surveying human characteristics 

  1.        
    • Seek permission✓ to conduct the investigation. 
    • Decide how the learners are to be selected✓ for your sample. 
    • Identify the 20 learners✓ who will form a part of the sample.
    • Arrange a date✓/time/venue for surveying the different characteristics. 
    •  Design a table✓ for recording information. 
    • Study the different phenotypes for each characteristic✓ in order to correctly identify them.  (4) (any 4) 
  2.            
    2.1 Number of learners ✓ that have free or attached ear lobes   (1)
    2.2 Characteristic✓/type of ear lobe/attached or unattached earlobes   (1)
  3.          
    • There are more✓ learners✓ in the school that are tongue rollers than non-rollers✓
    • There are more✓ learners✓ in the school that are non-rollers than tongue rollers✓ 
    • The number of learners✓ in the school that are tongue rollers is equal✓ to the number of  non-rollers✓ (any 1 x 3) (3)
  4. Allocation of marks for the construction of the table  

    Criterion 

    Elaboration 

    Mark

    Caption 

    Includes both variables: 'number of learners' and 'different  characteristics'

    1

    Appropriate column headings 

    Includes names of learners as well as dominant and recessive  phenotypes for each characteristic 

    1

    Data entered 

    Information on the observed phenotypes entered per learner for  each characteristic

    1

    Percentage of learners 

    Shown at the end of the table for the different phenotypes for  each characteristic

    1

     (4)

  5. Support✓(if the results obtained are in line with the hypothesis stated by the learner in Question 3)
    OR
    Reject✓ (if the results obtained contradict the hypothesis stated by the learner in (Question 3) (1)
  6.                
    • Increase the sample size✓ 
    • Repeat the investigation✓   (2)
  7. Allocation of marks for the graph 

    Criterion 

    Elaboration 

    Mark

    Same system of axes 

    Bar graphs drawn on the same system of axes 

    1

    Caption 

    Includes both variables: 'number of learners' and 'different  characteristics' 

    1

    X-axis 

    Correct label (phenotypes of each characteristic) Correct scale (equal width and interval of bars)

    1

    Y-axis 

    Correct label (percentage of learners) 

    Correct scale

    1

    Plotting of bars 

    1 mark: 1-5 bars plotted correctly 

    2 marks: all 6 bars plotted correctly 

    2

    (8)

  8.                
    Key  Tongue roller: R   Non-roller: r 
     P1 phenotype  Tongue roller x Tongue roller✓ 
    genotype Rr x Rr✓ 
    meiosis       
     G1 R , r x R , r✓ 
    fertilisation       
    F1     genotype RR ; Rr ; Rr;  rr✓ 
    phenotype  3 tongue rollers 1 non-roller ✓  
    Allocate marks for the following labels:  
    P1/parents and F1/offspring✓
    Meiosis and fertilisation✓                       (any 6)         (6) 

[30]

7.2 Practical Task 2 – Simulating natural selection 

  1. More✔ white circles✔ than newspaper circles✔ will be picked up from the white sheet
    OR
    More✔ newspaper circles✔ than white circles✔ will be picked up from the white sheet
    OR
    An equal number✔ of newspaper circles✔ and white circles✔ will be picked up from the white sheet 2.  (3) 
  2.                      
    2.1 Number of circles picked up✔ on different backgrounds   (1)
    2.2 Different backgrounds✔  (1)
    2.3                         
    • Same size of newspaper and white paper used as a background✔
    • Same size of white and newspaper circles✔
    • Same number of white and newspaper circles at the start✔
    • Same amount of time allowed for picking up the circles✔
    • Same forceps/tweezers used throughout the investigation✔
    • Same person used to pick up circles throughout the investigation✔ 
    • Same hand used to pick up circles throughout the investigation✔ (any 2)   (2)
  3. Allocation of marks for table entries 

    Criterion 

    Mark

    Results not entered 

    0

    Some results entered

    1

    All results entered

    2

    (2) 

  4. Allocation of marks for the graph  

    Criterion 

    Elaboration 

    Mark

    Same system of axes 

    Bar graphs drawn on the same system of axes 

    1

    Caption 

    Includes both variables: 'number of circles' and 'different  backgrounds' 

    1

    X-axis 

    Correct label (Different backgrounds) 
    Correct scale (equal width and interval of bars)

    1
    1

    Y-axis 

    Correct label (number of circles picked up) 
    Correct scale


    1

    Plotting of bars 

    1 mark: 1-3 bars plotted correctly 
    2 marks: all 4 bars plotted correctly 

    2

    (8)

  5. Fewer✔ white circles✔ were picked up from the white paper, because white circles are not easily  seen against the white paper✔ 
    OR
    More✔ newspaper circles✔ were picked up from the white paper, because newspaper circles are easily seen against the white paper✔    (3) 
  6.                        
    • Increase number of attempts✔ and work out the average number picked  
    • Repeat the investigation ✔ (any 1)    (1)
  7. More✔ white circles✔ than newspaper circles✔ were picked up from the newspaper background (3) 
  8. Support✓ (if the results obtained are in line with the hypothesis stated by the learner in Question 1)
    OR 
    Reject✓ (if the results obtained contradict the hypothesis stated by the learner in Question 1)   (1) 
  9.                      
    • The white sheet represents the light tree✓
    • and the newspaper sheet represents the dark tree✓. 
    •  The circles represent the moths.✓
    • Picking up the circles represents birds feeding on the moths✓.
    • More circles of one type rather than the other type being picked up✓ represents natural selection✓ (any 5) (5) 

[30]

7.3 Assignment 1 – Response to the environment
QUESTION 1 
1.1 

1.1.1 Presence/absence of auxins✔  (1) 
1.1.2 Growth of lateral buds✔  (1) 
1.1.3

    • Use bean plants of the same species✔ 
    • Conduct investigation under same environmental conditions✔ 
    • Use bean plants of the same height/age✔ (any 2)   (2)

1.2 Auxins✔ at the growing tip of the stem stimulate✔ the growth of lateral buds✔ 
OR 
Auxins✔ at the growing tip of the stem inhibit✔ the growth of lateral buds✔ 
OR 
Auxins✔ at the growing tip of the stem have no effect✔ on the growth of lateral buds✔  (3)  

1.3 

  • Auxin present✔ in Group 3 as it was applied to the tip and therefore it inhibited✔ the growth  of the lateral buds 
  • Auxins not present✔ in rest of stem in Group 4 due to the barrier so lateral buds grew✔/  growth of lateral buds was not inhibited  (4)  

1.4 Support✓ (if the results obtained are in line with the hypothesis stated by the learner in   Question 1.2) 
OR 
Reject✓ (if the results obtained contradict the hypothesis stated by the learner in  Question 1.2)   (1) 

[12]

QUESTION 2 
2.1  Gravity✔   (1) 
2.2   

  • Due to gravity, auxins accumulate✔ 
  • on the lower side of the root✔. 
  • A high concentration of auxins in the lower part of the root inhibits✔ growth.
  • Cells on the upper part of the root grow faster✔ 
  • where the auxin concentration is lower✔. 
  • The root curves downwards✔.
  • It is said to be positively geotropic✔. (any 6)    (6) 

2.3 Cell division ✔; cell elongation✔; the development of fruit✔; the abscission of leaves and fruit✔; the development of adventitious roots in stem cuttings ✔ (any 2)  (2)  
2.4  Yes ✔ (1)  
2.5  The growth is in response to gravity✔ and not light✔  (2) 
2.6  Moisture is essential✔ for germination✔.  (2) 

[14]

QUESTION 3 
3.1 Patient is diabetic if blood glucose level is above 200 mg/100 ml✔ for up to two hours after the  glucose test drink✔.   (2) 
3.2 

3.2.1 Insulin level will increase between 30 and 60 minutes✔ and then  decrease✔. (2)  
3.2.2 The level would initially increase when glucose level is higher than  normal✔then decrease when the level of glucose decreases✔.  (2) 

3.3 Changes in the plasma glucose level during a glucose test over a period of time 
3.3
Allocation of marks for the graph  

Criterion 

Elaboration 

Mark

Same system of axes 

Both line graphs drawn on the same system of axes 

1

Caption 

Includes both variables: ‘time’ and ‘plasma glucose  levels’

1

Key for graphs 

Key provided or each graph labelled for Adult 1 and  Adult 2

1

X-axis 

Correct label and units (Time in minutes ) 

Correct scale 

1

Y-axis 

Correct label and units (Plasma glucose level in mg/100  ml)  

Correct scale

1

Plotting of points 

1 mark: 1-9 points plotted correctly 

2 marks: all 10 points plotted correctly

2

(9)  

3.4 

(260 mg/100 ml – 130 mg/100 ml) = 130 ✔  
130/130 X 100✔ 
= 100%✔     (3) 

3.5   Adult 1: Adult 2: Adult 3 = 80 :240 :160✔ = 1 :3 :2✔   

3.6.1 IDDM - no insulin is produced✔  because the pancreatic cells responsible for insulin secretion are not functioning✔/do not produce insulin. (2) 
3.6.2 NIDDM – insulin secretion will increase✔  since the pancreas is not affected✔/cells that normally respond become less sensitive to insulin (2) 

[24] 
TOTAL SECTION A: 50

SECTION B
QUESTION 4 
4.1 Reflex arc ✓ ✓   (2)
4.2   

4.2.1 Effectors✓  (1)
4.2.2 Receptors✓   (1)

4.3 To improve ✓the reliability✓ of the investigation  (2)
4.1

4.4.1 Distance on meter stick/reaction time ✓ (1)
4.4.2 Different senses (sight/hearing/touch) ✓ (1)

4.5       

5 cm + 6 cm + 6 cm = 17 cm ✓ 
17 cm = 5,7 cm ✓ 
  3 ✓                                                     (3)

4.6

4.6.1 475 ✓ milliseconds ✓  (2) 
4.6.2 3✓ cm✓  

[15]

QUESTION 5 
5.1 As the diameter of the neuron increases✔ the speed of the impulse increases✔   (2)
5.2   35✔m/s✔    (2)
5.3    Synapse✔  (1)
5.4 It provides electrical insulation✔ thus increasing the speed of impulse transmission✔  (2)
5.5 motor neuron
Allocation of marks for the drawing 

Caption 

1

Label lines do not cross 

1

Any four correct labels 

4

Direction of impulse correctly shown 

1

(7) 
[14] 

QUESTION 6 
6.1  Iris✔  (1) 
6.2 

6.2.1 2✔to 3✔  (2) 
6.2.2 6✔ to 7✔   (2) 

6.3 Dim light conditions✔ causes pupil to adjust  so that more light can enter✔ the eye (2) 
6.4     

  • Radial muscles✔ of iris contract✔
  • Circular muscles✔of iris relax✔ 
  • Pupil dilates✔ (any 4)  (4) 

6.5  It occurs automatically✔/involuntarily/without the control of the will (1) 
6.6  It protects✔ the eye from damage in bright conditions  (1) 
6.7  Interval 5✔ (1) 
6.8  Diameter of the pupil✔ was at its widest✔  (2) 
6.9 

  • Repeat the investigation✔
  • Take more than one reading at each time interval✔  
  • Increase the time of exposure to light at each time interval✔ (any 2)  (2) 

6.10 

  • Use the same light bulb✔
  • Same eye must be covered✔ throughout the entire investigation  
  • Same person must be used✔ for the entire investigation  (3) 

[21] 
TOTAL SECTION B:  50 
GRAND TOTAL:   100

7.4 Assignment 2 – Reproduction
SECTION A 
QUESTION 1 
1.1 Fertilisation occurs externally ✔ (1) 
      Eggs are released into the water and then male releases sperms✔ which fertilise eggs in the water✔ (2)  (3) 
1.2  Oviparous✔ (1) 
1.3 

  • Eggs are laid✔
  • and the embryos develop outside the mother’s body within the eggs✔ (2) 

1.4 

  • Eggs are small ✔
  • Eggs are protected by a gelatinous mass and membranes✔ (2) 

1.5 

  • Prevents drying out✔ 
  • Easier for frog sperm to reach the eggs✔  (2) 

1.6 

  • Large numbers of eggs are produced✔  because many are eaten✔
  • Eggs hatch into tadpoles within 3-5 days✔  which ensures that they can swim away from predators✔
  • Nearby plant matter shelters hatching tadpoles✔  preventing them from being eaten✔  (6) 

[16]

QUESTION 2 
2.1  tadpole     (6) 
Allocation of marks for the drawing 

Criterion 

Mark

Size and proportion 

1

Caption 

1

Any 4 correct labels 

4

2.2 

1 µm = 4 mm✔ 
Width of sperm = 12 mm✔ = X µm  
1 µm = 4 mm 
X µm = 12 mm ✔ 
X = 3 µm ✔                            (4)  

2.3 

  • The acrosome produces enzymes ✔  which help the sperm to penetrate the ovum ✔
  • The middle piece of the sperm contains mitochondria ✔  that supply the energy for the sperm’s activity✔
  • A tail is present✔  to move the sperm through the seminal fluid✔    (6)  

[16] 

QUESTION 3 
3.1 

3.1.1 1981–1990 ✔   (1) 
3.1.2 1981–1990 ✔   (1) 
3.1.3 1941–1950 ✔   (1) 

3.2 Men with low sperm counts have increased ✔ while  men with high sperm counts have decreased ✔  (2)  
3.3  

% increase = 18- 14 ✔ 
 = 4 ✔ %                             (2)  

3.4 

  • Changed diets✔/eating more processed foods by men have caused the change
  • Increased stress✔/changed lifestyle has caused the change  (2) 

[9]

QUESTION 4 
CALCULATIONS: 

34÷200 x 360 = 61,2º (rounded down to 61º) 
38÷200 x 360 = 68,4º (rounded down to 68º) 
22÷200 x 360 = 39,6º (rounded up to 40º) 
30÷200 x 360 = 54º
76÷200 x 360 = 136,8º (rounded up to 137º) 
pie chart
Allocation of marks for the graph 

Criterion 

Elaboration 

Mark

Calculations/working to  determine the correct  

proportions

3 marks: All five calculations correct 
2 marks: 3 to 4 calculations correct 
1 mark : 1 to 2 calculations correct

3

Caption 

Includes both variables: ‘contraceptives’ and ‘number of rural  women’ 

1

Proportions accurate for  each sector labelled

5 marks: All five sectors correct  (1 x mark/sector) 

[9] 
TOTAL SECTION A: 50

SECTION B
QUESTION 5 
5.1 

5.1.1 LH ✔  (1) 
5.1.2 Oestrogen ✔   (1) 

5.2 

5.2.1 0–7 days ✔ (1) 
5.2.2 Day 14 ✔      (1) 

5.3 

5.3.1 

    • Graafian follicle ✔ - oestrogen ✔ 
    • Corpus luteum ✔ - progesterone ✔   (4) 

5.3.2 

    • When Graafian follicle is formed ✔ 
    • there is an increase in oestrogen ✔ 
    • When corpus luteum is formed ✔
    • there is an increase in progesterone✔  (4) 

5.4 

  • An increase in progesterone level ✔ 
  • inhibits the release of FSH✔ 
  • to prevent FSH from stimulating the development of an ovum✔ 
  • since no further ova are required if pregnancy results✔ (any 3)  (3) 

5.5  No ✔ (1) 
5.6 

Corpus luteum has degenerated ✔
Progesterone has decreased✔ 
FSH started to increase at the end of the cycle✔ (any 2)      (2) 

 [18]

QUESTION 6 
6.1 graph
Allocation of marks for the graph 

Criterion 

Elaboration 

Mark

Same system of axes 

Bar graph drawn on the same system of axes 

1

Caption 

Includes both variables: ‘time’ and ‘foetal length’ 

1

Key for graphs 

Key provided or each graph labelled for ‘males’ and ‘females’

1

X-axis 

Correct label and units (Time in weeks) 

Correct width and interval of bars

1

Y-axis 

Correct label and units (Foetal length in cm)  

Correct scale

1

Plotting of bars 

1 mark: 1-11 bars plotted correctly 

2 marks: all 12 bars plotted correctly 

2

6.2

  • Average foetal length of both males and females✓ are the same from 8 to 13 weeks✓ (9)
  • Average foetal length of males is greater✓ than the average foetal length of females from 16  to 40 weeks✓ 
  • Average foetal length increases for males and females✓ over the 40-week period ✓  (any 2 x 2)    (4) 

[13]

QUESTION 7 
7.1 

Key       

Male: XY                         Female: XX 
P1                                      phenotype Male x Female✓
genotype XY   x XX✓ 
meiosis       
G1 X , Y x X✓ 
fertilisation       
genotype  XX ; XY✓ 
 F1                                        phenotype  1 Male : 1 Female✓ 
 50% probability of being a female✓*

Allocate marks for the following labels:  
P1/parents and F1/offspring✓ 
Meiosis and fertilisation✓ (1 compulsory* + 6 others)   (7) 
7.2 

Key    

Normal: H                        Haemophiliac : h
P1 phenotype Normal father x Normal mother✓
genotype  XHY  x XHXh ✓ 
meiosis       
G1 XH ; Y x XH ; Xh
fertilisation       
F1  genotype XH XH XH Xh   XH Y Xh Y ✓
phenotype 2 normal  daughters    1 normal son

1 son with haemophilia 

  0% probability✓* of a child with haemophilia

(1 compulsory* + 6 others) 

(7)

7.3  FAMILY TREE

7.3

(5) 
[19] 
TOTAL SECTION B: 50 
GRAND TOTAL:  100

7.5 Test – Nucleic acids and meiosis
SECTION A 
QUESTION 1 
1.1

1.1.1 B✓✓ 
1.1.2 C✓✓ 
1.1.3 A✓✓ 
1.1.4 B✓✓ 
1.1.5 D✓✓ (5 x 2) (10) 

1.2

1.2.1 Genes✓ 
1.2.2 Transcription✓ 
1.2.3 Weak hydrogen bonds✓
1.2.4 Diploid✓ (4) 

1.3

1.3.1 B only✓✓ 
1.3.2 A only✓✓ 
1.3.3 A only✓✓  (3 x 2) (6)

TOTAL SECTION A: 20

SECTION B
QUESTION 2 
2.1 Protein synthesis✔ (1) 
2.2  Translation✔ (1) 
2.3 

  • According to the mRNA codons✓
  • tRNA with matching anticodons✓ 
  • bring the required amino acids✓ to the ribosome 
  • The amino acids become attached by peptide bonds✓ 
  • to form the required protein✓ (any 5) (5) 

2.4 

  • Both are single-stranded 
  •  Both are made up of ribose sugar 
  • Presence of cytosine, guanine, adenine and uracil (any 2) (2) 

2.5 Histidine ✔ cysteine ✔ serine ✔ (3) 
2.6 GTT ✔ GGT ✔ AGC ✔ (3) 

[15]

QUESTION 3 
3.1 

B – centromere✔ (2) 
E – homologous chromosomes✔/bivalent 

3.2 

  • They allow for attachment of chromosomes✔ (2)
  • They contract to pull the chromosomes/chromatids to the poles✔ 

3.3 Crossing over✔ takes place Chromatids overlap✔ 
Segments of chromatids are exchanged✔ (any 2)  (2) 

3.4 

Meiosis I 

Meiosis II

1. Chromosomes line up in their  homologous pairs at the equa tor✔
2. Four chromosomes present✔

1. Single chromosomes line up at  the equator✔
2. Two chromosomes present✔

 Table ✔  (5) 
3.5  Two✔  (1) 
3.6 

  • Chromosome number 21 fails to separate✔ 
  • during anaphase 1✔
  • Gametes will be formed with 24 chromosomes/one extra copy of chromosome number  21✔ 
  • If such a gamete fuses with a normal gamete with 23 chromosomes✔
  • The resulting zygote will have 47 chromosomes✔ (any 3)   (3) 

 [15] 
TOTAL SECTION B:   30
GRAND TOTAL:   50

LIFE SCIENCES
SCHOOL BASED ASSESSMENT EXEMPLARS - CAPS
GRADE 12
LEARNER GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS  PAGE 
 1   Introduction ​  3
 2   Programme of formal assessment in Life Sciences  4
 3   Assessment tasks  7
   3.1 Practical Task 1 – Surveying human characteristics   7
   3.2 Practical Task 2 – Simulating natural selection   9
   3.3 Assignment 1 – Response to the environment   11
   3.4 Assignment 2 – Reproduction   19
  3.5 Test – Nucleic acids and meiosis  26

 

1. Introduction 
Assessment is a continuous, planned process of identifying, gathering and interpreting information about your  performance, using various forms of assessment. It involves four steps:  

  • Generating and collecting evidence of achievement
    This is done through the various assessment tasks presented to you by your teacher. 
  • Evaluating this evidence
    This is achieved when your teacher marks your answers using a marking guideline to arrive at a mark which  indicates your understanding of the topic(s) covered by the assessment task. 
  • Recording the findings
    Not only does your teacher record your marks so as to track your progress through the year, but he/she also  makes a note of aspects that you and other learners in your class answered poorly. 
  • Using this information to understand and assist in your development to improve the process of learning and  teaching 
    Using information about poorly answered questions, your teacher may choose to re-teach these aspects and then  provide further opportunities for you and other learners in the class to assess your improvement in the selected  aspects.
    Assessment consists of an informal and a formal component. In both cases regular feedback will be provided for  you to improve your learning. 
  • Informal assessment (Assessment for Learning)
    This component is not used for the purpose of progression and promotion. It consists of a number of assessment  tasks presented to you by your teacher on a regular basis. This is usually done within the course of teaching a  topic. It is designed to help you consolidate your learning at each stage of a topic to improve your understanding  of the next stage of the same topic. Giving full attention to informal tasks is guaranteed to prepare you more  adequately for success in the formal component. 
  • Formal assessment (Assessment of Learning)
    This component is used for the purpose of progression and promotion. Your teacher will inform you of the number  of tasks, the types of tasks and the dates on which you will undertake these assessment tasks. These tasks cover  the same topics/skills that are covered by the informal assessment tasks. 

Keep track of your progress from the various assessment tasks that you undertake. Make a note of your personal areas  of difficulty and develop a programme that will allow you to address each of these areas. This will guarantee a high quality pass at the end of the year. 
We wish you great success through the year.

2. Programme of formal assessment in Life Sciences 
The table below shows the number and types of assessment tasks required in the Grade 12 year. 

Formal, recorded, school-based assessment 

Trial (Preliminary) examination

Content 

Practical 

Two written examination papers  

(2½ hours + 2½ hours)

  • Three tests 
  • (minimum of 50 marks  each)
  • One June examination
  • (2½ hours, 150 marks) 
  •  One trial examination 
  • (2 x 2½ hours, 150 marks each)
  • One project/assignment
  • (can be done in any term  but recorded in Term 3:  100 marks)
  • 3 practical tasks
  • Practical tasks must cover the range of skills under SA 2. 
  • Marks per practical task should be between 20  and 40.
  • 1 trial (preliminary) examination – 2 x 2½ hours,  150 marks each 

This examination must test: 

  • Knowledge of content, concepts and skills  across all topics 
  • Knowledge of practical work as well as some of  the skills related to practical work 
  •  All work completed in Terms 1, 2 and 3 as well  as the Grade 11 topic (Human impact on the  environment) that is assessable in Grade 12

School-based assessment (during the year)

Term 1 

Term 2 

Term 3 and Term 4

  • One test
  • One practical task
  • One test
  • One practical  task
  • June exam
  • One test
  • One practical task
  • 1 project or assignment

33% 

33% 

33%

Convert to 50% 

50%

SBA Total: 100

NOTE: The SBA mark must be converted to 25% and the external examination counts 75% of the final mark.
A description of the requirements for each of the different types of assessment tasks follows below.

2.1 Practical tasks 
When designing the practical tasks, the Life Sciences teacher must ensure that: 

  • All 7 skills under Specific Aim 2 listed below are covered over the three practical tasks: 
    1. Follow instructions
    2. Handle equipment or apparatus
    3. Make observations
    4. Record information or data
    5. Measure accurately
    6. Interpret information
    7. Design/Plan an investigation
  • At least ONE of the practical tasks includes manipulation of apparatus and/or collection of data. 
  • Any ONE practical task assesses at least 3 of the 7 skills and must include skill 6 and/or 7.
  • 20–40 marks are allocated to a practical task. 

2.2 Research project 
A research project: 

  • Is a long-term task (at least 3 weeks of non-contact time) 
  • Has a maximum mark of 100  
  • Is an investigative task 
  • Focuses on accessing knowledge through literature research as well as through primary sources such as people 
  • Includes sub-skills such as: 
    • Formulating investigative questions and hypotheses
    • Gathering information from a variety of sources
    • Manipulating and processing information
    • Analysing information
    • Identifying patterns 
    • Evaluating data
    • Drawing valid conclusions
    • Communicating findings 

2.3 Assignment 
The assignment: 

  • Is a short-term task (1½–2 hours under controlled conditions) 
  • Has a maximum mark of 100  
  • Covers Specific Aims 1, 2 and 3 
  • Is completed at school and not at home 
  • Is completed without the use of any reference materials such as textbooks  
  • Is recorded in Term 3 even if it is given and assessed in Term 1 or Term 2 
  • Covers a variety of topics 
  • Includes as many as possible of the following: 
    • Analysing and interpreting data
    • Making drawings
    • Plotting graphs
    • Drawing tables
    • Performing calculations
    • Justifying conclusions

2.4 Tests and Examinations 

  • The test is a minimum of 50 marks. 
  • The test in Term 1 covers all work done in that term. 
  • The tests in Term 2 and Term 3 cover at least half of the work covered in the respective terms. 
  • The mid-year examination covers work completed in Term 1 and Term 2. 
  • The trial examinations cover all work completed in Terms 1, 2 and 3, and must include the section on ‘Human  Impact’ from Grade 11. 

The following exemplars have been included in this publication: 

Type of assessment task  included in this publication

Number included in  this publication

Number required in the  Grade 12 year

Term in which assessment task is required

Assignment 

Term 3

Practical task 

Term 1, Term 2, Term 3 or 4

Test 

Term 1, Term 2, Term 3 or 4

The exemplars provided are meant to show you the format of these tasks as well as the way in which the content and  skills of each topic may be assessed.

3. Assessment tasks 
3.1 Practical Task 1 – Surveying human characteristics 

Topic  Genetics      
Specific aim(s) SA 2 Type of activity Individual   
Marks   30 Duration  90 minutes 

Task 
Conduct a survey of the occurrence/frequency of dominant and recessive phenotypes for each of three traits/ characteristics (as shown in the pictures below) among the learners in your school. 

  • This task must be done individually. 
  • This practical must be completed at school. 

Background information 

Many characteristics in humans are controlled by one gene with two alleles, one dominant and one recessive. Three  examples are shown below. 
121 allelel
Method 

  1. Select 20 learners that will form part of your sample. 
  2. For every learner selected, record the phenotype for each characteristic. 
  3. Record the information for each learner in a table. At the end of the table, include the percentage of learners  displaying each phenotype for each of the three characteristics. 
  4. Answer the questions set. 

QUESTIONS 

  1. List any FOUR planning steps for this investigation.  (4)
  2. In terms of the investigation about the type of earlobe (free or attached), name the following:
    2.1 The dependent variable  (1)
    2.2 The independent variable  (1)
  3. Formulate a hypothesis for the frequency of tongue-rollers as compared to non-rollers in your school.    (3)
  4. Construct a table to show the results obtained in this investigation.   (4)
  5. According to the results obtained, would you accept or reject the hypothesis formulated in QUESTION 3?  (1)
  6. State TWO ways in which you could make the results of this investigation more reliable. (2)
  7. Using the same system of axes, draw a bar graph to represent the percentage of learners displaying each phenotype for each of the three characteristics.  (8)
  8. Use the symbols R (tongue-roller) and r (non-roller) to represent the phenotypes and genotypes of  offspring resulting from a cross between two heterozygous individuals.   (6) 

[30]

3.2 Practical Task 2 – Simulating natural selection  

Topic  Evolution       
Specific aim(s) SA 2 Type of activity Pair/ Individual 
Marks   30 Duration  60 minutes 

Task 
Simulate ‘natural selection’ using a paper model. 

  • This task must be done in pairs but the questions must be answered individually. 
  • This practical must be completed at school. 

Background information 
A simulation allows one to demonstrate something that might sometimes be dangerous or that might sometimes require  a lot of time, quickly and in a simple and safe way, using models.  
The different parts that comprise the paper model in this task represent different components in nature. The sheet of  newspaper and the sheet of white paper represent two different environmental conditions. The circles cut from white  paper and from newspaper represent the different appearances/phenotypes of different individuals of the same species. 

Aim 
You are required to investigate the survival of the organisms with the two different phenotypes under different  environmental conditions.  
Materials required 

  • A sheet of white paper (preferably A3 size) to use as background 
  • A sheet of newspaper (cut to A3 size) to use as background 
  • Forceps/tweezers 
  • Clock with a second hand/stopwatch 
  • Scissors  
  • 30 x 2 cm diameter circles cut from another sheet of newspaper 
  • 30 x 2 cm diameter circles cut from another sheet of white paper 
  • Ruler  

Method 

  1. Place the sheet of white paper on the table. 
  2. Spread 30 white paper circles and 30 newspaper circles randomly over the surface of the white paper. 
  3. Ask your partner to use a pair of forceps/tweezers to pick up as many circles as he/she can in a period of 15  seconds.
  4. Count the number of each type of circle that has been picked up. Record this in the table provided.
  5. Now repeat steps 1–4 using the sheet of newspaper instead of the sheet of white paper.

Question 1. 

  1. Formulate a hypothesis for the above investigation when using the sheet of white paper as  background.  (3)
  2. For this investigation, name:
    2.1 The dependent variable  (1)
    2.2 The independent variable  (1)
    2.3 Any TWO fixed variables  (2)
  3. Copy and record your results in the following table:   (2)

    DIFFERENT  

    BACKGROUNDS

    STARTING POPULATION

    NUMBER OF CIRCLES  

    PICKED UP ON DIFFERENT  BACKGROUNDS

    White paper circles

    Newspaper circles

    White paper circles

    Newspaper circles

    White paper 

    30 

    30

       

    Newspaper 

    30 

    30

       

     

  4. Draw a bar graph on the same system of axes to represent the results of your investigation. (8) 

  5. Explain the difference in results obtained for the two types of circles when using the sheet of white  paper. (3) 

  6. State ONE way in which you could improve the reliability of the results.  (1) 

  7. State a conclusion for the above investigation when the newspaper was used as a background. (3)
  8. Based on the results obtained, will you accept or reject the hypothesis you formulated in QUESTION  1?   (1)
  9. Explain how this investigation and the results of this investigation simulate natural selection as it occurs in the peppered moth. Use the picture below to help you make a comparison.   (5) 
    122 peppered moth

[30]

3.3 Assignment 1 – Response to the environment 

Topic  Response to the environment       
Specific aim(s) SA 1, SA 2, SA 3 Type of activity Individual 
Marks   100 Duration  90 minutes 

Instructions and information  

  1. Answer ALL questions.
  2. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question paper.
  3. Draw diagrams and flow charts ONLY when requested to do so.
  4. This assignment is to be done under controlled conditions and must be handed in at the end of the session. 

NOTE: If it is not possible to schedule a single 90-minute session for this assignment, then SECTION A can be  done on one day in a 45-minute session and SECTION B the following day in another 45-minute session. 

________________________________________________________________________ 

SECTION A 
QUESTION 1 
An investigation was conducted to study apical dominance in bean plants. Four groups of plants were used. The  diagram below illustrates the process. 

123 lateral bud 

The results are shown in the table below.

 

Group 1 

Group 2 

Group 3 

Group 4

Treatment given 

Untreated 

Apical meristem  removed

Apical meristem removed  and auxin applied to the  cut tip

Apical meristem intact but a barrier  to the movement of substances  was placed under the tip

Response to  treatment given

Growth of apical meristem  but not of lateral buds

Growth of lateral  buds

No growth of lateral buds 

Growth of lateral buds

1.1 For this investigation, state the: (1) 

1.1.1 Independent variable (1) 
1.1.2 Dependent variable (2) 
1.1.3 Any TWO fixed variables (3)  

1.2 Formulate a possible hypothesis for the above investigation. (4)  
1.3 Explain the difference in results for Groups 3 and 4.  (1) 
1.4 Do the results allow you to accept or reject the hypothesis you formulated in QUESTION 1.2? [12]

QUESTION 2 
The diagrams below show some stages in an investigation involving germinating bean seeds, kept in an evenly warm,  damp environment.  
124 petri dish
2.1 What physical stimulus leads to the response above?   (1) 
2.2 Using the information in the diagram and your own knowledge, describe how the tip of the root grows  in the direction that it does after two days.  (6)  
2.3 State TWO functions (other than growth movements and apical dominance) of the hormone  responible for the growth movement illustrated above.   (2)  
2.4 Will the same results be obtained if the investigation is carried out in a dark cupboard?  (1)  
2.5 Explain your answer to QUESTION 2.4. (2) 
2.6 Explain why the cotton wool was kept moist.  (2) 

[14]

QUESTION 3 
Read the passage below and answer the questions that follow. 

DIABETES MELLITUS 

Diabetes mellitus is a disorder relating to the role of insulin. There are two forms of the condition: insulin-dependent  diabetes (IDDM) and a non-insulin dependent form (NIDDM). 
IDDM accounts for about 15% of patients and usually develops before the age of 20. The condition arises when the  body’s immune system starts to attack the specific pancreas cells that make insulin. These patients can be treated  with insulin injections. 
NIDDM occurs in older people. They have normal and even above normal levels of insulin, but the cells that would  normally respond become less sensitive to insulin. Therapy in this case involves correct diet and regular exercise. 
One method used to determine if a person is diabetic is an oral glucose tolerance test. This involves giving the patient  a drink containing 75 g glucose in 300 cm3 water after fasting (no food for 24 hours). Blood glucose is tested regularly  for at least two hours. If the readings are above 200 mg/100 ml up to two hours later, the patient is diagnosed as being  diabetic.

The normal plasma glucose level is 100 mg/100 ml. The glucose tolerance test was conducted for three adults and the  plasma glucose level (mg/100 ml) was recorded for two hours at 30-minute intervals. The results are shown below. 

Time (minutes) 

 

30 

60 

90 

120

Plasma glucose levels 

(mg/100 ml)

Adult 1 

85 

125 

100 

85 

80

Adult 2 

130 

215 

250 

260 

240

Adult 3 

100 

210 

180 

170 

160

3.1 State how the glucose tolerance response test above is used to decide if a person is suffering from  diabetes.   (2) 
3.2 Adult 1 is not diabetic.  

3.2.1 Describe the changes expected in insulin secretion in Adult 1 during the period 30 minutes to  90 minutes after the glucose drink. 
3.2.2 Explain your answer to QUESTION 3.2.1.   (2)  

3.3 Draw two line graphs on the same set of axes to show the glucose tolerance of Adults 1 and 2. (9) 
3.4 What was the percentage increase in glucose level when the glucose was at its maximum in Adult  2? Show all working.   (3)
3.5 Write down the plasma glucose level of the three adults after two hours as a ratio in simple whole  numbers. Show all working.  (2) 
3.6 Suggest, with reasons, what would happen to insulin secretion for Adult 2: 

3.6.1 If the condition was IDDM (2) 
3.6.2 If the condition was NIDDM  (2) 

[24] 
TOTAL SECTION A: 50

SECTION B 
QUESTION 4 
Read the passage and information below and answer the questions that follow. 

STIMULUS AND RESPONSE 

The eagle and the rabbit are dependent for their survival on their nervous system response rate. Their eye, ear and  skin sensors send messages along sensory neurons to the central nervous system. The message is transferred by  interneurons to provide a response along motor neurons demanding that the muscles move quickly.

Two learners conducted an investigation in the following way to determine which sense organ sends the message  fastest to the brain: the eye, the ear or the skin (sight, hearing, or touch): 

  1. Vusi held a meter stick between his thumb and index finger just above the 100 cm mark, while Mary placed her  thumb and forefinger at the 0 mark on both sides of the stick with just the thumb touching it.
  2. As Vusi dropped the meter stick Mary attempted to catch it by closing her thumb and forefinger. The distance on  the meter stick that the stick fell before Mary caught it was recorded and the procedure was repeated three times. 
  3. They repeated the investigation to determine hearing and skin responses. For the hearing response, Mary was  blindfolded and reacted to Vusi shouting ‘DROP’ when he let go of the stick. For the skin response, Mary was  blindfolded again. Vusi tapped Mary’s free hand when he let go of the stick.  

The results they obtained are shown in the following table: 

Trial number 

Distance on meter stick (cm)

Sight 

Hearing 

Touch

10

8

9

Average distance (cm)

2,3 

9

4.1 Name the path that is described in the passage. (2) 
4.2 In relation to this path, what term is used to describe each of the following in terms of the role they  play? 

4.2.1 The muscles  (1) 
4.2.2 Skin sensors  (1) 

4.3 Why should you advise the two learners to repeat the procedure more than three times for each  investigation? (2)
4.4 Identify the following in their investigation: 

4.4.1 The dependent variable  (1) 
4.4.2 The independent variable   (1) 

4.5 Calculate the average distance that the meter stick fell when doing the ‘hearing’ investigation. Show  all working.  (3) 
4.6 Study the graph below showing how the distance on the meter stick can be converted to reaction  time in milliseconds. 
graph ls
Use the reaction time over distance conversion graph to determine: 

4.6.1 The actual reaction time if the meter stick dropped 9 centimetres (2) 
4.6.2 The distance the ruler will drop for a reaction time of 400 milliseconds  (2) 

 [15]

QUESTION 5 
The graph shows the speed of a nerve impulse along neurons with different diameters, measured in micrometres  (μm). 
125 neuron diametres
5.1 Describe the relationship between the diameter of a neuron and the speed of an impulse travelling  along the neuron.  (2) 
5.2 Use the graph to estimate how fast an impulse would travel along a neuron with a diameter of 5  μm. (2) 
5.3 Name the functional gap found between two neurons across which impulses are transmitted.  (1) 
5.4 Explain the significance of the myelin sheath that covers the neurons. (2) 
5.5 Draw a diagram to illustrate the structure of a motor neuron. Indicate the direction of the impulse by  means of an arrow in the diagram.  (7) 

[14] 

QUESTION 6 
A person sitting in a darkened room covers one eye. A dim electric bulb, positioned at varying distances from the  person, is switched on at one-minute intervals for a period of 9 seconds. During this period the diameter of the pupil of  the eye is measured. The results obtained are shown in the table below. Study the table and answer the questions that  follow.

Time interval 

9

Diameter of pupil (mm) 

6

6.1 Name the structure in the eye that controls the size of the pupil.  (1)
6.2 Between which TWO time intervals did the following changes in the diameter of the pupil occur? 

6.2.1 Smallest increase   (2)
6.2.2 Biggest decrease   (2)

6.3 State why the size of the pupil changes from interval 8 to interval 9.  (2)
6.4 Describe how the size of the pupil changes from interval 8 to interval 9.  (4)
6.5 Why is the response in QUESTION 6.3 referred to as a ‘reflex’?  (1)
6.6 What is the significance of this reflex?  (1)
6.7 At which time interval was the bulb the furthest from the eye?   (1)
6.8 Explain your answer to QUESTION 6.7.   (2)
6.9 State TWO ways in which the investigator could ensure that the results of this investigation are  reliable.   (2)
6.10 State THREE things that must be kept constant in this investigation to ensure that it is valid.  (3)

[21]
TOTAL SECTION B:  50
GRAND TOTAL: 100

3.4 Assignment 2 – Reproduction 

Topic  Reproduction     
Specific aim(s) SA 1, SA 2, SA 3 Type of activity Individual 
Marks   100 Duration  90 minutes 

Instructions and information

  1. Answer ALL questions.
  2. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question paper.
  3. Draw diagrams and flow charts ONLY when requested to do so.
  4. This assignment is to be done under controlled conditions and must be handed in at the end of the session. 

NOTE: If it is not possible to schedule a single 90-minute session for this assignment, then SECTION A can be  done on one day in a 45-minute session and SECTION B the following day in another 45-minute session. 
________________________________________________________________________

SECTION A 
QUESTION 1 
Read the text below and then answer the questions that follow. 

REPRODUCTIVE STRATEGIES OF THE BULLFROG 

Most amphibians spend at least part of their lives in moist surroundings, and their fragile, jelly-like eggs are usually  laid in water. 
In mating and feeding, amphibians are active at night. The courtship call of the bullfrog attracts females for mating.  During mating, the female bullfrog deposits as many as 10 000 eggs into the water and the male simultaneously re leases sperm. Fertilisation occurs externally. 
The eggs of most species of bullfrog hatch into tadpoles in 3–5 days. Tadpoles breathe through gills and metamor phose into air-breathing adults with lungs. Laying eggs in water prevents drying out and makes it easier for the frog  sperm to reach the eggs. 
Amphibian eggs appear as small black spots in a gelatinous mass and receive little or no parental protection. Large  numbers of eggs are produced because many are eaten and changes in the environmental moisture cause many to  dehydrate and die. Nearby plant matter shelters the hatching tadpoles.

1.1 State the type of fertilisation (external or internal) that occurs in bullfrogs and describe how it occurs.  State whether reproduction in bullfrogs is viviparous, oviparous or ovoviviparous.(3)
1.2 Explain your answer to QUESTION 1.2.  (1)
1.3 Describe TWO characteristics of a frog’s egg.   (2)
1.4 Give TWO reasons suggested in the article for bullfrog eggs to be laid in water.    (2)
1.5 Frog eggs are vulnerable to predators, since there is little or no parental protection.   (2)
1.6  Explain THREE strategies that ensure a good survival rate of tadpoles. 

 [16]

QUESTION 2 
The electron micrograph below is that of the human sperm. Study the micrograph and answer the questions that follow.  

126 sperm

2.1 Draw a labelled line diagram of the human sperm represented in the electron micrograph.   (6) 
2.2 Use the scale line provided to calculate the width of the sperm at its widest point. (4) 
2.3 Explain THREE ways in which the sperm is structurally suited for its role in fertilisation.   (6)   

 [16] 

QUESTION 3 
Records of human fertility for the period 1941 to 1990 have shown changes in the sperm counts of normal men. The  table below summarises the changing percentages of men with high or low sperm counts over a period of 50 years. 

TIME PERIOD 

MEN WITH HIGH SPERM COUNTS (%) 

MEN WITH LOW SPERM COUNTS (%)

1941–1950 

50 

4

1951–1960 

45 

5

1961–1970 

28 

11

1971–1980 

21 

14

1981–1990 

15 

18

3.1  During which time period was there: 

3.1.1 The highest percentage of men with low sperm counts?  (1) 
3.1.2 The lowest percentage of men with high sperm counts?   (1) 
3.1.3 The greatest difference between men with high sperm counts and men with low sperm counts?  (1) 

3.2 Describe the trend for men with low sperm counts, and compare it with those with high sperm counts  over the period of 50 years.   (2)  
3.3  Calculate the percentage increase in men with low sperm counts from 1971 to 1990. (2) 
3.4  Suggest TWO reasons for the trend described in QUESTION 3.2.  (2) 

[9]

QUESTION 4 
The table below shows the results of a survey on the use of contraceptives by a sample of women in a rural area. 

CONTRACEPTIVE 

NUMBER OF WOMEN

Sterilisation 

34

Pill 

38

Condom 

22

Rhythm method 

30

None 

76

TOTAL 

200

Draw a pie chart to show the results of the survey. Show all working. [9]

TOTAL SECTION A: 50

SECTION B 
QUESTION 5 
The diagram below shows the changes in the ovary, uterus and level of hormones during a 28-day menstrual cycle.  Study the diagram and answer the questions that follow. 

127 changes ovary 

5.1 Which hormone is responsible for: 

5.1.1 Ovulation (1) 
5.1.2 Primary (first) thickening of the endometrium (1) 

5.2 According to the graph, on which day(s) does each of the following occur: 

5.2.1 Menstruation  (1) 
5.2.2 Ovulation (1) 

5.3 Two structures in the ovaries are responsible for the secretion of two female hormones.

5.3.1 Name the TWO structures and the hormones they secrete. (4) 
5.3.2 Give evidence from the graph to support your answer to QUESTION 5.3.1. 4) 

5.4 Explain the interaction that occurs between the hormones FSH and progesterone and why it is  necessary. (3) 
5.5 Is the female, whose cycle is represented in the diagram, pregnant?  (1) 
5.6 Give TWO reasons from the graph for your answer to QUESTION 5.5.  (2) 

[18]

QUESTION 6 
The table below shows the average human foetal length of males and females over a 40-week gestation period.  

Time (weeks) 

Foetal length (cm)

Male 

Female

1

13 

7

16 

14 

13

24 

33 

31

36 

46 

43

40 

51 

49

6.1 Draw TWO sets of bar graphs on the same system of axes to compare male and female foetal  length over time.  (9) 
6.2 State TWO conclusions that could be drawn from the results in the graph.  (4) 

[13]

QUESTION 7 
John and Mary have two children. The oldest is Patrick, followed by Anne, a girl. Mary is pregnant again. 
7.1 By representing a genetic cross, show the percentage probability of them having another daughter. (7) 
7.2 Mary and John’s first child is a haemophiliac and they are afraid that their third child may also have  the disorder. Mary is a carrier of haemophilia and John has the normal clotting factor. An ultrasound  scan shows that Mary is expecting a girl. (7) 
Show, using a genetic cross, the percentage probability of their third child having haemophilia. 
7.3 Use the following symbols to construct a simple pedigree diagram showing the inheritance of  haemophilia in this family:  
FAMILY TREE(5) 

[19] 
TOTAL SECTION B: 50 

3.5 Test – Nucleic acids and meiosis 

Topic  Nucleic acids and meiosis     
Specific aim(s) SA 1, SA 3 Type of activity Individual 
Marks   50 Duration  60 minutes 

Instructions and information

  1. Answer ALL questions.
  2. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question paper.
  3. Draw diagrams and flow charts ONLY when requested to do so. 
  4. This test is to be done under controlled conditions and must be handed in at the end of the session. 

SECTION A 
QUESTION 1 
1.1 Various possible options are provided as answers to the following questions. Choose the answer  and write only the letter (A–D) next to the question number (1.1.1–1.1.5) in the ANSWER BOOK, for  example 1.1.6 D. 

1.1.1 All nucleic acids are made up of … 

  1. deoxyribose sugars, nitrogenous bases and phosphates.
  2. sugars, nitrogenous bases and phosphates.
  3. ribose sugars, nitrogenous bases and phosphates
  4. sugars, nitrogenous bases and sulphates. 

1.1.2 If a DNA molecule contains 20 000 base molecules, of which 20% are cytosine, how  many adenine molecules will be present? 

  1. 1 000
  2. 2 000
  3. 6 000
  4. 8 000 

1.1.3 DNA replication ensures that all daughter cells formed as a result of … 

  1. mitosis, have identical genetic material.
  2. meiosis, have identical genetic material.
  3. mitosis, have half the number of chromosomes as the parent cell.
  4. meiosis, have half the number of chromosomes as the parent cell.

1.1.4 In individuals with normal haemoglobin, the mRNA for haemoglobin includes the codon  GAA. This sequence is changed in individuals with sickle cell anaemia so that their mRNA  has a codon GUA at the same location. This suggests that the DNA has undergone a  mutation involving a change of base sequence from ... 

  1. CAA to TAA.
  2. CTT to CAT.
  3. CUU to CAT.
  4. CTT to CTA. 

1.1.5 The result of profiling various DNA samples in a criminal investigation is shown below.
128 dna samples
Which conclusion about the crime could the DNA analyst draw? 

  1. Only suspect X was involved.
  2. Only suspect Y was involved.
  3. Suspects X and Y were both involved.
  4. Neither suspect X nor suspect Y was involved. (5 x 2) (10) 

1.2 Give the correct biological term for each of the following descriptions. Write only the term next to the  question number (1.2.1–1.2.4) in the ANSWER BOOK. 

1.2.1 Specific lengths of DNA which carry codes for specific characteristics of organisms
1.2.2 The part of protein synthesis taking place in the nucleus 
1.2.3 The bonds between the two strands of a DNA molecule 
1.2.4 The chromosome condition/ploidy of a somatic cell (4) 

1.3 Indicate whether each of the statements in COLUMN I applies to A only, B only, both A and B or  none of the items in COLUMN II. Write A only, B only, both A and B, or none next to the question  number (1.3.1–1.3.3) in the ANSWER BOOK.

COLUMN I 

COLUMN II

1.3.1 

Chromatids separate and move to the poles. 

A: 

B:

Anaphase I 

Anaphase II

1.3.2 

The strand of DNA that provides the code during replication. 

A: 

B:

Template  

Complementary strand

1.3.3 

Contain bases that are complementary to that of DNA. 

A: 

B:

Codon 

Anticodon 

(3 x 2) (6) 
TOTAL SECTION A: 20

SECTION B 
QUESTION 2 
Study the diagram below showing a process that takes place in all living cells. 
PROCESS FOR LO
2.1 Identify the process represented in the above diagram. (1) 
2.2 Name the specific part of the process mentioned in QUESTION 2.1 that occur at the organelle labelled G.   (1) 
2.3 Describe the process named in answer to QUESTION 2.2.  (5) 
2.4 State TWO similarities in structure between molecules B and C. (2) 
2.5 The table below indicates the amino acids that are carried by different tRNAs. 

tRNA BASES 

AMINO ACID 

tRNA BASES 

AMINO ACID 

tRNA BASES 

AMINO ACID

GUU 

Glutamine 

CUA 

Aspartate 

GAU 

Leucine

GCG 

Arginine 

GGU 

Proline 

UAU 

Isoleucine

CCG 

Glycine 

ACA 

Cysteine 

GUG 

Histidine

CUU 

Glutamate 

AGC 

Serine 

ACC 

Tryptophan

Identify the amino acids which will be brought to organelle G according to the code provided by the  mRNA found on G. (3) 
2.6 Write down the triplet of DNA bases that correspond to each of the molecules B, F and H, respectively. (3) 

[15]

QUESTION 3 
Study the diagrams below that represent different phases of Meiosis I. 
MEIOSIS 1
3.1 Identify the structures labelled B and E.  (2) 
3.2 State TWO functions of the structure labelled F.  (2) 
3.3 Describe the process shown at A in Diagram I.  (2) 
3.4 Tabulate TWO ways in which a cell in the phase shown in Diagram II would differ from a cell in the  same phase in Meiosis II. (5) 
3.5 How many chromosomes will be present in each cell at the end of meiosis? (1) 
3.6 If the above cell division occurred in a human being, describe the events leading to the formation of  an offspring with Down syndrome.  (3) 

[15] 
TOTAL SECTION B:  30 
GRAND TOTAL:  50

GEOGRAPHY
SCHOOL BASED ASSESSMENT EXEMPLARS - CAPS
GRADE 12
LEARNER GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS  
PAGE 
 1      Introduction  3
 2      Objectives/Aims of the project  3
 3      Assessment tasks as outlined by CAPS  3
 4      Assessment tasks  4
   4.1    Term 1 – Data-handling task  4
     4.1.1  Exemplar: Data-handling task 1  4
     4.1.2  Exemplar: Data-handling task 2  8
  4.2   Term 2 – Research task  12
    4.2.1 Learner guidelines for conducting research  12
    4.2.2 Guidelines for research  12
    4.2.3 Compiling a bibliography for a research task  15
    4.2.4 Proposed cover page for a research task  17
    4.2.5 Exemplar: Research task 1  18
    4.2.6 Exemplar: Research task 2   20
    4.2.7 Proposed marking rubric for a research task  22
5     Conclusion  25

 

1. Introduction 
The purpose of this document is to provide learners with a set of benchmarked school- based assessment tasks (SBAs).  It contains useful information and guidelines in the form of exemplars on the following aspects of the curriculum: 

  • How to do a research task 
  • Working with sources and source-based questions 
  • Data handling  
  • Marking rubrics as guidelines to completing research tasks 

2. Objectives/Aims of the project 
It is envisaged that this SBA document will provide learners with examples of SBA tasks that are of high quality and a  high standard. 

  • A common standard is set as prescribed by the Curriculum and Assessment Policy Statement (CAPS) document. 
  • Quality teaching and learning of FET – Grade 12 Geography is promoted throughout all schools in South Africa. 

3. Assessment tasks as outlined by CAPS

Term 1 

Term 2 

Term 3 

Term 4

  • 2 tasks 
  • 2 tasks 
  • 3 tasks
 
  • 1 standardised test
  • Data handling
  • June examination (Papers 1 and 2)
  • Mapwork task
  • 1 standardised test
  • Research/Essay writing  task
  • Trial examination  (Papers 1 and 2)
  • Final external  examination (Papers 1  and 2)

SBA mark which  comprises 25% of final  mark (100 marks)

   

75% of final mark (300  marks)

 

Term 

Task 

Total 

SBA weight 

Total

Data handling 

60 

20

100 

(25%)

Standardised test 

100 

10

Mapwork task 

 

60 

20

June Paper 1 

200

300 

10

June Paper 2 

100

3

Research/Essay writing task 

60 

20

Standardised test 

100 

10

Trial Paper 1 

225

300 

10

Trial Paper 2 

75

4

External Paper 1 

225

300

 

300 

(75%) 

External Paper 2 

75

 

4. Assessment tasks 
4.1 Term 1 – Data-handling task 
Two examples of typical data-handling tasks are provided below. 

4.1.1 Exemplar: Data-handling task 1 

  • Curriculum content: Physical Geography (tropical cyclones, subtropical anti-cyclones and drainage basins) •  Compliant with CAPS. 
  • May be tested in the CAPS final external examination. 
  • One (1) data-handling task must be done. 

GRADE 12 SBA (CAPS 2014) 
DATA-HANDLING TASK 
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 

TIME: 1 hour (60 minutes) 
MARKS: 60 
QUESTION 1 
1.1 Refer to FIGURE 1A showing a synoptic weather map of Tropical Cyclone Irina. 

1.1.1 Determine the number of tropical cyclones, including Irina, that has occurred during this tropical cyclone  season. (1 x 2) (2) 
1.1.2 Give a reason to support your answer to QUESTION 1.1.1. (1 x 2) (2)
1.1.3 Describe the surface air circulation within Tropical Cyclone Irina. (1 x 2) (2) 

1.2 Refer to FIGURE 1B showing a satellite image of Tropical Cyclone Irina and FIGURE 1C showing the projected path  of Tropical Cyclone Irina. 

1.2.1 Using the satellite image, determine in which stage of development Tropical Cyclone Irina is. (1 x 2) (2) 
1.2.2 Give evidence from the satellite image to support your answer to QUESTION 1.2.1   (1 x 2) (2) 
1.2.3 Discuss TWO socio-economic impacts of Tropical Cyclone Irina on areas along the east coast of southern  Africa. (2 x 2) (4) 
1.2.4 Draw a labelled cross-section of Tropical Cyclone Irina as depicted on the satellite image from X to Y.  Clearly indicate the position of the eye and the cumulonimbus clouds on your cross-section. (2 x 2) (4) 
1.2.5 State the reason for the use of the words, ‘projected path’ when describing the path of Tropical Cyclone  Irina. (1 x 2) (2)

1.3 Refer to FIGURE 1A. 

1.3.1 Identify the high-pressure cells labelled P and Q. (2 x 2) (4)
1.3.2 Use evidence from the map to explain whether wind speed will be greater in area P or area Q. (3 x 2) (6)

[30] 

QUESTION 2 
2.1 Refer to FIGURE 2A showing cross-sections of the Tugela River along its course in its drainage basin shown in  FIGURE 2B. 

2.1.1 Define the term drainage basin. (1 x 2) (2) 
2.1.2 Which of FIGURE 2A and FIGURE 2B shows a longitudinal and transverse profile respectively? (2 x 2) (4) 
2.1.3 Match each of cross-sections A, B and C (FIGURE 2A) with positions (i), (ii) and (iii) (FIGURE 2B).  (3 x 2) (6) 
2.1.4 Briefly explain the difference in the width of the river channel at A and C. (2 x 2) (4)

2.2 Refer to FIGURE 2B showing the drainage basin of the Tugela River from its upper to the middle to the lower course.

2.2.1 Determine the stream order of the Tugela River at point X along its course. 1 x 2) (2)
2.2.2 Identify and explain ONE of the stream channel patterns of the Tugela River at (ii) along its course. (3 x 2) (6) 
2.2.3 Draw a labelled free-hand cross-section through the river channel along line T–S, showing the position of  and the difference in shape between a slip-off slope and an undercut slope. (2 x 2) (4) 
2.2.4 Give ONE reason why the Tugela River is more likely to flood in the vicinity of (iii). (1 x 2) (2)

[30]
GRAND TOTAL: 60

FIGURE 1A: TROPICAL CYCLONE IRINA 
tropical cyclone irina
FIGURE 2A: CROSS-SECTIONS OF THE TUGELA RIVER ALONG VARIOUS POINTS 
tulega river

FIGURE 2B: SCHEMATIC PLAN VIEW OF THE DRAINAGE BASIN OF THE TUGELA RIVER 
tulega river basin

4.1.2 Exemplar: Data-handling task 2 

  • Curriculum content: People and their needs (gross domestic product, industrial areas, industrial development  zones [IDZ]) 
  • Compliant with CAPS. 
  • May be tested in the NCS and CAPS final external examination. 
  • One (1) data-handling task must be done. 

GRADE 12 SBA (CAPS 2014) 
DATA-HANDLING TASK 
PEOPLE AND THEIR NEEDS 

TIME: 1 hour (60 minutes)  
MARKS: 60 
QUESTION 1 
1.1 Refer to FIGURES 1A and 1B and answer the questions that follow. 

1.1.1 Define the following terms: 

    1. Gross domestic product (1 x 2) (2)
    2. Balance of trade (1 x 2) (2)

1.2 Identify the largest and the smallest contributor to the South African GDP. (2 x 2) (4)
1.3 Use FIGURE 1B to describe the trend of the South African GDP from 2010 to 2012. (1 x 2) (2)
1.4 How will the trend mentioned in QUESTION 1.3 affect South Africa’s Balance of Trade? (1 x 2) (2) 
1.5 Which economic activity (primary, secondary or tertiary) in FIGURE 1A accounts for the existing trend mentioned in  QUESTION 1.3? (1 x 2) (2) 
1.6 Discuss the relationship between the percentage contributed by agriculture to the South African GDP and food security  in the country. (2 x 2) (4) 
1.7 FIGURE 1A indicates that the agricultural sector contributes a very small percentage to the GDP. Write a short paragraph  (approximately 12 lines) in which you account for the small contribution of the agricultural sector to the South African  GDP. (6 x 2) (12) 

[30]

QUESTION 2

 

Refer to FIGURE 2 before answering the questions below.

 

2.1 

Write down the correct names for the industrial areas marked B and D. (2 x 2) 

(4)

2.2 

Identify the largest of the four industrial areas visible in FIGURE 2. (1 x 2) 

(2)

2.3 Explain any TWO factors that have led to the growth and development of the industrial area referred to in QUESTION  2.2. (2 x 2) (4) 

 [10] 

QUESTION 3 
Refer to FIGURE 3 before answering the questions below. 
3.1 What is an IDZ? (1 x 2) (2)
3.2 Name the province in which the Coega IDZ is located. (1 x 2) (2)
3.3 Briefly describe TWO aims for the development of the Coega IDZ. (2 x 2) (4) 
3.4 As a manufacturer of heavy earth-moving equipment for sale in Asia, explain what would encourage you to open a  factory in the Coega IDZ. (2 x 2) (4) 
3.5 Suppose you are a South African government official responsible for economic development. State FOUR incen tives you would use to attract foreign investors to the Coega IDZ. (4 x 2) (8) 

[20] 
GRAND TOTAL: 60

FIGURE 1A: PERCENTAGE CONTRIBUTION OF MAIN SECTORS TO THE GDP Electricity 
percentage gdp
FIGURE 1B: SOUTH AFRICAN GDP 
graphical representatiojn of gdp

FIGURE 2: INDUSTRY AND MINING IN SOUTH AFRICA 

Industry And Mining

119 industry and mining

FIGURE 3: COEGA IDZ

THE COEGA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ZONE 

The Coega Development Corporation (CDC) is a state-owned entity formed in 1999. It was mandated to develop  and operate the Coega Industrial Development Zone (IDZ), which is located adjacent to the modern deep-water port  facility, Port of Ngqura.  
The Coega Industrial Development Zone (Coega IDZ), located close to the bustling Nelson Mandela Bay Metropolitan  Municipality, is South Africa’s foremost investment hotspot for industries with a global perspective. 
The Coega Development Corporation strives to improve the delivery of infrastructure in the Eastern Cape by  addressing skills shortages, unemployment, constrained planning and project-management capacity as well as  under-expenditure.

4.2 Term 3 – Research task 
Two examples of typical research tasks are provided below. 
4.2.1 Learner guidelines for conducting research 
Research framework for assessment (Guideline on administration of research task) 

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES 

STEPS 

MARKS 

LENGTH 

TIMEFRAME

Formulate the hypothesis/Problem statement 

50 words 

No more than 

One week

Background information about the study area 

75 to 100 words

Mapping 

A4 size or smaller

Data collection 

75 to 100 words 

Two weeks

Analysis and synthesis of data 

15 

300 to 450 words

One week

Recommendations and possible solutions 

75 to 100 words

Conclusion – accept or reject the hypothesis 

50 words 

No more than 

One week 

Bibliography 

4

 

Cover page 

 

3

 

Presentation 

 

5

 

TOTAL 

 

60

   

Submission 

   

Due date

In choosing a topic for research, isolate topics in specific areas in the Geography CAPS content that you have studied  in Grade 12. 

4.2.2 Guidelines for research 
Research Task  
Step 1: Formulating a hypothesis/problem statement  
As Geographers we seek to understand and explain the interactions amongst humans, and between humans and the  environment in space and time. This is achieved by asking questions or making informed geographical decisions. This  entails the development of a hypothesis or a problem statement to be tested. 

  • You have to choose a specific area of study where a geographical problem exists.  
  • During this stage, a geographical question showing a problem is asked. 
  • Identify the problem from a local area. 
  • Formulate a hypothesis or a problem statement. (Hypothesis research is used to prove that certain variables  are dependent on or independent of each other. Problem statement research is only to highlight that a specific  problem exists in a specific community.)  
  • You should then follow the steps of research to ensure that the geographical question is answered.  

A possible hypothesis in Settlement Geography: Rural-urban migration 
settlement geography
A possible hypothesis in Geomorphology: Catchment and river management 
river management

Other possible hypothesis-type research examples: 

  • The value of property along north-facing slopes is higher than the value of property along south-facing slopes in  Meyersdal, Gauteng (choose local area).  
  • The cause of rural-urban migration in Ndwedwe, KwaZulu-Natal (choose local area), is the lack of service delivery  in the health sector. 
  • Climate change will impact negatively on grape farming and related industries in the Western Cape. 
  • The closing down of many primary schools in Lusikisiki (Eastern Cape) (choose a local area) is due to a decline  of the population in the age group 7 to 15 years. 
  • The poor condition of roads (specify the names of the roads) leading to/in Harrismith, Free State (choose local  area), is due to the lack of proper planning by the local municipality. 
  • The impact of building a dam along the Jukskei River in Gauteng (choose local area) upstream of Alexandra will  reduce flooding and the subsequent loss of life in Alexandra. 
  • The e-toll system will impact negatively on the economic position of people using private transport in Gauteng. 
  • The e-toll system will impact positively on traffic flow to the major urban centres in Gauteng. 
  • Informal settlements in the Vhembe district of Limpopo have low levels of development due to the lack of provision  of basic needs (choose ONE informal settlement in your local area). 
  • Overcrowding of informal settlements is due to the lack of proper planning by the local government (choose local  area). 

Step 2: Background information about an area of study 

  • You must explain where in South Africa the study area is located. (This can be indicated on the map.)
  • Describe the study area in terms of its exact position (degrees, minutes and seconds). 
  • Provide relevant information about the area, for example population of the area or climate of the area. 

Step 3: Mapping 

  • You must provide a map of the area in question. 
  • During this stage you must create a buffer zone around the area where the geographical problem exists. 
  • The map should have a clear legend/key and must be drawn to scale. The scale must be indicated on the map.
  • If the map used covers a wider area, buffer zones around the area of study should be created.
  • The map used should be the most recent map of the study area. 

Step 4: Methods of data collection 

  1. PRIMARY DATA SOURCES
    • The use of questionnaires
    • Interviews
    • Observations
    • Field trips
  2. SECONDARY DATA SOURCES 
    • Newspaper articles
    • Government department statistics
    • Books
    • Internet 

Step 5: Analysis and synthesis of data 

  • Use collected data now to formulate a discussion around the existing geographical problem. 
  • At this stage you should represent some of the information graphically where necessary, for example graphs and  sketches. 
  • Analyse graphic information during this stage. 

Step 6: Recommendations and possible solutions 

  • You should now make recommendations to solve the geographical problem in question. 
  • You should present your original and realistic opinions as far as you possibly can.  

Step 7: Conclusion – accept or reject the hypothesis 

  • You should now take a decision to either ACCEPT or REJECT the hypothesis. 
  • Give reasons for either ACCEPTING or REJECTING the hypothesis.

Step 8: Bibliography 

  • You must include a comprehensive bibliography. 
  • List websites in full. 
  • You must include annexures of questionnaires and interviews conducted. 

Step 9: Submission 

  • You must include graphs, tables, diagrams and pictures where necessary. 
  • On submission, ensure that a suitable cover page is included. 

4.2.3 Compiling a bibliography for a research task 

  • For a book:
    Author (last name, initials). Title of Book (Publishers, Date of publication).
    Example:
    Dahl, R. The BFG. (Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1982). 
  • For an encyclopaedia:
    Encyclopaedia Title, Edition date. Volume number, ˈArticle Titleˈ, page number(s).
    Example:
    Encyclopaedia Britannica, 1997. Volume 7, ˈGorillasˈ, pp. 50–51. 
  • For a magazine:
    Author (last name first), ˈArticle Titleˈ. Name of Magazine. Volume number, (Date): page number(s).
    Example:
    Jordan, Jennifer, ˈFilming at the Top of the Worldˈ. Museum of Science Magazine. Volume 47, No. 1, (Winter 1998): p. 11. 
  • For a newspaper: 
    Author (last name first), ˈArticle Titleˈ. Name of Newspaper. City, state publication. (Date): Edition if available, Section,  page number(s).
    Example:
    Powers, Ann, ˈNew Tune for the Material Girlˈ. The New York Times. New York, NY.  (3/1/98): Atlantic Region, Section 2, p. 34. 
  • For a person: 
    Full name (last name first). Occupation, date of interview.
    Example:
    Smeckleburg, Sweets. Bus driver. 1 April 1996. 
  • For a film/documentary: 
    Title, Director, Distribution, Year.
    Example:
    Braveheart, Director Mel Gibson, Icon Productions, 1995. 

4.2.4 Proposed cover page for a research task 

NAME OF SCHOOL

                                        

NAME OF LEARNER

 

SUBJECT

 

RESEARCH TOPIC

 

CURRICULUM CONTENT

 

 

 

 

                                            Design cover suitable for research topic and place here                                     

 

 

 

 

STATEMENT OF AUTHENTICITY 
I hereby declare that ALL pieces of writing contained in this research task are my own original work and that if  I made use of any source, I have duly acknowledged it.  

Learner’s signature: __________________________________ Date: _____________

4.2.5 Exemplar: Research task 1 

  • Curriculum content: Key human-environment interactions in urban areas: People and places – inner-city problems 
  • Compliant with CAPS. 
  • May be tested in the CAPS final external examination. 
  • One (1) research task must be done. 

CRIME IN THE INNER CITY 

South African cities attract thousands of new residents every year in search of work and a better life. The housing  shortage, along with a shortage of housing subsidies, means that for many South Africans there is no alternative but  to live in informal housing and shack settlements. The rapid increase in informal settlements around the cities in South  Africa has resulted in an increase in crime rates in the inner city.  
The inner city is a part of the urban settlement that is found in the commercial zone. Inner city problems are a char acteristic of old, established cities. In the case of South Africa, cities like Johannesburg, Pretoria, Cape Town, Durban  and Port Elizabeth are good examples of urban settlements that experience problems in the inner city. 

Compile your research by completing the activities outlined below. 

Step 1: Formulate the hypothesis/problem statement 

  • Formulate your own hypothesis based on a problem you have identified, for example:
    The increasing number of informal settlements (choose localised informal settlement) in and around urban areas in  South Africa has resulted in higher crime rates within the inner city due to higher unemployment. (Focus: More people  in surrounding informal settlements result in unemployment causing people to turn to crime.)  

Step 2: Background information about the study area 
Give a brief introduction and description (background information) of the city (study area) you have selected in terms of: 

  • Historical background 
  • Population 
  • Description of the location of informal settlements in relation to the inner city 
  • Other relevant statistical information 

Step 3: Mapping 

  • Provide a map showing the position of the informal settlement in relation to the city that you have identified for  your research task. (It is easier to choose your local area as an area of study.) 
  • The map should clearly indicate buffer zones where informal settlements are located.
  • The map should include areas of the city that are regarded as crime ˈhotspotsˈ. 
  • The map must have a clear legend/key. 
  • The scale of the map must be indicated.

Step 4: Data collection 
Collect data using at least THREE methods, for example: 

  • Questionnaires 
  • Interviews 
  • Field trips 
  • Photographs and maps 
  • Literature research (newspapers, magazines, books, et cetera) 
  • Internet research 

Step 5: Analysis and synthesis of data 

  • Analyse the data that you have collected, and formulate a report on your findings. Support your findings with  graphs, photos, et cetera. 
  • Briefly discuss how the existence of informal settlements contributes to crime in the inner city. 
  • Briefly discuss the contribution of high unemployment rates in the informal settlement to crime in the inner city. 

Step 6: Recommendations and solutions 

  • Provide suitable recommendations and solutions to the problem. 

Step 7: Conclusion – accept or reject the hypothesis  

  • Based on your findings in Step 5, you may either ACCEPT or REJECT the hypothesis. 
  • Give reasons for your conclusion. 

Step 8: Bibliography 

  • Compile a bibliography for your research. If you have done any Internet research, you must provide the website(s)  that you have used in full. 

Step 9: Submission 

  • Collate all your information.  
  • Include a table of contents. 
  • Ensure that you include a copy of the questionnaire and/or questions asked in your interviews as annexures. 
  • Design a suitable cover sheet. 
  • Submit your research.

4.2.6 Exemplar: Research task 2 

  • Curriculum content: Physical Geography (fluvial processes) 
  • Compliant with CAPS. 
  • May be tested in the CAPS final external examination. 
  • One (1) research task must be done. 

THE IMPACT OF HUMAN ACTIVITIES ON RIVERS 

Rivers obtain water from surface run-off and ground water of their drainage basins. Activities taking place in the  drainage basin affect the quality of water in the river. 
Humans impact on rivers in many ways. The flow of harmful substances produced by humans causes many kinds of  changes in rivers and aquatic environments. Often human actions also change the river flow or the shape of the river  bed. 
When humans settle in a river’s catchment area, they often change the land surface and even the river itself. These  changes can impact on the drainage basin in different ways. The amount of water reaching the river may be considerably  reduced. River response times may be modified, for example storm water may reach the river faster than before. 

Choose a river close to your school or where you live as an area of study, and conduct your research by following the  steps outlined below. 
Step 1: Formulate the hypothesis/problem statement 

  • Formulate your own hypothesis based on a problem you have identified, for example: 

Human activities impact negatively on the quality of water and the flow pattern in the upper reaches/course  of the Blood River in Limpopo.

Step 2: Background information about the river under study 

  • Describe the provincial location of the river. 
  • Climate – particularly the amount of rainfall that is received. 
  • Vegetation 
  • Relief and topography 
  • Underlying rock structure 
  • Specify the river type, for example permanent, periodic. 
  • Describe the river stage (youth, mature or old age) at your study area.  

Step 3: Mapping 

  • Provide a map showing the river being studied and the adjacent settlements.  
  • Create a clear buffer zone at the part of the river that is being studied. 
  • The map should have a clear key/legend. 
  • Indicate the scale of the map.

Step 4: Data collection 
Collect data using at least THREE methods, for example: 

  • Questionnaires 
  • Interviews 
  • Field trips 
  • Photographs and maps 
  • Literature research (newspapers, magazines, books, et cetera) 
  • Internet research 

Step 5: Analysis and synthesis of data 

  • Analyse the data that you have collected, and formulate a report on your findings. Support your findings with  graphs, photos, et cetera. 
  • Use the above sets of data collected to determine the extent to which the river is affected by human activities. 
  • Explain in detail how the identified human activities impact on the quality of water and the flow pattern of the river. 

Step 6: Recommendations and solutions  

  • In your opinion as a researcher, what would be the possible solution(s) to the negative impact caused by human  activities in the river? 
  • Make long-term recommendations to the government department(s) leading to legislature to protect the river.

Step 7: Conclusion – accept or reject the hypothesis

  • Based on your findings in Step 5, you may either ACCEPT or REJECT the hypothesis. 
  • Give reasons for your conclusion. 

Step 8: Bibliography 

  • Compile a bibliography for your research. If you have done any Internet research, you must provide the website(s)  that you have used in full. 

Step 9: Submission 

  • Collate all your information.  
  • Include a table of contents. 
  • Ensure that you include a copy of the questionnaire and/or questions asked in your interviews as annexures. 
  • Design a suitable cover sheet. 
  • Submit your research. 

4.2.7 Proposed marking rubric for a research task 

NAME OF LEARNER: _________________________________________________________GRADE: __________

CURRICULUM TOPIC: __________________________________________________________________________

RESEARCH TOPIC: __________________________________________________________________________

MARK 

 

2–3 

4–5      

Teacher 

Mark

Moderator Mark

Step 1 
Formulation of  hypothesis/ problem  statement

 

  • Learner has not understood the  formulation of  a hypothesis/ problem statement  and has merely  stated a topic.
  • Learner has formulated  a hypothesis/problem  statement for a  research topic and  is specific about an  area, but not about a  geographical problem  or impact of the  problem.
  •  Learner has  formulated a  hypothesis/ problem statement  that accurately  describes a specific  geographical problem  and its impact in a  specific area.
       

MARK 

 

2–3 

3–4 

 5–6   

Educator Mark

Moderator Mark

Step 2 
Background  information

 

  • Unable to give a description  or background  information of  the area being  studied.
  • Some description of an  area is provided with  limited background  information given.
  • Relevant description  of an area of  study with most of  the background  information provided.
  • Learner has fully  described the  study area and  has provided  the appropriate  background  information.
     

MARK 

 

1

 

Educator Mark

Moderator Mark

Step 3
Mapping 


  • Irrelevant map included with no  information.
  • Relevant map of area  included with limited  information and no  legend.

.

  • Relevant map of  research area  included with  appropriate legend  and limited detail. 
  • Relevant research  area identified  on a map with  an appropriate  legend,  appropriate labels  and use of scale.
 
  • Accurate map  used with  appropriate  detail showing  accurate details  of buffering and  delineation of  research areas  with appropriate  information,  including a  legend and a scale.
   
MARK  2–3  4–5    Teacher Mark Moderator Mark
Step 4 
Data collection
  • Only one primary  or one secondary  source of data is  used.
  • Primary and  secondary sources of  data collected which  inadequately informs  research methodology.
  • Primary and  secondary data  sources that  mostly enable an  understanding of  the research area  studied.
  • A variety of primary and  secondary data  sources collected,  that accurately  describe the  hypothesis.
     
MARK  1–3  4–6  7–9  10–12  13–15  Teacher Mark Moderator Mark
Step 5 
Analysis and  synthesis of data
  • The learner shows  little understanding  of the topic and is  unable to identify,  interpret or show  the effects from  the sources used.
  • The learner is able to  identify some of the  problems from the  sources but shows  limited understanding  of interpretation and  effects. 
  • The learner is able to  identify and interpret  the sources in most  cases, but shows  limited ability to show  the effects.
  • The learner is  able to identify  the problems and  interpret all the  sources and is  able to show some  insight into the  effects.
  • The learner is able to  identify the  problems and  interpret all  the sources and is able to  provide clear  insight into  the effects. 
   
MARK  2–3  4–5    Teacher Mark Moderator Mark
Step 6 
Recommendations  and solutions
  • The learner  is unable to  provide relevant recommendations  and solutions to  the problem.
  • The learner could  only provide some  recommendations  and solutions to the  problem.
  • The learner is able to  provide most of the  recommendations  and solutions to the  problem.
  • The learner  provides clear  insight into  all relevant  recommendations  and possible  solutions to the  problem.
     
 MARK     1–3   4–5      Teacher Mark   Moderator Mark
 Step 7 
Conclusion
 
  • No conclusion  provided.
  • Conclusion provided  but the learner does  not accept or reject the  hypothesis/problem  statement.
  • Conclusion provided  with an acceptance  or rejection of the  hypothesis/problem  statement.
       
 MARK   0   1–3   4      Teacher Mark Moderator Mark
Step 8 
Bibliography
  • No bibliography  provided.
  • Bibliography provided  is incomplete.
  • Bibliography provided  is correct.
       
MARK 1–2     

Teacher Mark

Moderator Mark
Step 9 
Cover page
  • No cover page is  provided. 
  • Cover page is  provided with  incomplete details.
  • Cover page contains  all the required  details.
       
MARK 1–4     

Teacher Mark

Moderator Mark
Step 10 
Presentation
  • The research  information is  not set out well.  Bibliography  incorrect or  not included.  No cover page  designed.
  • The research  is set out well. 
  • Steps have been  followed adequately. 
  • Bibliography is  provided but not set  out correctly.
  • Cover  page has been  designed. 
  • The research is  logically set out.
  • All  steps have been  followed correctly. 
  • Bibliography is  provided and set  out correctly.
  • Cover  page has been  designed and suits  the research topic.
       
            Teacher Mark Moderator Mark
TOTAL: 60    
SBA MARK: 60 ÷ 3 = 20    

 

EDUCATOR NAME: ______________________________DATE OF ASSESSMENT: __________________

MODERATOR NAME: ______________________________DATE OF MODERATION: __________________

5. CONCLUSION 
This document provides you with a framework to develop your own research task. It also provides you with a framework  of expectancy for data-handling tasks. The framework for data-handling tasks can also be used to prepare for external  examinations where data-handling-type questions can be asked. 
A clear guideline has been developed on how to conduct research. This guideline can be applied to any topic within the  CAPS in which you wish to conduct research. The marking rubric that has been included will also provide you with a  clear guide on the time that should be spent on the various phases of doing research. 
The high standard of these tasks will provide a platform for you to develop skills such as research, interpretation of  resources, integration of resources and graphs, all skills required for the final external Geography examination. These  are also skills that can be put to use at a later stage in your life.

GEOGRAPHY
SCHOOL BASED ASSESSMENT EXEMPLARS - CAPS
GRADE 12
TEACHER'S GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS      
 1     Introduction 
 2     Objectives/Aims of the project
 3     Assessment tasks as outlined by CAPS  5
 4     Programme of assessment tasks
   4.1   Types of tasks
   4.2   Compliance with CAPS requirements  6
   4.3   Assessment of skills
   4.4   Guidelines for research tasks  7
    4.4.1 Teachers’ guidelines for conducting research  7
    4.4.2 Guidelines for research  7
    4.4.3 Compiling a bibliography for a research task  10
    4.4.4 Proposed cover page for a research task  11
5     Quality assurance processes followed  12
6     Assessment tasks  12
  6.1   Research tasks  12
    6.1.1  Exemplar: Research task 1  12
    6.1.2  Exemplar: Research task 2  14
    6.1.3 Proposed marking rubric for research tasks  16
  6.2   Data-handling tasks  20
    6.2.1 Exemplar: Data-handling task 1  19
    6.2.2 Exemplar: Data-handling task 2  23
     6.2.3  Marking memoranda/Guidelines for data-handling tasks  27
7     Conclusion 31

 

1. Introduction 
Assessment is a continuous planned process of identifying, gathering and interpreting information about the performance  of learners, using various forms of assessment. It involves four steps: generating and collecting evidence of achievement;  evaluating this evidence; recording the findings and using this information to understand and assist with the learners’  development to improve the process of learning and teaching. Assessment should be both informal (assessment for  learning) and formal (assessment of learning). In both cases regular feedback should be provided to learners to enhance  the learning experience. 
School-based assessment (SBA) is a purposive collection of learners’ work that tells the story of learners’ efforts, progress  or achievement in given areas. The quality of SBA tasks is integral to learners’ preparation for the final examinations.  This booklet serves as a resource of four exemplar SBA tasks to schools and subject teachers of Geography. SBA marks  are formally recorded by the teacher for progression and certification purposes. The SBA component is compulsory for  all learners. Learners who cannot comply with the requirements specified according to the policy may not be eligible to  enter for the subject in the final examination. 
The formal assessment tasks provide the teacher with a systematic way of evaluating how well learners are progressing.  This publication includes tests, a project and a case study. Formal assessment tasks form part of a year-long formal  programme of assessment. These tasks should not be taken lightly and learners should be encouraged to submit their  best possible efforts for final assessment.  
The teachers are expected to ensure that assessment tasks are relevant to and suitable for the learners being taught.  Teachers should adapt the tasks to suit learners’ level of understanding and should be context-bound; however, they  should also take cognisance of the requirements as set out in the Curriculum and Assessment Policy Statement (CAPS)  document.  
This publication comprises four tasks that address the demands of the Grade 12 Geography curriculum.  It is expected that these tasks will serve as a valuable resource to: 

  • Geography teachers, providing examples of the types and standard of school-based assessment tasks that would  be appropriate for their learners  
  • Grade 12 Geography learners, providing material that will assist them in their preparation for the CAPS  examinations in Geography

2. Objectives/Aims of the project 

  • School-based assessment provides a more balanced and trustworthy assessment system, increasing the range  and diversity of assessment tasks. 
  • The exemplar tasks are aimed at reflecting the depth of the curriculum content appropriate for Grade 12. 
  • They reflect the desired cognitive demands as per Bloom’s revised taxonomy: remembering, understanding,  applying, analysing, evaluating and creating. 
  • School-based assessment improves the validity of assessment by including aspects that cannot be assessed in  formal examination settings. 
  • It improves the reliability of assessment because judgements are based on many observations of the student over  an extended period of time. 
  • There is a beneficial effect on teaching and learning, not only in relation to the critical analysis and evaluation of  Geography information and creative problem-solving, but also on teaching and assessment practices. 
  • It empowers teachers to become part of the assessment process and enhances collaboration and sharing of  expertise within and across schools. 
  • It has a professional development function, building up teachers’ skills in assessment practices which can then be  transferred to other areas of the curriculum. 
  • The tasks focus on the content of the National Curriculum Statement (NCS) , and contain exposure to all aspects  of the new content of the Curriculum and Assessment Policy Statement (CAPS) effective from 2014.  

The distinctive characteristics of SBA (and its strengths as a relatively small component of a coherent assessment  system) have implications for its design and implementation, in particular the nature of the assessment tasks and the  role of the teacher in standardisation procedures. These implications are summarised as follows: 

  • The assessment process should be linked to and be a logical outcome of the normal teaching programme, as  teaching, learning and assessment should be complementary parts of the whole educational experience (i.e. the  SBA component is not a separate once-off activity that can be timetabled or prepared for as if it were a separate  element of the curriculum). 
  • The assessment process should provide a richer picture of what learners can do than that provided by the external  examination, by taking more samples over a longer period of time and by more closely approximating real-life  and low-stress conditions (i.e. the SBA component is not a once-off activity done under pseudo-examination  conditions by unfamiliar assessors). 
  • The formative/summative distinction exists in SBA, but is much less rigid and fixed than in a testing culture, i.e.  learners should receive constructive feedback and have opportunities to ask questions about specific aspects  of their progress after each planned SBA assessment activity, which both enhances Geography skills and helps  learners prepare for the final external examination (i.e. the SBA component is not a purely summative assessment). 
  • The SBA process, to be effective, has to be highly contextualised, dialogic and sensitive to learners’ needs, i.e.  the SBA component is not and cannot be treated as identical to an external exam in which texts, tasks and task  conditions are totally standardised and all contextual variables controlled. To attempt to do so would be to negate  the very rationale for SBA, hence schools and teachers must be granted a certain degree of trust and autonomy  in the design, implementation and specific timing of the assessment tasks. 

Teachers should ensure that learners understand the assessment criteria and their relevance for self- and peer assessment. Teachers should also use these criteria for informal assessment and teaching purposes before they  conduct any formal assessment, so that they are familiar with the criteria and the assessment process. 
The project provides exemplar tasks that are aimed at:

  • Reflecting the depth of the Geography curriculum content appropriate for Grade 12 
  • Reflecting the desired cognitive demands as per Bloom’s revised taxonomy: remembering, understanding,  applying, analysing, evaluating and creating 
  • Containing questions and sub questions that reflect appropriate degrees of challenge: easy, medium and difficult 
  • Focusing on the content of the National Curriculum Statement (NCS), effective in 2013, and containing exposure  to all aspects of the new content of the Curriculum and Assessment Policy Statement (CAPS), effective from  2014.  

3. Assessment tasks as outlined by CAPS

Term 1 

Term 2 

Term 3 

Term 4

  • 2 tasks 
  • 2 tasks 
  • 3 tasks
 
  • 1 standardised test
  • Data handling
  • June examination (Papers 1 and 2)
  • Mapwork task
  • 1 standardised test
  • Research/Essay writing  task
  • Trial examination  (Papers 1 and 2)
  • Final external  examination (Papers 1  and 2)

SBA mark which  comprises 25% of final  mark (100 marks)

   

75% of final mark (300  marks)

 

Term 

Task 

Total 

SBA weight 

Total

Data handling 

60 

20

100 

(25%)

Standardised test 

100 

10

Mapwork task 

 

60 

20

June Paper 1 

200

300 

10

June Paper 2 

100

3

Research/Essay writing task 

60 

20

Standardised test 

100 

10

Trial Paper 1 

225

300 

10

Trial Paper 2 

75

4

External Paper 1 

225

300

 

300 

(75%) 

External Paper 2 

75

 

4. Programme of assessment tasks  
4.1 Types of tasks 

  • Research tasks (one task to be completed) 
  • Data handling (one task to be completed) 

4.2 Compliance with CAPS requirements 
The types of tasks and number of tasks are fully compliant with CAPS. Compliancy is outlined under point 3. The  content covered by each of these tasks is indicated with each task. The content covered by each task is included in the  curriculum and may be tested in any external examination. 

4.3 Assessment of skills 
The following skills are assessed. Some/All of these skills may be tested in any external examination. 

  • Gathering data 
  • Interpreting data 
  • Analysing data 
  • Comparing different sets of data 
  • Representing data in written, graphic or mapped format 
  • Problem-solving 
  • Drawing conclusions 
  • Hypothesis statements

4.4 Guidelines for research tasks 
4.4.1 Teachers’ guidelines for conducting research 
Research framework for assessment (Guideline on administration of research task) 

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES 

STEPS 

MARKS 

LENGTH 

TIMEFRAME

Formulate the hypothesis 

No more than  50 words

One week

Background information about the study area

A4 size or smaller

Mapping 

75 to 100 words

Data collection 

75 to 100 words 

Two weeks

Analysis and synthesis of data 

15 

300 to 450 words

One week

Recommendations and possible solutions

75 to 100 words

Conclusion – accept or reject the  hypothesis

No more than  50 words

One week

Bibliography 

 

Cover page 

 

3

 

Presentation 

 

5

 
 

TOTAL 

 

60

   
 

Submission 

   

Due date

In choosing a topic for research, isolate topics in specific areas in the Geography NCS/CAPS content, for example  human-environment interactions. 

  • Human-environment interaction in rural settlements 
  • Human-environment interaction in urban settlements 

4.4.2 Guidelines for research 
Research Task  
Step 1: Formulating a hypothesis/problem statement  
As Geographers we seek to understand and explain the interactions amongst humans, and between humans and the  environment in space and time. This is achieved by asking questions or making informed geographical decisions. This  entails the development of a hypothesis or a problem statement to be tested. 

  • You have to choose a specific area of study where a geographical problem exists.  
  • During this stage, a geographical question showing a problem is asked. 
  • Identify the problem from a local area. 
  • Formulate a hypothesis or a problem statement. (Hypothesis research is used to prove that certain variables  are dependent on or independent of each other. Problem statement research is only to highlight that a specific  problem exists in a specific community.) 
  • You should then follow the steps of research to ensure that the geographical question is answered.

A possible hypothesis in Settlement Geography: Rural-urban migration 
settlement geography
A possible hypothesis in Geomorphology: Catchment and river management 
river management

Other possible hypothesis-type research examples: 

  • The value of property along north-facing slopes is higher than the value of property along south-facing slopes in  Meyersdal, Gauteng (choose local area).  
  • The cause of rural-urban migration in Ndwedwe, KwaZulu-Natal (choose local area), is the lack of service delivery  in the health sector. 
  • Climate change will impact negatively on grape farming and related industries in the Western Cape. 
  • The closing down of many primary schools in Lusikisiki (Eastern Cape) (choose a local area) is due to a decline  of the population in the age group 7 to 15 years. 
  • The poor condition of roads (specify the names of the roads) leading to/in Harrismith, Free State (choose local  area), is due to the lack of proper planning by the local municipality. 
  • The impact of building a dam along the Jukskei River in Gauteng (choose local area) upstream of Alexandra will  reduce flooding and the subsequent loss of life in Alexandra. 
  • The e-toll system will impact negatively on the economic position of people using private transport in Gauteng. 
  • The e-toll system will impact positively on traffic flow to the major urban centres in Gauteng. 
  • Informal settlements in the Vhembe district of Limpopo have low levels of development due to the lack of provision  of basic needs (choose ONE informal settlement in your local area.) 
  • Overcrowding of informal settlements is due to the lack of proper planning by the local government (choose local  area). 

Step 2: Background information about an area of study 

  • You must explain where in South Africa the study area is located. (This can be indicated on the map.) 
  • Describe the study area in terms of its exact position (degrees, minutes and seconds).
  • Provide relevant information about the area, for example population of the area or climate of the area. 

Step 3: Mapping 

  • You must provide a map of the area in question. 
  • During this stage you must create a buffer zone around the area where the geographical problem exists. 
  • The map should have a clear legend/key and must be drawn to scale. The scale must be indicated on the map.
  • If the map used covers a wider area, buffer zones around the area of study should be created.
  • The map used should be the most recent map of the study area. 

Step 4: Methods of data collection 

  1. PRIMARY DATA SOURCES 
    • The use of questionnaires
    • Interviews
    • Observations
    • Field trips
  2. SECONDARY DATA SOURCES 
    • Newspaper articles
    • Government department statistics
    • Books
    • Internet 

Step 5: Analysis and synthesis of data 

  • Learners must use collected data now to formulate a discussion around the existing geographical problem. 
  • At this stage learners should represent some of the information graphically where necessary, for example graphs  and sketches. 
  • Learners must analyse graphic information during this stage. 

Step 6: Recommendations and possible solutions 

  • Learners should now make recommendations to solve the geographical problem in question. 
  • Learners should present their original and realistic opinions as far as they possibly can.  

Step 7: Conclusion – accept or reject the hypothesis 

  • Learners should now take a decision to either ACCEPT or REJECT the hypothesis. 
  • Learners must give reasons for either ACCEPTING or REJECTING the hypothesis.

Step 8: Bibliography

  • Learners must include a comprehensive bibliography. 
  • Learners must list websites in full. 
  • Learners must include annexures of questionnaires and interviews conducted.

Step 9: Submission 

  • Learners must include graphs, tables, diagrams and pictures where necessary.  
  • On submission, learners must ensure that a suitable cover page is included. 

4.4.3 Compiling a bibliography for a research task 

  • For a book:
    Author (last name, initials). Title of Book (Publishers, Date of publication).
    Example:
    Dahl, R. The BFG. (Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1982). 
  • For an encyclopaedia:
    Encyclopaedia Title, Edition date. Volume number, ˈArticle Titleˈ, page number(s).
    Example:
    Encyclopaedia Britannica, 1997. Volume 7, ˈGorillasˈ, pp. 50–51. 
  • For a magazine:
    Author (last name first), ˈArticle Titleˈ. Name of Magazine. Volume number, (Date): page number(s).
    Example:
    Jordan, Jennifer, ˈFilming at the Top of the Worldˈ. Museum of Science Magazine. Volume 47, No. 1, (Winter 1998): p. 11. 
  • For a newspaper: 
    Author (last name first), ˈArticle Titleˈ. Name of Newspaper. City, state publication. (Date): Edition if available, Section,  page number(s).
    Example:
    Powers, Ann, ˈNew Tune for the Material Girlˈ. The New York Times. New York, NY.  (3/1/98): Atlantic Region, Section 2, p. 34. 
  • For a person: 
    Full name (last name first). Occupation, date of interview.
    Example:
    Smeckleburg, Sweets. Bus driver. 1 April 1996. 
  • For a film/documentary: 
    Title, Director, Distribution, Year.
    Example:
    Braveheart, Director Mel Gibson, Icon Productions, 1995. 

4.4.4 Proposed cover page for a research task 

NAME OF SCHOOL

                                       

NAME OF LEARNER

 

SUBJECT

 

RESEARCH TOPIC

 

CURRICULUM CONTENT

 

 

 

                                                                   Design cover suitable for research topic and place here                                                  

 

 

STATEMENT OF AUTHENTICITY 
I hereby declare that ALL pieces of writing contained in this research task are my own original work and that if  I made use of any source, I have duly acknowledged it.  

Learner’s signature: __________________________________ Date: _____________

5. Quality assurance processes followed 
A team of subject/curriculum experts were selected by the Department of Basic Education. This team met and compiled  a set of research tasks and data-handling tasks. These tasks were set in such a way that they would be suitable to use  for the CAPS. On completion of the setting of these tasks, all tasks were moderated and adjusted accordingly. Once  the moderation and adjustments had been completed, a panel consisting of national examiners and internal moderators  was compiled to ensure that the quality of the tasks met all the requirements for the CAPS. 

6. Assessment tasks 
6.1 Research tasks 
6.1.1 Exemplar: Research task 1 

  • Curriculum content: Key human-environment interactions in urban areas: People and places – inner-city problems
  • Compliant with CAPS. 
  • May be tested in the CAPS final external examination. 
  • One (1) research task must be done. 

CRIME IN THE INNER CITY 

South African cities attract thousands of new residents every year in search of work and a better life. The housing  shortage, along with a shortage of housing subsidies, means that for many South Africans there is no alternative but  to live in informal housing and shack settlements. The rapid increase in informal settlements around the cities in South  Africa has resulted in an increase in crime rates in the inner city.  
The inner city is a part of the urban settlement that is found in the commercial zone. Inner city problems are a  characteristic of old, established cities. In the case of South Africa, cities like Johannesburg, Pretoria, Cape Town,  Durban and Port Elizabeth are good examples of urban settlements that experience problems in the inner city.  
Compile your research by completing the activities outlined below.

Step 1: Formulate the hypothesis/problem statement 

  • Formulate your own hypothesis based on a problem you have identified, for example: 

The increasing number of informal settlements (choose localised informal settlement) in and around urban areas in  South Africa has resulted in higher crime rates within the inner city due to higher unemployment. (Focus: More people  in surrounding informal settlements result in unemployment causing people to turn to crime.) 

Step 2: Background information about the study area 
Give a brief introduction and description (background information) of the city (study area) you have selected in terms of: 

  • Historical background 
  • Population 
  • Description of the location of informal settlements in relation to the inner city 
  • Other relevant statistical information

Step 3: Mapping 

  • Provide a map showing the position of the informal settlement in relation to the city that you have identified for  your research task. (It is easier to choose your local area as an area of study.) 
  • The map should clearly indicate buffer zones where informal settlements are located.
  • The map should include areas of the city that are regarded as crime ˈhotspotsˈ. 
  • The map must have a clear legend/key. 
  • The scale of the map must be indicated. 

Step 4: Data collection 
Collect data using at least THREE methods, for example: 

  • Questionnaires 
  • Interviews 
  • Field trips 
  • Photographs and maps 
  • Literature research (newspapers, magazines, books, et cetera) 
  • Internet research 

Step 5: Analysis and synthesis of data 

  • Analyse the data that you have collected, and formulate a report on your findings. Support your findings with  graphs, photos, et cetera. 
  • Briefly discuss how the existence of informal settlements contributes to crime in the inner city. 
  • Briefly discuss the contribution of high unemployment rates in the informal settlements to crime in the inner city. 

Step 6: Recommendations and solutions 

  • Provide suitable recommendations and solutions to the problem. 

Step 7: Conclusion – accept or reject the hypothesis  

  • Based on your findings in Step 5, you may either ACCEPT or REJECT the hypothesis.
  • Give reasons for your conclusion. 

Step 8: Bibliography 

  • Compile a bibliography for your research. If you have done any Internet research, you must provide the website(s)  that you have used in full. 

Step 9: Submission 

  • Collate all your information.  
  • Include a table of contents. 
  • Ensure that you include a copy of the questionnaire and/or questions asked in your interviews as annexures. 
  • Design a suitable cover sheet. 
  • Submit your research.

6.1.2 Exemplar: Research task 2 

  • Curriculum content: Physical Geography (fluvial processes) 
  • Compliant with CAPS. 
  • May be tested in the CAPS final external examination. 
  • One (1) research task must be done. 

THE IMPACT OF HUMAN ACTIVITIES ON RIVERS 

Rivers obtain water from surface run-off and ground water of their drainage basins. Activities taking place in the  drainage basin affect the quality of water in the river. 
Humans impact on rivers in many ways. The flow of harmful substances produced by humans causes many kinds of  changes in rivers and aquatic environments. Often human actions also change the river flow or the shape of the river  bed. 
When humans settle in a river’s catchment area, they often change the land surface and even the river itself. These  changes can impact on the drainage basin in different ways. The amount of water reaching the river may be considerably  reduced. River response times may be modified, for example storm water may reach the river faster than previously. 

Choose a river close to your school or where you live as an area of study, and conduct your research by following the  steps outlined below. 
Step 1: Formulate the hypothesis/problem statement  

  • Formulate your own hypothesis based on a problem you have identified, for example: 

Human activities impact negatively on the quality of water and the flow pattern in the upper reaches/course of the  Blood River in Limpopo.

Step 2: Background information about the river under study 

  • Describe the provincial location of the river. 
  • Climate – particularly the amount of rainfall that is received. 
  • Vegetation 
  • Relief and topography 
  • Underlying rock structure 
  • Specify the river type, for example permanent, periodic. 
  • Describe the river stage (youth, mature or old age) at your study area.  

Step 3: Mapping 

  • Provide a map showing the river being studied and the adjacent settlements.  
  • Create a clear buffer zone at the part of the river that is being studied. 
  • The map should have a clear key/legend. 
  • Indicate the scale of the map.

Step 4: Data collection 
Collect data using at least THREE methods, for example: 

  • Questionnaires 
  • Interviews 
  • Field trips 
  • Photographs and maps 
  • Literature research (newspapers, magazines, books, et cetera) 
  • Internet research 

Step 5: Analysis and synthesis of data 

  • Analyse the data that you have collected, and formulate a report on your findings. Support your findings with  graphs, photos, et cetera. 
  • Use the above sets of data collected to determine the extent to which the river is affected by human activities.
  • Explain in detail how the identified human activities impact on the quality of water and the flow pattern of the river. 

Step 6: Recommendations and solutions  

  • In your opinion as a researcher, what would be the possible solution(s) to the negative impact caused by human  activities in the river? 
  • Make long-term recommendations to the government department(s) leading to legislature to protect the river.

Step 7: Conclusion – accept or reject the hypothesis

  • Based on your findings in Step 5, you may either ACCEPT or REJECT the hypothesis.
  • Give reasons for your conclusion. 

Step 8: Bibliography 

  • Compile a bibliography for your research. If you have done any Internet research, you must provide the website(s)  that you have used in full. 

Step 9: Submission 

  • Collate all your information.  
  • Include a table of contents. 
  • Ensure that you include a copy of the questionnaire and/or questions asked in your interviews as annexures. 
  • Design a suitable cover sheet. 
  • Submit your research. 

6.1.3 Proposed marking rubric for research tasks 

NAME OF LEARNER: _________________________________________________________GRADE: __________

CURRICULUM TOPIC: __________________________________________________________________________

RESEARCH TOPIC: __________________________________________________________________________

MARK 

 

2–3 

4–5      

Teacher 

Mark

Moderator Mark

Step 1 
Formulation of  hypothesis/ problem  statement

 

  • Learner has not understood the  formulation of  a hypothesis/ problem statement  and has merely  stated a topic.
  • Learner has formulated  a hypothesis/problem  statement for a  research topic and  is specific about an  area, but not about a  geographical problem  or impact of the  problem.
  •  Learner has  formulated a  hypothesis/ problem statement  that accurately  describes a specific  geographical problem  and its impact in a  specific area.
       

MARK 

 

2–3 

3–4 

 5–6   

Educator Mark

Moderator Mark

Step 2 
Background  information

 

  • Unable to give a description  or background  information of  the area being  studied.
  • Some description of an  area is provided with  limited background  information given.
  • Relevant description  of an area of  study with most of  the background  information provided.
 
  • Learner has fully  described the  study area and  has provided  the appropriate  background  information.
     

MARK 

 

1

 

Educator Mark

Moderator Mark

Step 3
Mapping 


  • Irrelevant map included with no  information.
  • Relevant map of area  included with limited  information and no  legend.

.

  • Relevant map of  research area  included with  appropriate legend  and limited detail. 
  • Relevant research  area identified  on a map with  an appropriate  legend,  appropriate labels  and use of scale.
 
  • Accurate map  used with  appropriate  detail showing  accurate details  of buffering and  delineation of  research areas  with appropriate  information,  including a  legend and a scale.
   
MARK  2–3  4–5    Teacher Mark Moderator Mark
Step 4 
Data collection
  • Only one primary  or one secondary  source of data is  used.
  • Primary and  secondary sources of  data collected which  inadequately informs  research methodology.
  • Primary and  secondary data  sources that  mostly enable an  understanding of  the research area  studied.
  • A variety of primary and  secondary data  sources collected,  that accurately  describe the  hypothesis.
     
MARK  1–3  4–6  7–9  10–12  13–15  Teacher Mark Moderator Mark
Step 5 
Analysis and  synthesis of data
  • The learner shows  little understanding  of the topic and is  unable to identify,  interpret or show  the effects from  the sources used.
  • The learner is able to  identify some of the  problems from the  sources but shows  limited understanding  of interpretation and  effects. 
  • The learner is able to  identify and interpret  the sources in most  cases, but shows  limited ability to show  the effects.
  • The learner is  able to identify  the problems and  interpret all the  sources and is  able to show some  insight into the  effects.
  • The learner is able to  identify the  problems and  interpret all  the sources and is able to  provide clear  insight into  the effects. 
   
MARK  2–3  4–5    Teacher Mark Moderator Mark
Step 6 
Recommendations  and solutions
  • The learner  is unable to  provide relevant recommendations  and solutions to  the problem.
  • The learner could  only provide some  recommendations  and solutions to the  problem.
  • The learner is able to  provide most of the  recommendations  and solutions to the  problem.
  • The learner  provides clear  insight into  all relevant  recommendations  and possible  solutions to the  problem.
     
 MARK     1–3   4–5      Teacher Mark   Moderator Mark
 Step 7 
Conclusion
 
  • No conclusion  provided.
  • Conclusion provided  but the learner does  not accept or reject the  hypothesis/problem  statement.
  • Conclusion provided  with an acceptance  or rejection of the  hypothesis/problem  statement.
       
 MARK   0   1–3   4      Teacher Mark Moderator Mark
Step 8 
Bibliography
  • No bibliography  provided.
  • Bibliography provided  is incomplete.
  • Bibliography provided  is correct.
       
MARK 1–2     

Teacher Mark

Moderator Mark
Step 9 
Cover page
  • No cover page is  provided. 
  • Cover page is  provided with  incomplete details.
  • Cover page contains  all the required  details.
       
MARK 1–4     

Teacher Mark

Moderator Mark
Step 10 
Presentation
  • The research  information is  not set out well.  Bibliography  incorrect or  not included.  No cover page  designed.
  • The research  is set out well. 
  • Steps have been  followed adequately. 
  • Bibliography is  provided but not set  out correctly.
  • Cover  page has been  designed. 
  • The research is  logically set out.
  • All  steps have been  followed correctly. 
  • Bibliography is  provided and set  out correctly.
  • Cover  page has been  designed and suits  the research topic.
       
            Teacher Mark Moderator Mark
TOTAL: 60    
SBA MARK: 60 ÷ 3 = 20    

 

TEACHER NAME: ______________________________DATE OF ASSESSMENT: __________________

MODERATOR NAME: ______________________________DATE OF MODERATION: __________________

6.2 Data-handling tasks 
6.2.1 Exemplar: Data-handling task 1 

  • Curriculum content: Physical Geography (tropical cyclones, subtropical anti-cyclones and drainage basins)
  • Compliant with CAPS. 
  • May be tested in the CAPS final external examination. 
  • One (1) data-handling task must be done. 

GRADE 12 SBA (CAPS 2014) 
DATA-HANDLING TASK 
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 

TIME: 1 hour (60 minutes)  
MARKS: 60 
QUESTION 1 
1.1 Refer to FIGURE 1A showing a synoptic weather map of Tropical Cyclone Irina. 

1.1.1 Determine the number of tropical cyclones, including Irina, that has occurred during this  tropical cyclone season. (1 x 2) (2) 
1.1.2 Give a reason to support your answer to QUESTION 1.1.1. (1 x 2) (2)
1.1.3 Describe the surface air circulation within Tropical Cyclone Irina. (1 x 2) (2) 

1.2 Refer to FIGURE 1B showing a satellite image of Tropical Cyclone Irina and FIGURE 1C showing  the projected path of Tropical Cyclone Irina. 

1.2.1 Using the satellite image, determine in which stage of development Tropical Cyclone  Irina is. (1 x 2) (2) 
1.2.2 Give evidence from the satellite image to support your answer to QUESTION 1.2.1 . (1 x 2) (2) 
1.2.3 Discuss TWO socio-economic impacts of Tropical Cyclone Irina on areas along the  east coast of southern Africa. (2 x 2) (4) 
1.2.4 Draw a labelled cross-section of Tropical Cyclone Irina as depicted on the satellite  image from X to Y. Clearly indicate the position of the eye and the cumulonimbus  clouds on your cross-section. (2 x 2) (4) 
1.2.5 State the reason for the use of the words, ‘projected path’ when describing the path of  Tropical Cyclone Irina. (1 x 2) (2) 

1.3 Refer to FIGURE 1A. 

1.3.1 Identify the high-pressure cells labelled P and Q. (2 x 2) (4) 
1.3.2 Use evidence from the map to explain whether wind speed will be greater in area P or  area Q. (3 x 2) (6) 

 [30]

QUESTION 2 
2.1 Refer to FIGURE 2A showing cross-sections of the Tugela River along its course in its drainage  basin shown in FIGURE 2B. 

2.1.1 Define the term drainage basin. (1 x 2) (2)  
2.1.2 Which of FIGURE 2A and FIGURE 2B shows a longitudinal and transverse profile  respectively? (2 x 2) (4) 
2.1.3 Match each of cross-sections A, B and C (FIGURE 2A) with positions (i), (ii) and (iii) (FIGURE 2B). (3 x 2) (6) 
2.1.4 Briefly explain the difference in the width of the river channel at A and C. (2 x 2) (4) 

2.2 Refer to FIGURE 2B showing the drainage basin of the Tugela River from its upper to the middle  to the lower course. 

2.2.1 Determine the stream order of the Tugela River at point X along its course. (1 x 2) (2) 
2.2.2 Identify and explain ONE of the stream channel patterns of the Tugela River at (ii) along  its course. (3 x 2) (6) 
2.2.3 Draw a labelled free-hand cross-section through the river channel along line T–S, showing the position of and the difference in shape between a slip-off slope and an  undercut slope. (2 x 2) (4) 
2.2.4 Give ONE reason why the Tugela River is more likely to flood in the vicinity of (iii).   (1 x 2) (2) 

 [30] 
GRAND TOTAL: 60

FIGURE 1A: TROPICAL CYCLONE IRINA 
tropical cyclone irina
FIGURE 2A: CROSS-SECTIONS OF THE TUGELA RIVER ALONG VARIOUS POINTS
tulega river
FIGURE 2B: SCHEMATIC PLAN VIEW OF THE DRAINAGE BASIN OF THE TUGELA RIVER 
tulega river basin

6.2.2 Exemplar: Data-handling task 2 

  • Curriculum content: People and their needs (gross domestic product, industrial areas, industrial development  zones [IDZ]) 
  • Compliant with CAPS. 
  • May be tested in the CAPS final external examination. 
  • One (1) data-handling task must be done. 

GRADE 12 SBA (CAPS 2014) 
DATA-HANDLING TASK 
PEOPLE AND THEIR NEEDS 

TIME: 1 hour (60 minutes)  
MARKS: 60 
QUESTION 1 
1.1 Refer to FIGURES 1A and 1B and answer the questions that follow. 

1.1.1 Define the following terms: 

    1. Gross domestic product (1 x 2) (2)
    2. Balance of trade (1 x 2) (2)

1.2 Identify the largest and the smallest contributor to the South African GDP. (2 x 2) (4)
1.3 Use FIGURE 1B to describe the trend of the South African GDP from 2010 to 2012. (1 x 2) (2)
1.4 How will the trend mentioned in QUESTION 1.3 affect South Africa’s Balance of Trade? (1 x 2) (2) 
1.5 Which economic activity (primary, secondary or tertiary) in FIGURE 1A accounts for the existing trend mentioned in  QUESTION 1.3? (1 x 2) (2) 
1.6 Discuss the relationship between the percentage contributed by agriculture to the South African GDP and food security  in the country. (2 x 2) (4) 
1.7 FIGURE 1A indicates that the agricultural sector contributes a very small percentage to the GDP.  
Write a short paragraph (approximately 12 lines) in which you account for the small contribution of the agricultural  sector to the South African GDP. (6 x 2) (12) 

[30]

QUESTION 2 
Refer to FIGURE 2 before answering the questions below. 
2.1 Write down the correct names for the industrial areas marked B and D. (2 x 2) (4)
2.2 Identify the largest of the four industrial areas visible in FIGURE 2. (1 x 2) (2) 
2.3 Explain any TWO factors that have led to the growth and development of the industrial area referred to in QUESTION  2.2. (2 x 2) (4) [10] 

QUESTION 3 
Refer to FIGURE 3 before answering the questions below. 
3.1 What is an IDZ? (1 x 2) (2)
3.2 Name the province in which the Coega IDZ is located. (1 x 2) (2)
3.3 Briefly describe TWO aims for the development of the Coega IDZ. (2 x 2) (4)
3.4 As a manufacturer of heavy earth-moving equipment for sale in Asia, explain what would encourage you to open a  factory in the Coega IDZ. (2 x 2) (4)
3.5 Suppose you are a South African government official responsible for economic development. State FOUR incentives  you would use to attract foreign investors to the Coega IDZ. (4 x 2) (8)

[20] 
GRAND TOTAL: 60

FIGURE 1A: PERCENTAGE CONTRIBUTION OF MAIN SECTORS TO THE GDP 
percentage gdp
FIGURE 1B: SOUTH AFRICAN GDP 
graphical representatiojn of gdp
FIGURE 2: INDUSTRY AND MINING IN SOUTH AFRICA 

Industry And Mining
119 industry and mining

FIGURE 3: COEGA IDZ

THE COEGA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ZONE 

The Coega Development Corporation (CDC) is a state-owned entity formed in 1999. It was mandated to develop  and operate the Coega Industrial Development Zone (IDZ), which is located adjacent to the modern deep-water port  facility, Port of Ngqura.  
The Coega Industrial Development Zone (Coega IDZ), located close to the bustling Nelson Mandela Bay Metropolitan  Municipality, is South Africa’s foremost investment hotspot for industries with a global perspective. 
The Coega Development Corporation strives to improve the delivery of infrastructure in the Eastern Cape by address ing skills shortages, unemployment, constrained planning and project-management capacity as well as under-expen diture.

6.2.3 Marking memoranda/Guidelines for data-handling tasks 

MEMORANDUM – Data-handling task 1 

TIME: 1 hour (60 minutes) 
MARKS: 60 
QUESTION 1 
1.1

1.1.1 9 cyclones (2) 1x2 (2) 
1.1.2 Tropical cyclones are named alphabetically - ‘I’ is the 9th letter of the alphabet (2) 1x2 (2)
1.1.3 Surface circulation is in a clockwise direction (2) 1x2 (2) 

1.2

1.2.1 Mature stage (2) 1x2 (2)
1.2.2

The extent/diameter of the cloud cover is large (2) 
The cyclone is still approaching the land (2) 
Situated over warm ocean (2) 
[Any ONE] 1x2 (2)

1.2.3

Damage to transportation networks (2) 
Damage to buildings (2) 
Loss of life (2) 
Disruption of communication networks (2) 
Destruction of topsoil/soil erosion (2) 
Crops destroyed (2) 
Livestock drowned (2) 
Decrease in economic activities (2) 
Disruption in exporting and importing activities at the harbour (2) 
Drop in food security (2) 
Increase in food insecurity (2) 
Outbreak of waterborne diseases (2) 
[Any TWO. Accept other reasonable answers] 2x2 (4) 

1.2.4  1.2.42x2 (4) 
1.2.5 A tropical cyclone follows an erratic path and therefore it is difficult to predetermine its exact path (2) [Concept] 1x2 (2)

1.3

1.3.1

P - South Atlantic/St Helena High Pressure Cell (2) 
Q – South Indian/Mauritius High Pressure Cell (2) 2x2 (4)

1.3.2 P (2) 

Steeper pressure gradient/isobars closely spaced (2) 
The steeper the pressure gradient the stronger the winds (2) 3x2 (6)  [30] 

QUESTION 2 
2.1

2.1.1 The total area drained by a river system and all its tributaries (2) 
[Concept] 1x2 (2) 
2.1.2

2A - transverse profile (2) 
2B - longitudinal profile (2) 2x2 (4) 

2.1.3

A - (i) (2) 
B - (ii) (2) 
C - (iii) (2) 3x2 (6)

2.1.4

A - mainly downward erosion therefore narrow river channel (2) 
C - river weaves from side to side thus lateral erosion and wide river channel (2) 2x2 (4) 

2.2

2.2.1 3rd order stream 1x2 (2)
2.2.2

Meandering stream channel pattern (2) 
The gradient becomes gentle and there is a reduction in the velocity of the river (2) 
To overcome excess energy, stream starts weaving from side to side (2) 
[Any ONE reason] 

OR 

Braided stream channel pattern (2) 
The gradient becomes gentle and there is a reduction in the velocity of the river (2) 
The river deposit sediments on the riverbed and the water flows around the deposited material (2) 
[Any ONE reason] 2x2 (4)

2.2.3 120 2.2.3
T - slip-off ✔✔                S - undercut ✔✔
T
must be on left 
S must be on right 
Shape of two slopes must be  correct   2x2 (4)

2.2.4

River shallow due to deposition and water will overflow easily (2) 
Wide, flat floodplain allows overflowing water to spread easily (2) 
Large volume of water that cannot be contained by the river channel (2) 
[Any ONE] 1x2 (2)

[30] 
GRAND TOTAL: 60 

MEMORANDUM – Data-handling task 2 

TIME: 1 hour (60 minutes) 
MARKS: 60 
QUESTION 1 

1.1.1 The total value of goods and service produced in a country in one year. [Concept] 1x2 (2) 
1.1.2 Balance of Trade refers to the difference between the value of imports and exports of goods produced in a country/Value of  exports minus imports in a country (2) 
[Concept] 1x2 (2)

1.2 Largest - Wholesale and retail trade, hotel and restaurants (2) Smallest - Electricity (2) 2x2 (4)
1.3 Increasing trend/upward trend/economic improvement (2) 1x2 (2)
1.4 Positive Balance of Trade/Positive Trade Balance (2) 1x2 (2)
1.5 Tertiary Activities/Services (2) 1x2 (2)
1.6

Low agricultural production means there will be less food produced (2) 
This will lead to a shortage of food (2) 
Food security is threatened/food Insecurity (2)  
[Any TWO] 2x2 (4)

1.7

Low and unreliable South African rainfall (2)  
Soil quality is generally poor in South Africa (2)  
High frequency of drought (2)  
Hail that often occurs in the Highveld impacts negatively on crop production (2) 
Dual agricultural system/existence of subsistence and commercial farmers (2) 
Fluctuating prices of agricultural products both locally and internationally (2)  
High prevalence of HIV/Aids lowers production on farms (2)  
Pests and insects destroy crops and fruit (2) 
Growing importance of secondary sector (2) 
Greater income from exporting processed goods (2) 
Growing importance of tertiary sector (2) 
[Any SIX. Accept any other reasonable answer] (6x2) (12) [30] 

QUESTION 2 
2.1

B - EThekwini metropolitan region/Durban-Pinetown region (2) 
D - South-Western Cape region (2) 2x2 (4)

2.2 Gauteng Industrial Region/PWV (2) 1x2 (2) 
2.3

Market - Large cities and towns in the region form markets for manufactured goods (2) Ever-increasing population in the region  forms excellent market for locally manufactured goods (2)  
Transport - Good transport system connects Gauteng Industrial region to various sources of raw materials and harbours to facilitate  exports and imports (2) 
Raw materials - Large deposits of minerals stimulate the development of industries in this area (2)  
Power - Available coal in Gauteng and Mpumalanga used to generate electricity (2) Easy access to power produced by ESKOM  attracted many industries to the region (2) 
Water - Availability of water from water transfer schemes much needed by industries (2) 
[Any TWO. Must explain and not only list/mention] (2x2) (4) [10] 

QUESTION 3 
3.1 An area close to an airport or port intended to attract investment, increases exports and the competitiveness of South African  products (2) [Concept] 1x2 (2)
3.2 Eastern Cape (2) 1x2 (2)
3.3

To stimulate economic growth in the region (2)  
Provision of skills (2) 
Job creation (2) 
Alleviate poverty (2) 
Improve infrastructure (2)  
To encourage export of manufactured goods (2) 
[Any TWO. Accept other reasonable answer] 2x2 (4)

3.4

Break-of-bulk point (2) 
Availability of harbour to export the equipment (2) 
Presence of cheap water transport (2) 
Availability of skilled/unskilled labour (2)  
Coega IDZ is on the eastern coast - closer to Asian market (2) 
[Any TWO. Accept other reasonable answer] 2x2 (4)

3.5

Develop world class infrastructure specially designed to attract investors (2) 
Provide access to latest information technology for global communication (2) 
Duty-free benefits on raw materials for imports (2) 
Subsidised electricity supply rates (2) 
Tax rebates (2) 
Tax holidays (2) 
Reduced cost for water supplies (2) 
Develop direct links to an international port and airport for exports (2) 
Subsidise training for workers (2) 
[Any FOUR. Accept other] 4x2 (8)

[20] 
GRAND TOTAL: 60

7. CONCLUSION 
This document provides teachers with a framework within which to work and develop their own research and data handling tasks. 
A clear guideline has been developed on how to conduct research. This guideline can be applied to any topic within the  CAPS in which learners wish to conduct research. The marking rubric that has been included also provides teachers and  learners with a clear guide on the time that should be spent on the various phases of doing the research. 
The high standard of these tasks will provide a platform for learners to develop skills such as research, interpretation of  resources, integration of resources and graphs, all skills required for the final external Geography examination. These  are also skills that can be put to use at a later stage in their lives.

HISTORY
SCHOOL BASED ASSESSMENT EXEMPLARS - CAPS
GRADE 12
LEARNER GUIDE

  TABLE OF CONTENTS        PAGE 
1.  Introduction      3
2. Aims and Objectives of School-based Assessment   3
3. Assessment Tasks as outlined in the CAPS      4
4. Guidelines for School-based Assessment      5
5. Bibliography    35

1. INTRODUCTION 
Assessment is a continuous, planned process of identifying, gathering and interpreting information about the  performance of learners, using various forms of assessment. School-Based Assessment (SBA) is a purposive  collection of learners’ work that tells the story of their efforts, progress or achievement in a given area. The quality  of SBA tasks is integral to learners’ preparation for the final examinations.  
This booklet serves as a resource of exemplar SBA tasks for learners who study History. SBA marks are formally  recorded for progression and certification purposes. The SBA component is compulsory for all learners. Learners  who cannot comply with the requirements specified according to the policy may not be eligible to enter for the  subject in the final National Senior Certificate (NSC) examination. 
This publication comprises of several tasks that address the demands of the Grade 12 History curriculum. It  is expected that this booklet will serve as a valuable resource for Grade 12 History learners. It provides useful  information which will assist you in your preparation for the NSC examinations in History. 

2. AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF SCHOOL-BASED ASSESSMENT  
The aim of this resource booklet is to assist you in your preparation for the Grade 12 examination from 2014  onwards. It contains crucial information on how to work with the prescribed content as contained in the Curriculum  and Assessment Policy Statement (CAPS).  
The booklet contains information on how to undertake a research assignment, work with sources and write a  coherent essay. A step-by-step approach on how to undertake a research assignment is given. The Research  Assignment forms a significant part of your SBA mark for History. Hence, you are encouraged to use these  guidelines when preparing to submit your assignments for final assessment. In addition, exemplars of source 
based questions and essays are also provided. It outlines clearly the format, style and cognitive levels of questions  which learners will be required to answer in their SBA tasks in Grade 12 History.  
Our objective is to help learners succeed in Grade 12 History. Therefore, you are encouraged to use this resource  booklet to sharpen your skills in History in order to achieve a good mark.

3. ASSESSMENT TASKS AS OUTLINED IN THE CAPS  
The final Grade 12 mark is calculated from the National Senior Certificate (NSC) examination that learners will  write (out of 300 marks) plus school-based assessment (out of 100 marks). The curriculum policy document  stipulates SEVEN formal tasks that comprise school-based assessment in History. The table below outlines the  programme of assessment that needs to be completed in your Grade 12 year. 

Term 1   Term 2  Term 3  Term 4 
 3 tasks   2 tasks    2 tasks   
 
  • Source-based task  (or essay; learners must  do one of each). 
  • Research assignment  (can also be done in the  second term). 
  • Standardised test which  includes a source based section and an  essay (ideally both  sections will be tested  at the same time). 
 
  • Essay task (or source-based  task; learners must do one of  each). 
  • Mid-year examination (2  papers of 2½ hours each)  (2 topics from each paper  to be covered by June; four  questions set in each paper:  2 essays and 2 source based questions; learners to  answer 2 questions, 1 essay  and 1 source-based question  on each paper. 
 
  • Standardised test,  which includes a  source-based section  and an essay (ideally,  both sections will be  tested at the same  time). 
  • September/  Preparatory  examination  (2 papers) 
 
  • Final external  examination 
   25% of total year mark = 100 marks  75% of total year  mark = 300 marks

4. GUIDELINES FOR SCHOOL-BASED ASSESSMENT 
4.1 RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT: Grade 12  
To ensure that there is compliance with the requirements of SBA in History, an example of how to undertake  research is given below.  
Introduction 
The research assignment in Grade 12 accounts for 20% of the total school-based assessment (SBA). It is, therefore,  essential that this be a significant piece of work. This assignment offers learners the opportunity to demonstrate  their skills, knowledge and understanding of History which they have acquired during the course of the FET phase. 
The research assignment can be written on any section of the Grade 12 curriculum. There are, however, two  sections in the curriculum, which are not formally examined in the final Grade 12 examination: 

  •   An overview of civil society protests 
  •   Remembering the past: Memorials  

It is recommended that one of these topics be investigated as a research project. 
Some points to consider when planning a research assignment: 

  •   The choice of research topic needs to be made, taking into consideration the context of your school and the  available resources to which learners have access.  
  •   This assignment provides learners with an opportunity to embark on a process of historical enquiry.  Conducting original research involves the collection, analysis, organization and evaluation of information,  and the construction of knowledge.  
  •   Clear, written instructions with due dates and the assessment criteria must be given to learners at the  beginning of the school year to allow adequate time for the preparation and completion of the assignment.  
  •   The progress of learners, with regard to the research assignment, must be monitored on an on-going basis.  
  •   It is essential that learners submit original work. To reduce the likelihood of plagiarism, the key question or  research topic should be changed every year. 

Learners are expected to fulfil the following requirements in their research assignment: 

  •  Analyse and answer the key question. 
  • Identify a variety of relevant source materials to help answer the key question. 
  • Select relevant examples from the source material which can be used to substantiate the line of argument.
  • Organise relevant information in order to write a coherent and logical answer to the key question. 
  • Write an original piece of work, using your own words.
  • Correctly contextualize all sources, including Illustrations and maps, which have been included.
  • Reflect upon the process of research and consider what has been learnt.  
  • Include a bibliography of all the resources which have been consulted in the course of researching and  writing the assignment. 

Some suggestions of what can be done with the research assignments when they are completed: 

  • The research assignments should be displayed at your school, community hall or local library. Exhibiting the  learners’ work is very important. It gives learners a sense of purpose and shows them that their ideas and  efforts are of value to their school and community. 
  • Learners could give an oral presentation of their research projects to the class, grade, school or local  community. This gives learners the opportunity to speak about their research and share their ‘new-found’  knowledge. 
  • Organize a class debate on the key question. 
  • Hold a History evening at which learners could be given an opportunity to present their work to friends,  family and members of the community. Further, this will be an ideal platform to showcase the work of the  school’s History department in an endeavour to promote the subject History at the FET level.
STRUCTURE OF A RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT  SUGGESTIOND ON HOW TO CARRY OUT YOUR RESEARCH 
 Hint 1
Before you start your research
  •  Analyse the key question and make sure that you fully understand what is beings asked.
  • In this case, you need to decide whether women did or did not play a different role in the struggle against apartheid to that of men.
  • It is acceptable to argue that in some instances women played a different role to men in the struggle against apartheid, while in other instances they played a similar role.
Cover Page
  •  Use the 'Cover Page for a Research Assignment' and 'Monitoring Log'. [Annexure A, p.9 and Annexure B, p. 10]
Introduction
(Write approximately ½ - 1 page)
  • Explain the approach that will be taken in your research assignment
  • Indicate the line of argument that will be taken to answer the key question.
 Background
(Write approximately 1 - 2 page)
  • Explain the historical context of the question.
  • Give some background information about the policy of apartheid and how it was implemented until the 1980s.
  • Use the information from your Grade 11 and Grade 12 textbooks to assist you in writing this section of the assignment.
 Hint 2 :
During the research process
  • Ensure that you have a plan so that your time is used effectively to meet deadlines.
  • Refer to the list of resources that may be consulted. [Annexure C, p.11]
  • At all times keep the key question in mind. Keep asking yourself whether the information you are gathering is relevantto the question.
  • Use the template to help structure your note-taking. [Annexure D, p.14]
 Body of Essay
(Write approximately 2-3 pages) 
  • In this section you present and substantiate your argument.
  • Select evidence from your readings which could be used to substantiate your line of argument in answering the key question.
  • Remember that the struggle against apartheid took different forms. For example, you could discuss the role that women played in any of the following:
    • Political: You could discuss women's membership of political organisations (e.g. ANC Women's League or Black Sash) and their involvement in campaigns which attempted to bring an end to apartheid (e.g. 1956 Women's anti-pass campaign). You could investigate the impact that apartheid policies, such as the Group Areas Act, had on women. (E.g. Women who were forcibly removed from Crossroads in Cape Town to the Transkei and Ciskei).
    • Economic: You could discuss the jobs that women did and how their opportunities were limited under apartheid (e.g.women's experiences as domestic workers, the role that women
Conclusion
(Write approximately ½–page)
  • In this paragraph you should sum up the argument that was sustained and developed in the body of your research assignment.
Reflection
(Write approximately ½–1 page)
  • In this section you should discuss what you have learnt from this research assignment.
  • Explain what insights, skills and knowledge you have acquired while undertaking this research.
Bibliography
  • List ALL the resources that you used during the preparation of your research assignment.
  • An example of how to correctly format a bibliography is included [Annexure E, p.15].
Hint 3:
Before you submit your research assignment
  • Check that you have complied with the following requirements:
    • Front Cover
    • Introduction
    • Background
    • Body of evidence
    • Conclusion
    • Reflection
    • Bibliography
  • Proofread your work thoroughly to check for coherence, spelling and grammatical errors.

ANNEXURE A: EXAMPLE OF A COVER PAGE FOR A RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT: 

GRADE 12 RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT: HISTORY 
NAME OF SCHOOL                            
NAME OF LEARNER   
SUBJECT   
RESEARCH TOPIC   
KEY QUESTION   

STATEMENT OF AUTHENTICITY: 
I hereby declare that ALL pieces of writing contained in this research assignment, are my own original  work and that if I made use of any source, I have duly acknowledged it.  

LEARNER’S SIGNATURE:____________________________________________ 

DATE:_____________________________________________________________

ANNEXURE B: AN EXAMPLE OF A MONITORING LOG 

DATE   ACTIVITY COMMENT 
January Commencement  Learners are given the instructions,  guidelines and key question for the  research assignment.  
March

  1st DRAFT: 

  • Learners must provide evidence that they  have analysed the topic and understand  the focus of the key question. 
  • A preliminary bibliography must be  submitted. 
 
April

2nd DRAFT: 

  • Learners must provide evidence of having  planned their research assignment. 
  • Research notes from the sources  consulted should be made available.
  • A synopsis of the main argument must be  presented. 
 
May
  •  Final copy to be handed in 
 
July
  •  Feedback 
 

 

Teacher’s name:_______________________ 

Teacher’s signature:___________________ 

Learner’s signature:____________________ 

                           

 

                       SCHOOL STAMP                       

 

 


ANNEXURE C: LIST OF SUGGESTED RESOURCES WITH A SYNOPSIS  (IN ITALICS) 
BOOKS: 
Berger, I
., Threads of solidarity: Women in South African industry, (Indiana University Press, 1991).
This book details women’s changing place in formal and casual work. It explores the relationship between  women across the colour lines as workers and members of trade unions. 

Bernstein, H., For their triumphs and for their tears. Women in Apartheid South Africa. (IDAF, 1985). 
This booklet gives a great deal of very useful information about how women lived, worked, struggled and  survived in apartheid South Africa.  

Bozzoli, B. with Nkotsoe, M., Women of Phokeng (Ravan Press, 1991)
This book traces the life histories and experiences of 22 black women from the small town of Phokeng.  

Cock, J., Colonels and cadres. War and gender in South Africa, (OUP, 1991). 
This book contains interviews with women who served in both the SADF and MK and analyses their experiences. 

Cock, J., Maids and madams. A study in the politics of exploitation, (Ravan Press, 1989).
An investigation into experiences of women domestic workers during apartheid. 
Du Preez Bezdrob, A.M. Winnie Mandela a life. (Paarl: Paarl Printers. 2003). 
Gordon, S., A talent for tomorrow. Life stories of South African servants (Ravan Press, 1985).
A book that contains the life stories of 23 people, most of whom are women, who worked as domestic labourers  under apartheid.  
Human, M.; Mutloatse, M. & Masiza, J. The Women’s Freedom March of 1956. (Pan McMillan (Pty Ltd), 2006).
Luthuli, A., Let my people go, The Autobiography of Albert Luthuli. (Paarl Printers, 2006). 
Mashinini, E., Strikes have followed me all my life (The Women’s Press, 1989). 
The autobiography of Emma Mashinini who was secretary of one of South Africa’s biggest black Trade Unions,  the CCAWUSA (the Shop and Distributive Workers’ Union). 
Naidoo, P., Footprints in Grey Street. (Ocean Jetty Publishing, 2002).
Platzky, L. & Walker, C., The surplus people. Forced removal in South Africa (Ravan Press, 1985).
The creation of racially separate areas was the cornerstone of apartheid policy. The majority of people who were  forcibly removed in order to create this artificial separation were women and children. This book documents their  experiences and their struggle to survive. 
Vahed, G. & Waetjen,T., Gender modernity and Indian delights. The Women’s Cultural Group of Durban 1954- 2010 (HSRC, 2010). 
Part social history part biography, this book shows how the women in the Durban Cultural Group creating an  identity for themselves in the context of apartheid. 
Walker, C., Women and gender in Southern Africa to 1945. (New Africa Books, 1990). Gives valuable background information about the experience of women in South Africa. It sets the scene for a  discussion of the 1950s–1970s. 
Walker, C., Women and resistance in South Africa. (Onyx Press, 1991). 
This remains the most detailed historical account of women’s resistance during apartheid. Walker has chapters  on the Federation of South African Women, Anti-Pass protests, the Women’s Charter of 1954, among others. 
South African History Online,For freedom and equality’, Celebrating women in South African history (DBE, no  date).  
This booklet contains information about women’s involvement in the liberation struggle. There are a number of  biographical profiles of great South African women. It can be downloaded from the South African History Online  website at: http://www.sahistory.org.za/aids-resources/freedom-and-equality-celebrating-women-south-african history-booklet 
Malibongwe Igama Lamakhosikama. Praise be to women. Remembering the role of women in South Africa  through dialogue (Nelson Mandela Foundation, 2007). 
The text in this booklet is the edited version of the Malibingwe Dialogue which took place on 30 May 2007 at the  Nelson Mandela Foundation. 
It can be downloaded from the following website: http://www.nelsonmandela.org/uploads/files/Malibongwe_WEB.pdf 

WEBSITES: 
www.blacksash.org.za 
Full digital texts of the Black Sash publication Sash is available from 1960-1990. 
http://www.sahistory.org.za/topic/womens-struggle-1900-1994 
South African History Online. This site has a wide range of information about women’s struggles in South Africa  1900-1994. 
http://www.anc.org.za/themes.php?t=Women`s%20Struggles 
This site, maintained by the ANC, has documents concerning women in the liberation struggle

ORAL INTERVIEWS 
There is a saying in Mozambique that ‘our old people are our libraries’. If you are living in an area where it is difficult  to access the Internet, or do not have a local library, then remember that the people living in your community have  a wealth of information in their memories. You may consider conducting interviews with women and men in your  community and recording their stories as evidence to answer your key question.

ANNEXURE D: EXAMPLE OF A TEMPLATE FOR NOTE-TAKING DURING RESEARCH

FULL REFERENCE OF RESOURCE 

EVIDENCE (This could be used to support your argument)

E.g.: 
South African History Online, For  Freedom and Equality, Celebrating  Women in South African History (DBE, no date).  
http://www.sahistory.org.za/aids resources/freedom-and-equality celebrating-women-south-african history-booklet

‘During the 1980s hundreds of thousands of black women were  forced to move and were dumped in remote rural areas called  Bantustans or ‘homelands’: These forced removals mainly affected  women’ (p 23). This extract could be used as evidence that women’s  role in the struggle against apartheid was different to men’s role. 
‘Emma Mashinini, an active trade unionist from the 1940s, was a  driving force in bringing together various unions under COSATU’  (p 21). This evidence could be used to show that women played  a similar role to men in the struggle against apartheid as both men  and women were involved in the Trade Union movement. 

   
   
   

ANNEXURE E: GUIDELINES ON HOW TO WRITE A BIBLIOGRAPHY 

  • For a book:
    Author (last name, initials). Title of book (Publishers, Date of publication).
    Example:
    Dahl, R. The BFG. (Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1982).
  • For an encyclopaedia: 
    Encyclopaedia Title, Edition Date. Volume Number, ‘Article Title’, page numbers.
    Example:
    Encyclopaedia Britannica. 1997. Volume 7, ‘Gorillas’, pp. 50-51.
  • For a magazine: 
    Author (last name first), ‘Article Title’. Name of magazine. Volume number, (Date): page numbers.
    Example:
    Jordan, Jennifer, ‘Filming at the top of the World’. Museum of Science Magazine. Volume 47, No 1,  (Winter 1998): p 11.
  • For a newspaper: 
    Author (last name first), ‘Article Title’. Name of Newspaper. City, state publication. (Date): edition if  available, section, page number(s).
    Example:
    Powers, Ann, ‘New Tune for the Material Girl’. The New York Times. New York, NY. (3/1/98): Atlantic  Region, Section 2, p 34.
  • For a person: 
    Full name (last name first). Occupation, date of interview.
    Example:
    Smeckleburg, Sweets. Bus Driver. 1 April 1996.
  • For a film: 
    Title, Director, Distributor, Year.
    Example:
    Braveheart, Director Mel Gibson, Icon Productions, 1995. 

4.2 SOURCE- BASED QUESTIONS 
QUESTION 1 
WHY DID SOUTH AFRICA BECOME INVOLVED IN THE ANGOLAN CIVIL WAR IN THE 1980s?
SOURCE 1A 

The following extract was written by Joseph Hanlon, a journalist, in the mid-1980s. It describes why South Africa  became involved in the Angolan civil war and eventually decided to retreat.  
South African aggression against Angola has been on a larger scale than against any other country in southern  Africa. Not only has it rebuilt and supported the most effective opposition movement in the region, National Un ion for the Total Independence of Angola (UNITA), but Angola is also the only country where the South African  Defence Force (SADF) is waging a conventional war … Economic installations have been special targets of  both UNITA and the SADF. Oil provides Angola’s main source of income, so oil installations have been repeat edly attacked. The Benguela Railway which serves Zambia has been cut since 1980; local port and railway  installations have been frequently attacked. Dams, bridges, electricity lines, the iron mines, factories, and so  on have all been hit … Thus the Angolan economy has been shattered by a decade of war … 
Undoubtedly, Angola is a threat to apartheid. It is politically dangerous because it is multi-racial and Marxist; if  Angola were allowed to succeed, it would destroy the ideological foundations of apartheid capitalism in South  Africa. It is also a security threat. Angola openly allows ANC training camps. And Angola adjoins the conti nent’s last remaining colony, Namibia, and supports the South West African People’s Organisation (SWAPO)  liberation movement … 
The South Africans began sending supplies for UNITA and setting up training camps for UNITA. Finally on  16 October 1975 the South African army invaded Angola … By 15 November the [South African army] had  moved 700 km north and were only 200 km from the capital … In December two other South African armoured  columns entered Angola … Whenever South African forces captured a town, UNITA moved in to set up local  administrations. 
… In these circumstances the MPLA appealed for help from the eastern bloc. Cuba and the Soviet Union were  not prepared to allow the US and South Africa to defeat the MPLA, and they poured in support during January  and February (1976).  

 [From: Beggar Your Neighbours: Apartheid Power in Southern Africa by J Hanlon]

 

SOURCE 1B 
The following is a cartoon by British cartoonist, Leslie Gilbert. It depicts the Soviet Union as Santa Claus on his  sleigh, delivering presents in the form of weapons to the MPLA which were used in the civil war against UNITA and  the FNLA. The cartoon was entitled ‘Slay Bells’. ‘Slay’ means to kill. 
source 1b

SOURCE 1C 
This is part of an interview that was conducted with the former South African Prime Minister, BJ Vorster, by  Clarence Rhodes of UPITN-TV (United Press International Television News) on 13 February 1976.  

Rhodes: President Kaunda of Zambia described the Soviet and the Cuban intervention in Angola. I think  the quote is ‘a plundering (thieving) tiger and its deadly cub’. … Would you say that this then poses a bigger  threat than the emergence of yet another independent black African nation on South African borders? 
Prime Minister Vorster: Yes, because here you haven’t got an independent black African country coming into  existence on South African borders. You have a Cuban force of thousands – estimated at this stage between  10 and 13 thousand – taking part in a civil war in Southern Africa and if that were the end of it, one could have  shrugged one’s shoulders and said, okay, they will go back tomorrow. But knowing the communists, knowing  the Cubans, there is nobody who can tell you at this stage that they are going home, once they have put  the MPLA in the saddle. I think it must be accepted that they are here to stay and I think it must be accepted  that just as much as they subverted (destabilised) or at least, as much as they are trying to subvert [spread  communism in] Angola, they will try to subvert other Southern African countries.  
Because, make no mistake about it … world domination has always been and to this very day, is still the  aim of the communists. And I for one believe … they are preparing for that conventional war. Look at their  conventional armaments compared to those of the free world, of the Western countries … if they can control  the southern tip of Africa, they have a tremendous advantage in any conventional war; apart from the raw  materials that they can get from Angola and other Southern African countries, they will control the Cape sea  route which is the lifeline of Europe. 

[Internet site: http://www.sahistory.org.za/archive/interview-south-african-prime-minister-mr-b-j-vorster-mr-clarence rhodes-upitn-tv-13-february. Accessed on 13 May 2013. 


SOURCE 1D 

The following is a transcript of a news bulletin that was presented by the South African Broadcasting Corporation  (SABC) on 10 August 1982. 

Good evening. Another 113 SWAPO terrorists have been killed in continuing Security Force operations aimed  at SWAPO bases in southern Angola. The Prime Minister and Minister of Defence have expressed the gov ernment’s sympathy with families of the fifteen South African airmen and soldiers killed. They said events like  this shook the people of South Africa, but comfort could be drawn from the fact that the deaths were incurred  maintaining civilisation. They sacrificed their lives in the preservation of the norms and values of a Christian  community. In the modern world, the barbarian* at the gates is the terrorist**… 
Through condolences to friends and relatives has run a common theme: the fifteen died for a cause … The  South African and South West African people and their leaders have stood firm against the barbarian* on slaught filtering across their borders … SWAPO bases on the Angolan border must be taken out.  

 [From: South Africa: A Different Kind of War by J Frederikse]  

*Barbarian: a negative word used by the apartheid regime to refer to activists from the liberation  movements which operated in exile. 
** Terrorist: a word used by the apartheid regime to refer to freedom fighters. 

QUESTION 2 
HOW SUCCESSFUL WAS THE TRUTH AND RECONCILIATION COMMISSION (TRC) IN HEALING OUR  PAST? 
SOURCE 2A 
This is a photograph of the first Truth and Reconciliation Commission hearing that took place in East London on  15 April 1996.  
115 truth and reconciliation committe
[Internet site: http://qu301southafrica.com/tag/reconu. Accessed on 3 May 2013]

SOURCE 2B 
The following extract focuses on the assassination of anti-apartheid activist and attorney, Griffiths Mxenge, on 20  November 1981.  

On 20 November 1981, Mr Griffiths Mxenge was found dead in a cycling stadium at Umlazi. Three Vlakplaas  operatives namely, Commander Dirk Coetzee and askaris (spy/sell-out) Almond Nofemela and David  Tshikilange were charged and convicted of the killing. Coetzee, Nofemela and Tshikilange applied for amnesty  for Mxenge’s killing. 
Nofemela told the Commission that the four men intercepted (captured) Mxenge on his way home from work  on the evening of 20 November 1981. They dragged him out his car and took him to the nearby Umlazi stadium  where they beat and stabbed him repeatedly. Nofemela told the Commission that Mxenge had resisted his  attackers fiercely until he was struck on the head with a wheel spanner. He fell to the ground, and the stabbing  continued until he was dead ... Then they took his car, wallet and other belongings to make it look like a  robbery. Mxenge’s vehicle was later found, burnt out and abandoned, near the Golela border post between  South Africa and Swaziland.  
On 15 May 1997, Coetzee, Nofemela and Tshikilange were found guilty of killing Mxenge. At the request of  the Commission’s Amnesty Committee, sentencing was postponed until the Committee had reached a verdict  on the applications ... 

[Internet site: www.justice.gov.za/trc/report/. Accessed on 3 May 2013]


SOURCE 2C 
The following statement was issued by the Amnesty Committee of the TRC. It focuses on the reasons for the  granting of amnesty to Dirk Coetzee, Almond Nofemela and David Tshikilange for the murder of Griffiths Mxenge. 

The Amnesty Committee of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission today granted amnesty to Dirk Coetzee,  David Tshikalange and Butana Almond Nofomela in respect of the murder of Durban attorney, Mr Griffiths  Mxenge, in November 1981.  
The Committee said that while ‘there may be some doubt’ about the identity of those who ordered or advised  Coetzee to kill Mr Mxenge, there was no doubt that Coetzee had acted on ‘the advice, command or order of  one or more senior members of the Security Branch’ of the South African Police.  
The Committee placed on record its ‘strong disapproval’ of the conduct of the police in ‘arranging for the  assassination of an attorney who was doing no more than his duty in providing adequate representation for  persons facing criminal charges’.  
In its findings, the Committee said: ‘On the evidence before us we are satisfied that none of the Applicants  knew the deceased, Mxenge, or had any reason to wish to bring about his death before they were ordered to  do so. We are satisfied that they did what they did because they regarded it as their duty as policemen who  were engaged in the struggle against the ANC and other liberation movements. It is, we think, clear that they  relied on their superiors to have accurately and fairly considered the question as to whether the assassination  was necessary or whether other steps could have been taken ...’  
The three amnesty applicants were convicted of Mr Mxenge’s murder during a trial in Durban after their  amnesty application had been heard. As a result of the granting of amnesty, it will not be necessary for the trial  court to proceed with the question of sentence.  

 [Internet site: www.info.gov.za/speeches/1997/08050w13297.html. Accessed on 3 May 2013]


SOURCE 2D 
The following report by the South African Press Association (SAPA) outlines the reasons for the Mxenge family’s  opposition to the process of amnesty. 

DURBAN 5 November 1996 — SAPA 
MXENGE FAMILY OPPOSES COETZEE’S AMNESTY APPLICATION 

The family of slain human-rights lawyer, Griffiths Mxenge, on Tuesday said the granting of amnesty to former  policeman Dirk Coetzee, who has confessed to ordering Mxenge’s murder, would be a travesty (mockery)  of justice ... 
Mxenge’s brother, Mhleli, 54, said Coetzee and his co-accused did not meet the criteria for amnesty as  contained in the Promotion of National Reconciliation Act. 
Mxenge slammed the hearing, saying: ‘What annoys us is this interference with the due process of the  law. We have battled hard to have Coetzee charged. Now these people are coming up with this ... amnesty  hearing.’  
In response to Coetzee’s statement that he was acting under instructions at the time, Mxenge said: ‘There is  no evidence that killing their political opponents falls within the course and scope of their duties as members  of the security police. I am, therefore, totally opposed to the granting of amnesty to Dirk Coetzee, Tshikilange  and Almond Nofomela as this would be a travesty ...’ 

[Internet site: www.justice.gov.za/trc/media/1996/9611/s961105h.html. Accessed on 3 May 2013]


SOURCE 2E 
The following is part of an interview that Shaun de Waal, reporter from the Mail and Guardian, conducted with  Mahmood Mamdani about South Africa’s TRC process. Mamdani is an African academic and current director of  the Makerere Institute of Social Research. 

Shaun de Waal: So you’re saying the TRC was the performative extension of the settlement reached at  Codesa and, for all that, it did help to produce a political solution ... 

Mamdani: … Yet the TRC defined victims as though no apartheid had ever existed – simply as individuals  whose bodily integrity had been violated. That is to put apartheid on the same plane as any dictatorship  anywhere in the world. But apartheid affected the entire society, not just isolated individuals. Its cutting edge  was legislation that defined the whole population into groups it called races, then it passed laws that enabled  a minority and disabled the majority ... 
The TRC was only dealing with individual violators of human rights, understood in a narrow way: his right  over your person. It focused on those who broke the law in this respect. If it wanted to make itself more  relevant to the future, the TRC could have educated the white population, in particular, that although most  of them were not perpetrators they were beneficiaries. But then it would have had to take the limelight away  from the torture and so on and refocus it on who benefitted – where you lived, which schools you went to,  what jobs you could compete for... 
I attended the hearings in Cape Town where FW de Klerk spoke. It was extraordinary because he apologised  for apartheid and he spoke about apartheid in the terms I’m describing it. But the TRC was only interested in,  ‘Did you give the orders in this case, that case?’ ...  

 [From: Mail and Guardian, 3–9 May 2013


QUESTION 3 
WHAT IMPACT DID GLOBALISATION HAVE ON THE NEW WORLD ORDER?
SOURCE 3A 
The following extract focuses on the phenomenon of globalisation.  

Globalisation is the system of interaction among the countries of the world in order to develop  the global economy. Globalisation refers to the integration of economics and societies all over  the world. Globalisation involves technological, economic, political, and cultural exchanges made  possible largely by advances in communication, transportation and infrastructure. 
There are two types of integration, negative and positive. Negative integration is the breaking  down of trade barriers or protective barriers, such as tariffs and quotas ... The removal of barriers  can be beneficial for a country if it allows for products that are important or essential to the econo my. For example, by eliminating barriers, the costs of imported raw materials will go down and the  supply will increase, making it cheaper to produce the final products for export (like electronics,  car parts and clothes). 
Positive integration on the other hand aims at standardising international economic laws and pol icies. For example, a country which has its own policies on taxation trades with a country with  its own set of policies on tariffs. Likewise, these countries have their own policies on tariffs. With  positive integration (and the continuing growth of the influence of globalisation), these countries  will work on having similar or identical policies on tariffs ...  

 [Internet site: http://hubpages.com/hub/Definition-of-Globalization. Accessed 3 May 2013]


SOURCE 3B 
The following source is a diagrammatic representation of the different features of globalisation. 
116 globalisation
SOURCE 3C 
The following article by the World Economic Forum Survey focuses on how people from 25 countries viewed  globalisation. 

People around the world increasingly favour globalisation but worry about jobs, poverty and  environment 
World Economic Forum Survey of 25 000 citizens across 25 countries 
New York, 1 February 2002 

The largest-ever public opinion poll on globalisation, covering countries with 67 per cent of the world’s  population, shows that people increasingly favour economic globalisation, but they have high expectations in  some areas that will be difficult to satisfy. Citizens also have concerns about what they see as the damaging  impacts of globalisation.  
Conducted in late 2001 as part of the first comprehensive global survey of the post-September ‘11 world, the  search revealed that: 

  • The majority of people in most countries surveyed expect that more economic globalisation will be  positive for themselves and their families. Across the world, over six in ten citizens see globalisation  as beneficial, while one in five sees it as negative.
  • Positive views of globalisation have grown over the past year, especially in North America and Europe.
  • Citizens, especially those in poorer countries, have high expectations that globalisation will deliver  benefits in a number of economic and non-economic areas.
  • However, citizens also believe that globalisation will worsen environmental problems and poverty in  the world, and reduce the number of jobs in their country.
  • Especially in G7 countries, most citizens do not believe that poor countries will benefit as much as rich  countries from free trade and globalisation. However, the opposite is true in low GDP countries. 

The World Economic Forum poll involved 25 000 in-person or telephone interviews across mainly ‘Group  of 20’ countries and was conducted between October and December 2001 ... Majorities of people in 19 of  25 countries surveyed expect that more economic globalisation will be positive for themselves and their  families. While over six in ten citizens worldwide (62 per cent) see globalisation as positive ... The strongest  supporters are found in northern Europe, North America, and poorer countries in Asia ... 

 [Internet site: www.globescan.com/news_archives/press_inside.htm.  Accessed 3 May 2013]


SOURCE 3D 
The following article by Prabhakar Pillai is entitled ‘The Negative Effects of Globalisation’. It focuses on his views  about globalisation. 

In order to cut down costs, many firms in developed nations have outsourced their manufacturing and  white-collar jobs to ‘Third-World’ countries like India and China, where the cost of labour is low. The  most prominent among these have been jobs in the customer-service field as many developing nations  have a large English-speaking population – ready to work at one-fifth of what someone in the developed  world may call ‘low-pay’ ... 
There are various schools of thought which argue that globalisation has led to an increase in activities  such as child labour and slavery. In countries with little or no accountability, corporations employing  children can work smoothly by bribing the officials, which may result in an increase in illegal activities ... 
Globalisation may have inadvertently (unintentionally) helped terrorists and criminals. At the heart of  globalisation is an idea that humans, materials, food, etc., be allowed to travel freely across borders,  but 9/11 was a ghastly (terrible) reminder that people with evil intentions can use it as an opportunity  and cause damage. 
It is not only the developed nations that are complaining about its negative effects, people in developing  nations, where most of the industries have been set up, have their own set of reasons against  globalisation. They often complain that their cities have been reduced to garbage-dumps where all the  industrial waste is accumulated and pollution levels are sky-high. 
Fast-food chains like McDonald’s and KFC are spreading fast in the developing world. People are  consuming more junk food which has an adverse impact on their health ... 
While the rich are getting richer, the poor are struggling for a square meal. If the current Occupy Wall  Street protests are a reminder of how angry people are with the current set-up, then those who govern  us should take notice, and work towards alleviating (removing) poverty. Ideally, globalisation should  have resulted in the creation of wealth and prosperity, but corporate greed and corrupt government has  ensured that money is not distributed equally. 

[Internet site: http://www.buzzle.com/articles/negative-effects-of-globalization.html. Accessed 03 May 2013]

 


SOURCE 3E 
A photograph showing activists protesting against the World Trade Organisation (WTO) in Washington in 1999. 
117 wtglobal smth
QUESTION 1 
WHY DID SOUTH AFRICA BECOME INVOLVED IN THE ANGOLAN CIVIL WAR? 
Study Sources 1A, 1B, 1C and 1D to answer the questions that follow. 
1.1 Refer to Source 1A. 

1.1.1 Which organisation did the apartheid government support during the Angolan civil war? (1 x 1) (1) 
1.1.2 List FOUR Angolan economic installations that were targeted by the South African Defence Force.  (4 x 1) (4) 
1.1.3 Using the information in the source, explain THREE reasons why the apartheid government felt  threatened by the MPLA leadership in Angola. (3 x 2) (6) 
1.1.4 In the context of the Angolan civil war, explain why the MPLA requested assistance from Cuba  and the USSR. (1 x 3) (3) 

1.2 Study Source 1B. 

1.2.1 What message does the cartoon convey regarding the Soviet Union’s support for the MPLA in  Angola? Explain your answer using the visual clues in the cartoon. (2 x 2) (4) 
1.2.2 Explain to what extent this cartoon may be regarded as biased. (2 x 2) (4)

1.3 Consult Source 1C. 

1.3.1 According to Kaunda, which TWO communist countries supported the MPLA? (2 x 1) (2)
1.3.2 Define the term communism in your own words. (1 x 2) (2) 
1.3.3 Explain why Prime Minister Vorster did not consider Angola as ‘an independent black African  country’. (2 x 2) (4) 
1.3.4 Comment on Prime Minister Vorster’s reference to the word ‘communists’ in the context of the  Angolan civil war. (1 x 2) (2) 

1.4 Use Source 1D. 

1.4.1 Quote TWO negative words that were used to describe the South West Africa People’s Organisation  (SWAPO) on the SABC news bulletin. (2 x 1) (2) 
1.4.2 How did the SABC justify the deaths of the 15 SADF airmen and soldiers who were killed in  Angola? (2 x 2) (4) 
1.4.3 Explain to what extent the information in Source 1D would be useful for a historian researching  the use of propaganda during South Africa’s participation in the Angolan civil war. Use relevant  examples from the source to support your answer. (2 x 2) (4) 

1.5 Use the information in the relevant sources and your own knowledge, to write a paragraph of about 8 lines  (about 80 words) explaining why South Africa became involved in the Angolan civil war. (8) 

 [50]

QUESTION 2 
HOW SUCCESSFUL WAS THE TRUTH AND RECONCILIATION COMMISSION (TRC) IN HEALING OUR  PAST? 
Study Sources 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D to answer the questions that follow. 
2.1 Study Source 2A. 

2.1.1 When and where was South Africa’s first TRC hearing held? (2 x 1) (2)
2.1.2 Define the concept reconciliation in your own words. (1 x 2) (2) 
2.1.3 Explain why the TRC chose to use the slogan ‘Healing Our Past’ during its hearings, as shown in  the photograph. (1 x 2) (2) 
2.1.4 Comment on why you think the TRC was considered to be a significant event in South Africa’s  history. (1 x 3) (3)  

2.2 Consult Source 2B. 

2.2.1 Name the THREE apartheid operatives who were charged with the murder of Griffiths Mxenge.   (3 x 1) (3)  
2.2.2 How, according to Nofemela, was Griffiths Mxenge murdered? (2 x 2) (4)  
2.2.3 Why, do you think, were the three apartheid operatives found guilty of the killing of Mxenge but  not sentenced? Support your answer with relevant evidence. (2 x 2) (4) 

2.3 Use Source 2C. 

2.3.1 Explain why the THREE apartheid operatives were granted amnesty. (1 x 2) (2) 
2.3.2 ‘It will not be necessary for the trial court to proceed with the question of sentence.’ Why, do you  think, was this statement made? (1 x 2) (2) 

2.4 Refer to Sources 2B and 2C. Explain to what extent an historian would consider the information in Sources  2B and 2C useful when writing about the granting of amnesty to those responsible for the death of Griffith’s  Mxenge. (2 x 2) (4)
2.5 Read Source 2D. 

2.5.1 How did Griffiths Mxenge’s family react to the application for amnesty of the three apartheid  operatives? (1 x 2) (2) 
2.5.2 Explain why the Mxenge family responded in this manner to the granting of amnesty to the three  apartheid operatives. (2 x 2) (4) 

2.6 Consult Source 2E. 

2.6.1 How does Mamdani view the manner in which the TRC dealt with the victims of apartheid?   (1 x 2) (2) 
2.6.2 Mamdani suggests that the TRC process was flawed. What change did he propose that might  have made the TRC more successful in its attempt to ‘heal’ the past? (1 x 2) (2) 
2.6.3 Comment on the meaning of Mamdani’s statement: ‘The TRC was only interested in, ‘Did you give  the orders in this case, that case?’ ‘ (2 x 2) (4)  
2.7 Use the information in the relevant sources and your own knowledge, to write a paragraph of about 8 lines  (about 80 words), explaining to what extent the TRC was successful in healing our past. (8) 

 [50]

QUESTION 3 
WHAT IMPACT DID GLOBALISATION HAVE ON THE NEW WORLD ORDER? 
Study sources 3A, 3B, 3C, 3D and 3E and answer the questions that follow. 
3.1 Use Source 3A. 

3.1.1 Define the term globalisation in your own words. (1 x 2) (2) 
3.1.2 Quote the TWO types of integration mentioned in the source in the context of globalisation.  (2 x 1) (2)  
3.1.3 According to the information in the source, what might be the negative effects of removing tariffs  on the economies of developing countries situated on the African continent? (2 x 2) (4) 

3.2 Study Source 3B. 

3.2.1 Using the information in the source, identify THREE features of globalisation. (3 x 1) (3) 
3.2.2 Explain whether you think these changes (as identified in QUESTION 3.2.1) have had a positive  or a negative impact on the various countries of the world. Support your answer with relevant  evidence. (3 x 2) (6) 

3.3 Refer to Source 3C. 

3.3.1 According to the information in the source, why did an increasing number of people favour  economic globalisation? (1 x 2) (2) 
3.3.2 Quote any TWO positive aspects that the global survey revealed about globalisation. (2 x 1) (2) 
3.3.3 As a historian, explain the limitations of using this source when researching the effects of  globalisation. (1 x 3) (3) 

3.4 Consult Source 3D. 

3.4.1 Identify FOUR negative effects of globalisation. (4 x 1) (4) 
3.4.2 Explain how globalisation contributed to the negative effects (as identified in QUESTION 3.4.1).  Support your answer with a valid reason. (1 x 2) (2) 

3.5 Refer to Sources 3C and 3D. Explain how the information in these sources would be useful to a historian  studying globalisation. (2 x 2) (4) 
3.6 Refer to Source 3E. 

3.6.1 What TWO factors, do you think, prompted activists to embark on protest action? (2 x 1) (2) 
3.6.2 Comment on the significance of the words, ‘Global Injustice’, as shown on the banner, in the  context of globalisation. (1 x 2) (2)  

3.7 Consult Source 3D and Source 3E and explain how the information in these sources support each other  regarding the negative effects of globalisation. (2 x 2) (4)  
3.8 Use the information from the relevant sources and your own knowledge, to write a paragraph of about  8 lines (about 80 words), explaining how globalisation has created a new world order from 1989 to the  present. (8) 

 [50]

6. ASSESSMENT TASKS: ESSAY QUESTIONS 
1. TOPIC 1: CHINA OR VIETNAM 
QUESTION 1A: CHINA 
Discuss to what extent Mao transformed China from an underdeveloped country to a super power between 1949  and 1976. [50] 
QUESTION 1B: VIETNAM 
‘ ... All the military might of a superpower could not defeat a small nation of peasants.’ 
Critically discuss this statement in the light of United States of America’s involvement in Vietnam between 1965 and  1975. Use relevant examples to support your answer. [50]  
2. TOPIC 2: INDEPENDENT AFRICA  
QUESTION 2: CONGO AND TANZANIA 
Write a comparative essay on the political successes and challenges that post-colonial leaders of both the Congo and  Tanzania faced between the 1960s and the 1980s. [50] 
3. TOPIC 4: CIVIL RESISTANCE IN SOUTH AFRICA: 1970S TO 1980S  
QUESTION: 4: THE CRISIS OF APARTHEID IN THE 1980S 
Explain how internal mass civic resistance and international pressure contributed to the demise (fall) of the  apartheid regime in the 1980s. [50] 

4. TOPIC 5: THE COMING OF DEMOCRACY IN SOUTH AFRICA AND THE COMING  TO TERMS WITH THE PAST  
QUESTION: 5: THE NEGOTIATED SETTLEMENT AND THE GOVERNMENT OF NATIONAL UNITY
Allister Sparks argues that the process of negotiation ‘was always a crisis-driven process’. 
Critically assess Allister Spark’s statement with reference to the process of negotiation in South Africa between  1990 and 1994. [50]

5. BIBLIOGRAPHY 
Visual sources and other historical evidence were taken from the following: 

BOOKS: 
Angier, K. (et al), Viva History Grade 12: Learner’s Book. (Johannesburg: Vivlia, 2013). 
Frederikse, J. South Africa: A different kind of war. (London: James Currey, 1987). 
Hanlon, J . Beggar your neighbours: Apartheid power in Southern Africa. (London: James Currey, 1986).
Pillay, G. (et al), New Generation History Grade 12: Learner’s book. (Durban: Interpak Printers, 2013).

INTERNET SITES: 
http://www.cartoons.ac.uk/search/cartoon_item/angola.  
http://www.sahistory.org.za/archive/interview-south-african-prime-minister-mr-b-j-vorster-mr-clarence-rhodes upitn-tv-13-february.  
http://qu301southafrica.com/tag/recon.  
www.justice.gov.za/trc/report/ . 
www.info.gov.za/speeches/1997/08050w13297.html.  
www.justice.gov.za/trc/media/1996/9611/s961105h.html.  
http://hubpages.com/hub/Definition-of-Globalization.  
http://globalisation.pen.io.  
www.globescan.com/news_archives/press_inside.htm.  
http://www.buzzle.com/articles/negative-effects-of-globalization.html.  
http://content.lib.washington.edu/wtoweb/images/wto-protest.jpg. 

HISTORY
SCHOOL BASED ASSESSMENT EXEMPLARS - CAPS
GRADE 12
TEACHER GUIDE

Guidelines for Learners and Teachers: Exemplar Responses​

  TABLE OF CONTENTS  PAGE
Introduction       3
Aims and Objectives of School-based Assessment 4
3 Assessment Tasks as outlined in the CAPS 5
4 Programme of Assessment and Weighting of Tasks 6
5 Quality-assurance Process Followed 7
6 Assessment Tasks: Source-based Questions 19
7 Guidelines for learners  and Teachers: Exempler Responses 40
8 Marking Guidelines and Rubric  66
9  Bibliography 88


1. INTRODUCTION 
Assessment is a continuous, planned process of identifying, gathering and interpreting information about the  performance of learners, using various forms of assessment. It involves four steps: generating and collecting  evidence of achievement; evaluating this evidence; recording the findings; and using this information to understand  and assist with the learners’ academic development. Assessment should be both informal (assessment for learning)  and formal (assessment of learning). In both cases regular feedback should be provided to learners to enhance  the learning experience. 
School-based assessment (SBA) is a purposive collection of learners’ work that tells the story of their efforts,  progress or achievement in a given area. The quality of SBA tasks is integral to learners’ preparation for the final  examinations. This booklet serves as a resource of exemplar SBA tasks to schools and subject teachers of History.  SBA marks are formally recorded by the teacher, for progression and certification purposes. The SBA component  is compulsory for all learners. Learners who cannot comply with the requirements specified according to the policy  may not be eligible to enter for the subject in the final examination. 
The formal assessment tasks provide you with a systematic way of evaluating how well learners are progressing.  The booklet contains information on how to undertake research assignments, source-based tasks and essay  questions. Formal assessment tasks form part of a year-long formal programme of assessment. These tasks should  not be taken lightly and learners should be encouraged to submit their best possible efforts for final assessment.  
The educators are expected to ensure that assessment tasks are relevant and suitable to the context in which  learners are being taught. However, all SBA should be aligned to the requirements prescribed in the Curriculum  and Assessment Policy Statement (CAPS) document.  
This publication comprises four tasks that address the demands of the Grade 12 History curriculum. It is expected  that these tasks will serve as a valuable resource for: 

  • History teachers, in providing examples of the types and standard of school-based assessment tasks that  would be appropriate for their learners;  
  • Grade 12 History learners, in providing material that will assist them in their preparation for National Senior  Certificate examinations in History.

2. AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF SCHOOL-BASED ASSESSMENT 

  • School-based assessment serves to provide a more balanced and trustworthy assessment system because  it includes a greater range of diverse assessment tasks than is possible in external examinations.  
  • The exemplar tasks are aimed at reflecting the depth of the curriculum content appropriate for Grade 12. 
  • It reflects the desired weighting of the cognitive demands as per Bloom’s revised taxonomy: remembering,  understanding, applying, analysing, evaluating and creating. 
  • School-based assessment improves the validity of assessment by including aspects that cannot be assessed  in formal examination settings. 
  • It improves the reliability of assessment because judgments are based on many observations of the student  over an extended period of time. 
  • It has a beneficial effect on teaching and learning, not only in relation to the critical analysis and evaluation  of History information and creative problem-solving, but also on teaching and assessment practices. 
  • It empowers teachers to become part of the assessment process and enhances collaboration and sharing  of expertise within and across schools. 
  • It has a professional development function, building up teachers’ skills in assessment practices which can  then be transferred to other areas of the curriculum. 
  • The tasks focus on the prescribed content as contained in the Curriculum and Assessment Policy Statement  (CAPS) effective from 2014.  

The distinctive characteristics of SBA (and its strengths as one relatively small component of a coherent assessment  system) have implications for its design and implementation, in particular the nature of the assessment tasks and  role of the teachers’ standardisation procedures. These implications are summarised as follows: 

  • The assessment process should be linked to and be a logical outcome of the normal teaching programme,  as teaching, learning and assessment should be complementary parts of the whole educational experience  (i.e. the SBA component is not a separate one-off activity that can be timetabled or prepared for as if it were  a separate element of the curriculum). 
  • The assessment process should provide a richer picture of what learners can do than that provided by the  external examination by taking more samples over a longer period of time and by more closely approximating  real-life and low-stress conditions (i.e. the SBA component is not a one-off activity done under pseudo-exam  conditions by unfamiliar assessors). 
  • The formative/summative distinction exists in SBA, but is much less rigid and fixed than in a testing culture,  i.e. learners should receive constructive feedback and have opportunities to ask questions about specific  aspects of their progress after each planned SBA assessment activity, which both enhance History skills and  help learners prepare for the final external examination (i.e. the SBA component is not a purely summative  assessment).
  • The SBA process, to be effective, has to be highly contextualised, dialogic and sensitive to learners’ needs;  i.e., the SBA component is not and cannot be treated as identical to an external exam in which texts, tasks  and task conditions are totally standardised and all contextual variables controlled. To attempt to do so  would be to negate the very rationale for SBA. Hence schools and teachers must be granted a certain  degree of trust and autonomy in the design, implementation and specific timing of the assessment tasks.  However, every effort must be made to comply with the Programme of Assessment as contained in CAPS. 

Teachers should ensure that learners understand the assessment criteria and their relevance for self- and peer assessment. Teachers should also have used these criteria for informal assessment and teaching purposes before  they conduct any formal assessment so that they are familiar with the criteria and the assessment process. 
The project provides exemplar tasks that are aimed at: 

  • Reflecting the depth of History curriculum content appropriate for Grade 12 
  • Reflecting the desired cognitive demands as per Bloom’s revised taxonomy: remembering, understanding,  applying, analysing, evaluating and creating; 
  • Containing questions and sub-questions that reflect appropriate degrees of challenge: easy, medium and  difficult 
  • Focusing on the content of the National Curriculum Statement (NCS) effective in 2013 and contain exposure  to certain aspects of new content of the Curriculum & Assessment Policy Statement (CAPS) effective from  2014 

3. ASSESSMENT TASKS AS OUTLINED IN CAPS  
The final Grade 12 mark is calculated from the National Senior Certificate (NSC) examination that learners write  (out of 300 marks) plus school-based assessment (out of 100 marks). The curriculum policy document stipulates  SEVEN formal tasks that comprise school-based assessment in History.

4. PROGRAMME OF ASSESSMENT AND WEIGHTING OF TASKS   

Term 1   Term 2  Term 3  Term 4 
 3 tasks   2 tasks    2 tasks   
 
  • Source-based task  (or essay; learners must  do one of each). 
  • Research assignment  (can also be done in the  second term). 
  • Standardised test which  includes a source based section and an  essay (ideally both  sections will be tested  at the same time). 
 
  • Essay task (or source-based  task; learners must do one of  each). 
  • Mid-year examination (2  papers of 2½ hours each)  (2 topics from each paper  to be covered by June; four  questions set in each paper:  2 essays and 2 source based questions; learners to  answer 2 questions, 1 essay  and 1 source-based question  on each paper. 
 
  • Standardised test,  which includes a  source-based section  and an essay (ideally,  both sections will be  tested at the same  time). 
  • September/  Preparatory  examination  (2 papers) 
 
  • Final external  examination 
   25% of total year mark = 100 marks  75% of total year  mark = 300 marks


5. QUALITY-ASSURANCE PROCESS FOLLOWED  
To ensure that there is compliance with the requirements of SBA in History, an example of how to undertake  research is given below.  
Introduction 
The research assignment in Grade 12 accounts for 20% of the total school-based assessment (SBA). It is, therefore,  essential that this be a significant piece of work. This assignment offers learners the opportunity to demonstrate  their skills, knowledge and understanding of History which they have acquired during the course of the FET phase. 
The research assignment can be written on any section of the Grade 12 curriculum. There are, however, two  sections in the curriculum, which are not formally examined in the final Grade 12 examination: 

  • An overview of civil society protests 
  • Remembering the past: Memorials  

It is recommended that one of these topics be investigated as a research project. 
Some points to consider when planning a research assignment: 

  • The choice of research topic needs to be made, taking into consideration the context of your school and the  available resources to which learners have access.  
  • This assignment provides learners with an opportunity to embark on a process of historical enquiry.  Conducting original research involves the collection, analysis, organization and evaluation of information,  and the construction of knowledge.  
  • Clear, written instructions with due dates and the assessment criteria must be given to learners at the  beginning of the school year to allow adequate time for the preparation and completion of the assignment.  
  • The progress of learners, with regard to the research assignment, must be monitored on an on-going basis.  
  • It is essential that learners submit original work. To reduce the likelihood of plagiarism, the key question or  research topic should be changed every year. 

Learners are expected to fulfil the following requirements in their research assignment: 

  • Analyse and answer the key question.  
  • Identify a variety of relevant source materials to help answer the key question.  
  • Select relevant examples from the source material which can be used to substantiate the line of argument. 
  • Organise relevant information in order to write a coherent and logical answer to the key question. 
  • Write an original piece of work, using your own words. 
  • Correctly contextualise all sources, including Illustrations and maps, which have been included.
  • Reflect upon the process of research and consider what has been learnt.  
  • Include a bibliography of all the resources which have been consulted in the course of researching and  writing the assignment.

Some suggestions of what can be done with the research assignments when they are completed: 

  • The research assignments should be displayed at your school, community hall or local library. Exhibiting the  learners’ work is very important. It gives learners a sense of purpose and shows them that their ideas and  efforts are of value to their school and community. 
  • Learners could give an oral presentation of their research projects to the class, grade, school or local  community. This gives learners the opportunity to speak about their research and share their ‘new-found’  knowledge.  
  • Organise a class debate on the key question.  
  • Hold a History evening at which learners could be given an opportunity to present their work to friends,  family and members of the community. Further, this will be an ideal platform to showcase the work of the  school’s History department in an endeavour to promote the subject History at the FET level.

TABLE SHOWING HOW TO STRUCTURE AND CARRY OUT RESEARCH 
KEY QUESTION: How was the role of women in the struggle against apartheid different from that of  men? 

STRUCTURE OF A RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT  SUGGESTIOND ON HOW TO CARRY OUT YOUR RESEARCH 
 Hint 1
Before you start your research
  •  Analyse the key question and make sure that you fully understand what is beings asked.
  • In this case, you need to decide whether women did or did not play a different role in the struggle against apartheid to that of men.
  • It is acceptable to argue that in some instances women played a different role to men in the struggle against apartheid, while in other instances they played a similar role.
Cover Page
  •  Use the 'Cover Page for a Research Assignment' and 'Monitoring Log'. [Annexure A, p.9 and Annexure B, p. 10]
Introduction
(Write approximately ½ - 1 page)
  • Explain the approach that will be taken in your research assignment
  • Indicate the line of argument that will be taken to answer the key question.
 Background
(Write approximately 1 - 2 page)
  • Explain the historical context of the question.
  • Give some background information about the policy of apartheid and how it was implemented until the 1980s.
  • Use the information from your Grade 11 and Grade 12 textbooks to assist you in writing this section of the assignment.
 Hint 2 :
During the research process
  • Ensure that you have a plan so that your time is used effectively to meet deadlines.
  • Refer to the list of resources that may be consulted. [Annexure C, p.11]
  • At all times keep the key question in mind. Keep asking yourself whether the information you are gathering is relevantto the question.
  • Use the template to help structure your note-taking. [Annexure D, p.14]
Body of Essay
(Write approximately 2-3 pages) 
  • In this section you present and substantiate your argument.
  • Select evidence from your readings which could be used to substantiate your line of argument in answering the key question.
  • Remember that the struggle against apartheid took different forms. For example, you could discuss the role that women played in any of the following:
    • Political: You could discuss women's membership of political organisations (e.g. ANC Women's League or Black Sash) and their involvement in campaigns which attempted to bring an end to apartheid (e.g. 1956 Women's anti-pass campaign). You could investigate the impact that apartheid policies, such as the Group Areas Act, had on women. (E.g. Women who were forcibly removed from Crossroads in Cape Town to the Transkei and Ciskei).
    • Economic: You could discuss the jobs that women did and how their opportunities were limited under apartheid (e.g.women's experiences as domestic workers, the role that women
Conclusion
(Write approximately ½–page)
  • In this paragraph you should sum up the argument that was sustained and developed in the body of your research assignment.
Reflection
(Write approximately ½–1 page)
  • In this section you should discuss what you have learnt from this research assignment.
  • Explain what insights, skills and knowledge you have acquired while undertaking this research.
Bibliography
  • List ALL the resources that you used during the preparation of your research assignment.
  • An example of how to correctly format a bibliography is included [Annexure E, p.15].
Hint 3:
Before you submit your research assignment
  • Check that you have complied with the following requirements:
    • Front Cover
    • Introduction
    • Background
    • Body of evidence
    • Conclusion
    • Reflection
    • Bibliography
  • Proofread your work thoroughly to check for coherence, spelling and grammatical errors.


SUGGESTED RUBRIC TO ASSESS A RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT 
TOTAL MARKS: 100 

CRITERIA        LEVEL DESCRIPTORS 
LEVEL 4   LEVEL 3   LEVEL 2  LEVEL 1  
 Criterion 1    8 – 10  5 - 7  3 – 4  0 – 2 
Planning  (10 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent understanding of  planning (clear research  schedule provided).  Shows adequate understanding of  planning. Shows some evidence  of planning.  Shows little or no evidence of planning. 
Criterion 2    16 – 20   10 - 15   5 – 9   0 – 4 
Identify and access  a variety of sources  of information  (20 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent understanding of  identifying and  accessing sources of  information. Shows adequate understanding of  identifying and  accessing sources  of information.  Shows some understanding of  identifying and  accessing sources of  information.  Shows little or  no understanding  of identifying and  accessing sources of  information. 
 Criterion 3   8 – 10   5 – 7   3 – 4   0 – 2 
 Knowledge and  understanding of  the period  (10 marks)   Shows thorough/ excellent knowledge  and understanding of  the period   Shows adequate  knowledge and  understanding of the  period.   Shows some knowledge and  understanding of the  period.   Shows little or no knowledge and  understanding of the  period. 
Criterion 4   24 – 30  14 – 23   7 – 13 0 – 6 
Historical enquiry,  interpretation &  communication  (Essay)  (30 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent  understanding of how  to write a coherent  argument from the  evidence collected.  Shows adequate understanding  of how to write a  coherent argument  from the evidence  collected.  Shows some understanding of how  to write a coherent  argument from the  evidence collected.  Shows little or  no understanding  of how to write a  coherent argument  from the evidence  collected. 
Criterion 5   8 – 10  5 – 7 3 – 4  0 – 2 
Presentation  (10 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent evidence  of how to present  researched information  in a structured manner  (e.g. cover page, table  of contents, research  topic).   Shows adequate  evidence of how to  present researched  information in a  structured manner  (e.g. cover page,  table of contents,  research topic). Shows some evidence  of how to present  researched information  in a structured manner  (e.g. cover page, table  of contents, research  topic).  Shows little or no evidence of how to  present researched  information in a  structured manner  (e.g. cover page,  table of contents,  research topic). 
Criterion 6  8 – 10  5 - 7 3 – 4  0 – 2 
Evaluation &  reflection  (10 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent understanding of  evaluating and  reflecting on the  research assignment  process (e.g. what the  candidate has learnt  from undertaking  research).  Shows adequate understanding of  evaluating and  reflecting on the  research assignment  process (e.g. what  the candidate has  learnt from under taking research).

Shows some evidence  of evaluating and  reflecting on the  research assignment  process (e.g. what the  candidate has learnt  from undertaking  

research). 

Shows little or  no evidence of  evaluating and  reflecting on the  research assignment  process (e.g. what the  candidate has learnt  from undertaking  research). 
Criterion 7  8 – 10  5 - 7 3 – 4  0 – 2 
 Acknowledgement of sources  (10 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent understanding of  acknowledging sources  (e.g. footnotes,  references, plagiarism).  Shows adequate understanding of  acknowledging  sources (e.g.  footnotes,  references,  plagiarism).  Shows some evidence  of acknowledging  sources (e.g.  footnotes, references,  plagiarism).  Shows little or  no evidence of  acknowledging  sources (e.g.  footnotes, references,  plagiarism).

 
ANNEXURE A: EXAMPLE OF A COVER PAGE FOR A RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT: 

GRADE 12 RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT: HISTORY 
NAME OF SCHOOL                            
NAME OF LEARNER   
SUBJECT   
RESEARCH TOPIC   
KEY QUESTION   


STATEMENT OF AUTHENTICITY: 
I hereby declare that ALL pieces of writing contained in this research assignment, are my own original  work and that if I made use of any source, I have duly acknowledged it.  

LEARNER’S SIGNATURE:____________________________________________ 

DATE:_____________________________________________________________

ANNEXURE B: AN EXAMPLE OF A MONITORING LOG 

DATE   ACTIVITY COMMENT 
January Commencement  Learners are given the instructions,  guidelines and key question for the  research assignment.  
March

  1st DRAFT: 

  • Learners must provide evidence that they  have analysed the topic and understand  the focus of the key question. 
  • A preliminary bibliography must be  submitted. 
 
April

2nd DRAFT: 

  • Learners must provide evidence of having  planned their research assignment. 
  • Research notes from the sources  consulted should be made available.
  • A synopsis of the main argument must be  presented. 
 
May
  •  Final copy to be handed in 
 
July
  •  Feedback 
 

 

Teacher’s name:_______________________ 

Teacher’s signature:___________________ 

Learner’s signature:____________________ 

                           

 

                       SCHOOL STAMP                       

 

 


ANNEXURE C: LIST OF SUGGESTED RESOURCES WITH A SYNOPSIS  (IN ITALICS) 
BOOKS: 
Berger, I
., Threads of solidarity: Women in South African industry, (Indiana University Press, 1991).
This book details women’s changing place in formal and casual work. It explores the relationship between  women across the colour lines as workers and members of trade unions. 

Bernstein, H., For their triumphs and for their tears. Women in Apartheid South Africa. (IDAF, 1985). 
This booklet gives a great deal of very useful information about how women lived, worked, struggled and  survived in apartheid South Africa.  

Bozzoli, B. with Nkotsoe, M., Women of Phokeng (Ravan Press, 1991)
This book traces the life histories and experiences of 22 black women from the small town of Phokeng.  

Cock, J., Colonels and cadres. War and gender in South Africa, (OUP, 1991). 
This book contains interviews with women who served in both the SADF and MK and analyses their experiences. 

Cock, J., Maids and madams. A study in the politics of exploitation, (Ravan Press, 1989).
An investigation into experiences of women domestic workers during apartheid. 
Du Preez Bezdrob, A.M. Winnie Mandela a life. (Paarl: Paarl Printers. 2003). 
Gordon, S., A talent for tomorrow. Life stories of South African servants (Ravan Press, 1985).
A book that contains the life stories of 23 people, most of whom are women, who worked as domestic labourers  under apartheid.  
Human, M.; Mutloatse, M. & Masiza, J. The Women’s Freedom March of 1956. (Pan McMillan (Pty Ltd), 2006).
Luthuli, A., Let my people go, The Autobiography of Albert Luthuli. (Paarl Printers, 2006). 
Mashinini, E., Strikes have followed me all my life (The Women’s Press, 1989). 
The autobiography of Emma Mashinini who was secretary of one of South Africa’s biggest black Trade Unions,  the CCAWUSA (the Shop and Distributive Workers’ Union). 
Naidoo, P., Footprints in Grey Street. (Ocean Jetty Publishing, 2002).
Platzky, L. & Walker, C., The surplus people. Forced removal in South Africa (Ravan Press, 1985).
The creation of racially separate areas was the cornerstone of apartheid policy. The majority of people who were  forcibly removed in order to create this artificial separation were women and children. This book documents their  experiences and their struggle to survive. 
Vahed, G. & Waetjen,T., Gender modernity and Indian delights. The Women’s Cultural Group of Durban 1954- 2010 (HSRC, 2010). 
Part social history part biography, this book shows how the women in the Durban Cultural Group creating an  identity for themselves in the context of apartheid. 
Walker, C., Women and gender in Southern Africa to 1945. (New Africa Books, 1990). Gives valuable background information about the experience of women in South Africa. It sets the scene for a  discussion of the 1950s–1970s. 
Walker, C., Women and resistance in South Africa. (Onyx Press, 1991). 
This remains the most detailed historical account of women’s resistance during apartheid. Walker has chapters  on the Federation of South African Women, Anti-Pass protests, the Women’s Charter of 1954, among others. 
South African History Online,For freedom and equality’, Celebrating women in South African history (DBE, no  date).  
This booklet contains information about women’s involvement in the liberation struggle. There are a number of  biographical profiles of great South African women. It can be downloaded from the South African History Online  website at: http://www.sahistory.org.za/aids-resources/freedom-and-equality-celebrating-women-south-african history-booklet 
Malibongwe Igama Lamakhosikama. Praise be to women. Remembering the role of women in South Africa  through dialogue (Nelson Mandela Foundation, 2007). 
The text in this booklet is the edited version of the Malibingwe Dialogue which took place on 30 May 2007 at the  Nelson Mandela Foundation. 
It can be downloaded from the following website: http://www.nelsonmandela.org/uploads/files/Malibongwe_WEB.pdf 

WEBSITES: 
www.blacksash.org.za 
Full digital texts of the Black Sash publication Sash is available from 1960-1990. 
http://www.sahistory.org.za/topic/womens-struggle-1900-1994 
South African History Online. This site has a wide range of information about women’s struggles in South Africa  1900-1994. 
http://www.anc.org.za/themes.php?t=Women`s%20Struggles 
This site, maintained by the ANC, has documents concerning women in the liberation struggle

ORAL INTERVIEWS 
There is a saying in Mozambique that ‘our old people are our libraries’. If you are living in an area where it is difficult  to access the Internet, or do not have a local library, then remember that the people living in your community have  a wealth of information in their memories. You may consider conducting interviews with women and men in your  community and recording their stories as evidence to answer your key question.

ANNEXURE D: EXAMPLE OF A TEMPLATE FOR NOTE-TAKING DURING RESEARCH

FULL REFERENCE OF RESOURCE 

EVIDENCE (This could be used to support your argument)

E.g.: 
South African History Online, For  Freedom and Equality, Celebrating  Women in South African History (DBE, no date).  
http://www.sahistory.org.za/aids resources/freedom-and-equality celebrating-women-south-african history-booklet

‘During the 1980s hundreds of thousands of black women were  forced to move and were dumped in remote rural areas called  Bantustans or ‘homelands’: These forced removals mainly affected  women’ (p 23). This extract could be used as evidence that women’s  role in the struggle against apartheid was different to men’s role. 
‘Emma Mashinini, an active trade unionist from the 1940s, was a  driving force in bringing together various unions under COSATU’  (p 21). This evidence could be used to show that women played  a similar role to men in the struggle against apartheid as both men  and women were involved in the Trade Union movement. 

   
   
   


ANNEXURE E: GUIDELINES ON HOW TO WRITE A BIBLIOGRAPHY 

  • For a book:
    Author (last name, initials). Title of book (Publishers, Date of publication).
    Example:
    Dahl, R. The BFG. (Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1982).
  • For an encyclopaedia: 
    Encyclopaedia Title, Edition Date. Volume Number, ‘Article Title’, page numbers.
    Example:
    Encyclopaedia Britannica. 1997. Volume 7, ‘Gorillas’, pp. 50-51.
  • For a magazine: 
    Author (last name first), ‘Article Title’. Name of magazine. Volume number, (Date): page numbers.
    Example:
    Jordan, Jennifer, ‘Filming at the top of the World’. Museum of Science Magazine. Volume 47, No 1,  (Winter 1998): p 11.
  • For a newspaper: 
    Author (last name first), ‘Article Title’. Name of Newspaper. City, state publication. (Date): edition if  available, section, page number(s).
    Example:
    Powers, Ann, ‘New Tune for the Material Girl’. The New York Times. New York, NY. (3/1/98): Atlantic  Region, Section 2, p 34.
  • For a person: 
    Full name (last name first). Occupation, date of interview.
    Example:
    Smeckleburg, Sweets. Bus Driver. 1 April 1996.
  • For a film: 
    Title, Director, Distributor, Year.
    Example:
    Braveheart, Director Mel Gibson, Icon Productions, 1995. 

6. ASSESMENT TASKSSOURCE- BASED QUESTIONS 
QUESTION 1 
WHY DID SOUTH AFRICA BECOME INVOLVED IN THE ANGOLAN CIVIL WAR IN THE 1980s?
SOURCE 1A 

The following extract was written by Joseph Hanlon, a journalist, in the mid-1980s. It describes why South Africa  became involved in the Angolan civil war and eventually decided to retreat.  
South African aggression against Angola has been on a larger scale than against any other country in southern  Africa. Not only has it rebuilt and supported the most effective opposition movement in the region, National Un ion for the Total Independence of Angola (UNITA), but Angola is also the only country where the South African  Defence Force (SADF) is waging a conventional war … Economic installations have been special targets of  both UNITA and the SADF. Oil provides Angola’s main source of income, so oil installations have been repeat edly attacked. The Benguela Railway which serves Zambia has been cut since 1980; local port and railway  installations have been frequently attacked. Dams, bridges, electricity lines, the iron mines, factories, and so  on have all been hit … Thus the Angolan economy has been shattered by a decade of war … 
Undoubtedly, Angola is a threat to apartheid. It is politically dangerous because it is multi-racial and Marxist; if  Angola were allowed to succeed, it would destroy the ideological foundations of apartheid capitalism in South  Africa. It is also a security threat. Angola openly allows ANC training camps. And Angola adjoins the conti nent’s last remaining colony, Namibia, and supports the South West African People’s Organisation (SWAPO)  liberation movement … 
The South Africans began sending supplies for UNITA and setting up training camps for UNITA. Finally on  16 October 1975 the South African army invaded Angola … By 15 November the [South African army] had  moved 700 km north and were only 200 km from the capital … In December two other South African armoured  columns entered Angola … Whenever South African forces captured a town, UNITA moved in to set up local  administrations. 
… In these circumstances the MPLA appealed for help from the eastern bloc. Cuba and the Soviet Union were  not prepared to allow the US and South Africa to defeat the MPLA, and they poured in support during January  and February (1976).  

 [From: Beggar Your Neighbours: Apartheid Power in Southern Africa by J Hanlon]

 

SOURCE 1B 
The following is a cartoon by British cartoonist, Leslie Gilbert. It depicts the Soviet Union as Santa Claus on his  sleigh, delivering presents in the form of weapons to the MPLA which were used in the civil war against UNITA and  the FNLA. The cartoon was entitled ‘Slay Bells’. ‘Slay’ means to kill. 
source 1b

SOURCE 1C 
This is part of an interview that was conducted with the former South African Prime Minister, BJ Vorster, by  Clarence Rhodes of UPITN-TV (United Press International Television News) on 13 February 1976.  

Rhodes: President Kaunda of Zambia described the Soviet and the Cuban intervention in Angola. I think  the quote is ‘a plundering (thieving) tiger and its deadly cub’. … Would you say that this then poses a bigger  threat than the emergence of yet another independent black African nation on South African borders? 
Prime Minister Vorster: Yes, because here you haven’t got an independent black African country coming into  existence on South African borders. You have a Cuban force of thousands – estimated at this stage between  10 and 13 thousand – taking part in a civil war in Southern Africa and if that were the end of it, one could have  shrugged one’s shoulders and said, okay, they will go back tomorrow. But knowing the communists, knowing  the Cubans, there is nobody who can tell you at this stage that they are going home, once they have put  the MPLA in the saddle. I think it must be accepted that they are here to stay and I think it must be accepted  that just as much as they subverted (destabilised) or at least, as much as they are trying to subvert [spread  communism in] Angola, they will try to subvert other Southern African countries.  
Because, make no mistake about it … world domination has always been and to this very day, is still the  aim of the communists. And I for one believe … they are preparing for that conventional war. Look at their  conventional armaments compared to those of the free world, of the Western countries … if they can control  the southern tip of Africa, they have a tremendous advantage in any conventional war; apart from the raw  materials that they can get from Angola and other Southern African countries, they will control the Cape sea  route which is the lifeline of Europe. 

[Internet site: http://www.sahistory.org.za/archive/interview-south-african-prime-minister-mr-b-j-vorster-mr-clarence rhodes-upitn-tv-13-february. Accessed on 13 May 2013. 


SOURCE 1D 

The following is a transcript of a news bulletin that was presented by the South African Broadcasting Corporation  (SABC) on 10 August 1982. 

Good evening. Another 113 SWAPO terrorists have been killed in continuing Security Force operations aimed  at SWAPO bases in southern Angola. The Prime Minister and Minister of Defence have expressed the gov ernment’s sympathy with families of the fifteen South African airmen and soldiers killed. They said events like  this shook the people of South Africa, but comfort could be drawn from the fact that the deaths were incurred  maintaining civilisation. They sacrificed their lives in the preservation of the norms and values of a Christian  community. In the modern world, the barbarian* at the gates is the terrorist**… 
Through condolences to friends and relatives has run a common theme: the fifteen died for a cause … The  South African and South West African people and their leaders have stood firm against the barbarian* on slaught filtering across their borders … SWAPO bases on the Angolan border must be taken out.  

 [From: South Africa: A Different Kind of War by J Frederikse]  

*Barbarian: a negative word used by the apartheid regime to refer to activists from the liberation  movements which operated in exile. 
** Terrorist: a word used by the apartheid regime to refer to freedom fighters. 

QUESTION 2 
HOW SUCCESSFUL WAS THE TRUTH AND RECONCILIATION COMMISSION (TRC) IN HEALING OUR  PAST? 
SOURCE 2A 
This is a photograph of the first Truth and Reconciliation Commission hearing that took place in East London on  15 April 1996.  
115 truth and reconciliation committe
[Internet site: http://qu301southafrica.com/tag/reconu. Accessed on 3 May 2013]

SOURCE 2B 
The following extract focuses on the assassination of anti-apartheid activist and attorney, Griffiths Mxenge, on 20  November 1981.  

On 20 November 1981, Mr Griffiths Mxenge was found dead in a cycling stadium at Umlazi. Three Vlakplaas  operatives namely, Commander Dirk Coetzee and askaris (spy/sell-out) Almond Nofemela and David  Tshikilange were charged and convicted of the killing. Coetzee, Nofemela and Tshikilange applied for amnesty  for Mxenge’s killing. 
Nofemela told the Commission that the four men intercepted (captured) Mxenge on his way home from work  on the evening of 20 November 1981. They dragged him out his car and took him to the nearby Umlazi stadium  where they beat and stabbed him repeatedly. Nofemela told the Commission that Mxenge had resisted his  attackers fiercely until he was struck on the head with a wheel spanner. He fell to the ground, and the stabbing  continued until he was dead ... Then they took his car, wallet and other belongings to make it look like a  robbery. Mxenge’s vehicle was later found, burnt out and abandoned, near the Golela border post between  South Africa and Swaziland.  
On 15 May 1997, Coetzee, Nofemela and Tshikilange were found guilty of killing Mxenge. At the request of  the Commission’s Amnesty Committee, sentencing was postponed until the Committee had reached a verdict  on the applications ... 

[Internet site: www.justice.gov.za/trc/report/. Accessed on 3 May 2013]


SOURCE 2C 
The following statement was issued by the Amnesty Committee of the TRC. It focuses on the reasons for the  granting of amnesty to Dirk Coetzee, Almond Nofemela and David Tshikilange for the murder of Griffiths Mxenge. 

The Amnesty Committee of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission today granted amnesty to Dirk Coetzee,  David Tshikalange and Butana Almond Nofomela in respect of the murder of Durban attorney, Mr Griffiths  Mxenge, in November 1981.  
The Committee said that while ‘there may be some doubt’ about the identity of those who ordered or advised  Coetzee to kill Mr Mxenge, there was no doubt that Coetzee had acted on ‘the advice, command or order of  one or more senior members of the Security Branch’ of the South African Police.  
The Committee placed on record its ‘strong disapproval’ of the conduct of the police in ‘arranging for the  assassination of an attorney who was doing no more than his duty in providing adequate representation for  persons facing criminal charges’.  
In its findings, the Committee said: ‘On the evidence before us we are satisfied that none of the Applicants  knew the deceased, Mxenge, or had any reason to wish to bring about his death before they were ordered to  do so. We are satisfied that they did what they did because they regarded it as their duty as policemen who  were engaged in the struggle against the ANC and other liberation movements. It is, we think, clear that they  relied on their superiors to have accurately and fairly considered the question as to whether the assassination  was necessary or whether other steps could have been taken ...’  
The three amnesty applicants were convicted of Mr Mxenge’s murder during a trial in Durban after their  amnesty application had been heard. As a result of the granting of amnesty, it will not be necessary for the trial  court to proceed with the question of sentence.  

 [Internet site: www.info.gov.za/speeches/1997/08050w13297.html. Accessed on 3 May 2013]


SOURCE 2D 
The following report by the South African Press Association (SAPA) outlines the reasons for the Mxenge family’s  opposition to the process of amnesty. 

DURBAN 5 November 1996 — SAPA 
MXENGE FAMILY OPPOSES COETZEE’S AMNESTY APPLICATION 

The family of slain human-rights lawyer, Griffiths Mxenge, on Tuesday said the granting of amnesty to former  policeman Dirk Coetzee, who has confessed to ordering Mxenge’s murder, would be a travesty (mockery)  of justice ... 
Mxenge’s brother, Mhleli, 54, said Coetzee and his co-accused did not meet the criteria for amnesty as  contained in the Promotion of National Reconciliation Act. 
Mxenge slammed the hearing, saying: ‘What annoys us is this interference with the due process of the  law. We have battled hard to have Coetzee charged. Now these people are coming up with this ... amnesty  hearing.’  
In response to Coetzee’s statement that he was acting under instructions at the time, Mxenge said: ‘There is  no evidence that killing their political opponents falls within the course and scope of their duties as members  of the security police. I am, therefore, totally opposed to the granting of amnesty to Dirk Coetzee, Tshikilange  and Almond Nofomela as this would be a travesty ...’ 

[Internet site: www.justice.gov.za/trc/media/1996/9611/s961105h.html. Accessed on 3 May 2013]


SOURCE 2E 
The following is part of an interview that Shaun de Waal, reporter from the Mail and Guardian, conducted with  Mahmood Mamdani about South Africa’s TRC process. Mamdani is an African academic and current director of  the Makerere Institute of Social Research. 

Shaun de Waal: So you’re saying the TRC was the performative extension of the settlement reached at  Codesa and, for all that, it did help to produce a political solution ... 

Mamdani: … Yet the TRC defined victims as though no apartheid had ever existed – simply as individuals  whose bodily integrity had been violated. That is to put apartheid on the same plane as any dictatorship  anywhere in the world. But apartheid affected the entire society, not just isolated individuals. Its cutting edge  was legislation that defined the whole population into groups it called races, then it passed laws that enabled  a minority and disabled the majority ... 
The TRC was only dealing with individual violators of human rights, understood in a narrow way: his right  over your person. It focused on those who broke the law in this respect. If it wanted to make itself more  relevant to the future, the TRC could have educated the white population, in particular, that although most  of them were not perpetrators they were beneficiaries. But then it would have had to take the limelight away  from the torture and so on and refocus it on who benefitted – where you lived, which schools you went to,  what jobs you could compete for... 
I attended the hearings in Cape Town where FW de Klerk spoke. It was extraordinary because he apologised  for apartheid and he spoke about apartheid in the terms I’m describing it. But the TRC was only interested in,  ‘Did you give the orders in this case, that case?’ ...  

 [From: Mail and Guardian, 3–9 May 2013


QUESTION 3 
WHAT IMPACT DID GLOBALISATION HAVE ON THE NEW WORLD ORDER?
SOURCE 3A 
The following extract focuses on the phenomenon of globalisation.  

Globalisation is the system of interaction among the countries of the world in order to develop  the global economy. Globalisation refers to the integration of economics and societies all over  the world. Globalisation involves technological, economic, political, and cultural exchanges made  possible largely by advances in communication, transportation and infrastructure. 
There are two types of integration, negative and positive. Negative integration is the breaking  down of trade barriers or protective barriers, such as tariffs and quotas ... The removal of barriers  can be beneficial for a country if it allows for products that are important or essential to the econo my. For example, by eliminating barriers, the costs of imported raw materials will go down and the  supply will increase, making it cheaper to produce the final products for export (like electronics,  car parts and clothes). 
Positive integration on the other hand aims at standardising international economic laws and pol icies. For example, a country which has its own policies on taxation trades with a country with  its own set of policies on tariffs. Likewise, these countries have their own policies on tariffs. With  positive integration (and the continuing growth of the influence of globalisation), these countries  will work on having similar or identical policies on tariffs ...  

 [Internet site: http://hubpages.com/hub/Definition-of-Globalization. Accessed 3 May 2013]


SOURCE 3B 
The following source is a diagrammatic representation of the different features of globalisation. 

116 globalisation
 [Internet site: http://globalisation.pen.io. Accessed 3 May 2013]


SOURCE 3C 
The following article by the World Economic Forum Survey focuses on how people from 25 countries viewed  globalisation. 

People around the world increasingly favour globalisation but worry about jobs, poverty and  environment 
World Economic Forum Survey of 25 000 citizens across 25 countries 
New York, 1 February 2002 

The largest-ever public opinion poll on globalisation, covering countries with 67 per cent of the world’s  population, shows that people increasingly favour economic globalisation, but they have high expectations in  some areas that will be difficult to satisfy. Citizens also have concerns about what they see as the damaging  impacts of globalisation.  
Conducted in late 2001 as part of the first comprehensive global survey of the post-September ‘11 world, the  search revealed that: 

  • The majority of people in most countries surveyed expect that more economic globalisation will be  positive for themselves and their families. Across the world, over six in ten citizens see globalisation  as beneficial, while one in five sees it as negative.
  • Positive views of globalisation have grown over the past year, especially in North America and Europe.
  • Citizens, especially those in poorer countries, have high expectations that globalisation will deliver  benefits in a number of economic and non-economic areas.
  • However, citizens also believe that globalisation will worsen environmental problems and poverty in  the world, and reduce the number of jobs in their country.
  • Especially in G7 countries, most citizens do not believe that poor countries will benefit as much as rich  countries from free trade and globalisation. However, the opposite is true in low GDP countries. 

The World Economic Forum poll involved 25 000 in-person or telephone interviews across mainly ‘Group  of 20’ countries and was conducted between October and December 2001 ... Majorities of people in 19 of  25 countries surveyed expect that more economic globalisation will be positive for themselves and their  families. While over six in ten citizens worldwide (62 per cent) see globalisation as positive ... The strongest  supporters are found in northern Europe, North America, and poorer countries in Asia ... 

 [Internet site: www.globescan.com/news_archives/press_inside.htm.  Accessed 3 May 2013]


SOURCE 3D 
The following article by Prabhakar Pillai is entitled ‘The Negative Effects of Globalisation’. It focuses on his views  about globalisation. 

In order to cut down costs, many firms in developed nations have outsourced their manufacturing and  white-collar jobs to ‘Third-World’ countries like India and China, where the cost of labour is low. The  most prominent among these have been jobs in the customer-service field as many developing nations  have a large English-speaking population – ready to work at one-fifth of what someone in the developed  world may call ‘low-pay’ ... 
There are various schools of thought which argue that globalisation has led to an increase in activities  such as child labour and slavery. In countries with little or no accountability, corporations employing  children can work smoothly by bribing the officials, which may result in an increase in illegal activities ... 
Globalisation may have inadvertently (unintentionally) helped terrorists and criminals. At the heart of  globalisation is an idea that humans, materials, food, etc., be allowed to travel freely across borders,  but 9/11 was a ghastly (terrible) reminder that people with evil intentions can use it as an opportunity  and cause damage. 
It is not only the developed nations that are complaining about its negative effects, people in developing  nations, where most of the industries have been set up, have their own set of reasons against  globalisation. They often complain that their cities have been reduced to garbage-dumps where all the  industrial waste is accumulated and pollution levels are sky-high. 
Fast-food chains like McDonald’s and KFC are spreading fast in the developing world. People are  consuming more junk food which has an adverse impact on their health ... 
While the rich are getting richer, the poor are struggling for a square meal. If the current Occupy Wall  Street protests are a reminder of how angry people are with the current set-up, then those who govern  us should take notice, and work towards alleviating (removing) poverty. Ideally, globalisation should  have resulted in the creation of wealth and prosperity, but corporate greed and corrupt government has  ensured that money is not distributed equally. 

[Internet site: http://www.buzzle.com/articles/negative-effects-of-globalization.html. Accessed 03 May 2013]

 


SOURCE 3E 
A photograph showing activists protesting against the World Trade Organisation (WTO) in Washington in 1999. 

MARCH AGAINST  WTO GLOBAL INJUSTICE 

117 wtglobal smth
 [Internet site: http://content.lib.washington.edu/wtoweb/images/wto-protest.jpg. Accessed 3 May 2013] 

 

QUESTION 1 
WHY DID SOUTH AFRICA BECOME INVOLVED IN THE ANGOLAN CIVIL WAR? 
Study Sources 1A, 1B, 1C and 1D to answer the questions that follow. 
1.1 Refer to Source 1A. 

1.1.1 Which organisation did the apartheid government support during the Angolan civil war? (1 x 1) (1) 
1.1.2 List FOUR Angolan economic installations that were targeted by the South African Defence Force.  (4 x 1) (4) 
1.1.3 Using the information in the source, explain THREE reasons why the apartheid government felt  threatened by the MPLA leadership in Angola. (3 x 2) (6) 
1.1.4 In the context of the Angolan civil war, explain why the MPLA requested assistance from Cuba  and the USSR. (1 x 3) (3) 

1.2 Study Source 1B. 

1.2.1 What message does the cartoon convey regarding the Soviet Union’s support for the MPLA in  Angola? Explain your answer using the visual clues in the cartoon. (2 x 2) (4) 
1.2.2 Explain to what extent this cartoon may be regarded as biased. (2 x 2) (4)

1.3 Consult Source 1C. 

1.3.1 According to Kaunda, which TWO communist countries supported the MPLA? (2 x 1) (2)
1.3.2 Define the term communism in your own words. (1 x 2) (2) 
1.3.3 Explain why Prime Minister Vorster did not consider Angola as ‘an independent black African  country’. (2 x 2) (4) 
1.3.4 Comment on Prime Minister Vorster’s reference to the word ‘communists’ in the context of the  Angolan civil war. (1 x 2) (2) 

1.4 Use Source 1D. 

1.4.1 Quote TWO negative words that were used to describe the South West Africa People’s Organisation  (SWAPO) on the SABC news bulletin. (2 x 1) (2) 
1.4.2 How did the SABC justify the deaths of the 15 SADF airmen and soldiers who were killed in  Angola? (2 x 2) (4) 
1.4.3 Explain to what extent the information in Source 1D would be useful for a historian researching  the use of propaganda during South Africa’s participation in the Angolan civil war. Use relevant  examples from the source to support your answer. (2 x 2) (4) 

1.5 Use the information in the relevant sources and your own knowledge, to write a paragraph of about 8 lines  (about 80 words) explaining why South Africa became involved in the Angolan civil war. (8) 

 [50]

QUESTION 2 
HOW SUCCESSFUL WAS THE TRUTH AND RECONCILIATION COMMISSION (TRC) IN HEALING OUR  PAST? 
Study Sources 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D to answer the questions that follow. 
2.1 Study Source 2A. 

2.1.1 When and where was South Africa’s first TRC hearing held? (2 x 1) (2)
2.1.2 Define the concept reconciliation in your own words. (1 x 2) (2) 
2.1.3 Explain why the TRC chose to use the slogan ‘Healing Our Past’ during its hearings, as shown in  the photograph. (1 x 2) (2) 
2.1.4 Comment on why you think the TRC was considered to be a significant event in South Africa’s  history. (1 x 3) (3)  

2.2 Consult Source 2B. 

2.2.1 Name the THREE apartheid operatives who were charged with the murder of Griffiths Mxenge.   (3 x 1) (3)  
2.2.2 How, according to Nofemela, was Griffiths Mxenge murdered? (2 x 2) (4)  
2.2.3 Why, do you think, were the three apartheid operatives found guilty of the killing of Mxenge but  not sentenced? Support your answer with relevant evidence. (2 x 2) (4) 

2.3 Use Source 2C. 

2.3.1 Explain why the THREE apartheid operatives were granted amnesty. (1 x 2) (2) 
2.3.2 ‘It will not be necessary for the trial court to proceed with the question of sentence.’ Why, do you  think, was this statement made? (1 x 2) (2) 

2.4 Refer to Sources 2B and 2C. Explain to what extent an historian would consider the information in Sources  2B and 2C useful when writing about the granting of amnesty to those responsible for the death of Griffith’s  Mxenge. (2 x 2) (4)
2.5 Read Source 2D. 

2.5.1 How did Griffiths Mxenge’s family react to the application for amnesty of the three apartheid  operatives? (1 x 2) (2) 
2.5.2 Explain why the Mxenge family responded in this manner to the granting of amnesty to the three  apartheid operatives. (2 x 2) (4) 

2.6 Consult Source 2E. 

2.6.1 How does Mamdani view the manner in which the TRC dealt with the victims of apartheid?   (1 x 2) (2) 
2.6.2 Mamdani suggests that the TRC process was flawed. What change did he propose that might  have made the TRC more successful in its attempt to ‘heal’ the past? (1 x 2) (2) 
2.6.3 Comment on the meaning of Mamdani’s statement: ‘The TRC was only interested in, ‘Did you give  the orders in this case, that case?’ ‘ (2 x 2) (4)  
2.7 Use the information in the relevant sources and your own knowledge, to write a paragraph of about 8 lines  (about 80 words), explaining to what extent the TRC was successful in healing our past. (8) 

 [50]

QUESTION 3 
WHAT IMPACT DID GLOBALISATION HAVE ON THE NEW WORLD ORDER? 
Study sources 3A, 3B, 3C, 3D and 3E and answer the questions that follow. 
3.1 Use Source 3A. 

3.1.1 Define the term globalisation in your own words. (1 x 2) (2) 
3.1.2 Quote the TWO types of integration mentioned in the source in the context of globalisation.  (2 x 1) (2)  
3.1.3 According to the information in the source, what might be the negative effects of removing tariffs  on the economies of developing countries situated on the African continent? (2 x 2) (4) 

3.2 Study Source 3B. 

3.2.1 Using the information in the source, identify THREE features of globalisation. (3 x 1) (3) 
3.2.2 Explain whether you think these changes (as identified in QUESTION 3.2.1) have had a positive  or a negative impact on the various countries of the world. Support your answer with relevant  evidence. (3 x 2) (6) 

3.3 Refer to Source 3C. 

3.3.1 According to the information in the source, why did an increasing number of people favour  economic globalisation? (1 x 2) (2) 
3.3.2 Quote any TWO positive aspects that the global survey revealed about globalisation. (2 x 1) (2) 
3.3.3 As a historian, explain the limitations of using this source when researching the effects of  globalisation. (1 x 3) (3) 

3.4 Consult Source 3D. 

3.4.1 Identify FOUR negative effects of globalisation. (4 x 1) (4) 
3.4.2 Explain how globalisation contributed to the negative effects (as identified in QUESTION 3.4.1).  Support your answer with a valid reason. (1 x 2) (2) 

3.5 Refer to Sources 3C and 3D. Explain how the information in these sources would be useful to a historian  studying globalisation. (2 x 2) (4) 
3.6 Refer to Source 3E. 

3.6.1 What TWO factors, do you think, prompted activists to embark on protest action? (2 x 1) (2) 
3.6.2 Comment on the significance of the words, ‘Global Injustice’, as shown on the banner, in the  context of globalisation. (1 x 2) (2)  

3.7 Consult Source 3D and Source 3E and explain how the information in these sources support each other  regarding the negative effects of globalisation. (2 x 2) (4)  
3.8 Use the information from the relevant sources and your own knowledge, to write a paragraph of about  8 lines (about 80 words), explaining how globalisation has created a new world order from 1989 to the  present. (8) 

 [50]

6. ASSESSMENT TASKS: ESSAY QUESTIONS 
1. TOPIC 1: CHINA OR VIETNAM 
QUESTION 1A: CHINA 
Discuss to what extent Mao transformed China from an underdeveloped country to a super power between 1949  and 1976. [50] 
QUESTION 1B: VIETNAM 
‘ ... All the military might of a superpower could not defeat a small nation of peasants.’ 
Critically discuss this statement in the light of United States of America’s involvement in Vietnam between 1965 and  1975. Use relevant examples to support your answer. [50]  
2. TOPIC 2: INDEPENDENT AFRICA  
QUESTION 2: CONGO AND TANZANIA 
Write a comparative essay on the political successes and challenges that post-colonial leaders of both the Congo and  Tanzania faced between the 1960s and the 1980s. [50] 
3. TOPIC 4: CIVIL RESISTANCE IN SOUTH AFRICA: 1970S TO 1980S  
QUESTION: 4: THE CRISIS OF APARTHEID IN THE 1980S 
Explain how internal mass civic resistance and international pressure contributed to the demise (fall) of the  apartheid regime in the 1980s. [50] 

4. TOPIC 5: THE COMING OF DEMOCRACY IN SOUTH AFRICA AND THE COMING  TO TERMS WITH THE PAST  
QUESTION: 5: THE NEGOTIATED SETTLEMENT AND THE GOVERNMENT OF NATIONAL UNITY
Allister Sparks argues that the process of negotiation ‘was always a crisis-driven process’. 
Critically assess Allister Spark’s statement with reference to the process of negotiation in South Africa between  1990 and 1994. [50]

7. GUIDELINES FOR LEARNERS AND TEACHERS:  
EXEMPLAR RESPONSES: 
RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT 
GRADE 12: RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT 

SCHOOL: XYZ SECONDARY SCHOOL  
NAME OF LEARNER: LA DUMA 
SUBJECT: HISTORY 

 

QUESTION: 

‘The women of South Africa have been leading the struggle hand in hand with the men. There has never been  any difference except that the women’s side is more vulnerable to any oppression, the side of their home and  the children.’ (Albertina Sisulu) 
With reference to the above statement, critically discuss how the role of women in the struggle against  apartheid was different from that of men.  


STATEMENT OF AUTHENTICITY 
I HEREBY DECLARE THAT ALL PIECES OF WRITING CONTAINED IN THIS RESEARCH ASSIGNMENT, ARE  MY OWN ORIGINAL WORK AND THAT IF I MADE USE OF ANY SOURCE, I HAVE DULY ACKNOWLEDGED IT. 

LEARNER’S SIGNATURE:________________________________________ 

DATE:______________________

A POEM PAYING TRIBUTE TO SOUTH AFRICAN WOMEN
Praise to our Mothers 

If the moon were to shine tonight  
To light up my face and show off my proud form  
And a soft easy flowing dress with the colours of Africa 
If I were to stand on top of a hill 
And raise my voice in praise 
Of the women of my country 
Who have worked throughout their lives 
Not for themselves, but for the very life of all Africans 
Who would I sing my praises to? 
I could quote all the names 
Yes, but where do I begin?! 
Do I begin with the ones 
Who gave their lives 
So that we others may live a better life 
The Lilian Ngoyis, the Victoria Mxenges 
The Ruth Firsts 
Or the ones who have lost their men 
To Robben Island and their children to exile 
But carried on fighting 
The MaMotsoaledis, the MaSisulus 
The Winnie Mandelas? 
 Or maybe I would sing praises to  
The ones who have had the resilience  
And cunning of a desert cobra  
Priscilla Jana, Fatima Meer, Beauty Mkhize  
Or the ones who turned deserts into green vegetable gardens 
From which our people can eat, Mamphela Ramphele, Ellen Khuzwayo 
Or would the names of the women 
Who marched, suffered solitary confinement 
and house arrests 
Helen Joseph, Amina Cachalia, Sonya Bunting, Dorothy Nyembe,
Thoko Mngoma, Florence Matomela, Bertha Mkhize, 
How many more names come to mind 
As I remember the Defiance Campaign 
The fights against Beer Halls that suck the strength of our men
Building of alternative schools away from Bantu Education
And the fight against pass laws 
Maybe, maybe, I would choose a name 
Just one special name that spells out light 
That of Mama Nokukhanya Luthuli 
Maybe if I were to call out her name
From the top of the hill 
While the moon is shining bright; 
No — Ku — Kha — nya! 
NO — KU — KHA — NYA!!! 
To reach all the other women 
Whose names are not often mentioned 
The ones who sell oranges and potatoes 
So their children can eat and learn 
The ones who scrub floors and polish executive desktops in towering office blocks While the city sleeps
The ones who work in overcrowded hospitals 
Saving lives, cleaning bullet wounds and delivering new babies 
And the ones who have given up 
Their places of comfort and the protection of their skin colour Marian Sparg,  
Sheena Duncan, 
Barbara Hogan, Jenny Schreiner. 
And what of the women who are stranded in the homelands 
With a baby in the belly and a baby on the back 
While their men are sweating in the bowels of the earth? 
May the lives of all these women 
Be celebrated and made to shine 
When I cry out Mama Nokukhanya’s name 
NO — KU — KHA — NYA!!! 
And we who are young, salute our mothers 
Who have given us 
The heritage of their Queendom!!! 
Gcina Mhlophe 
118 Gcina Mhlophe
A FEDSAW poster commemorating the role of South African women in the struggle for freedom. Taken  from Celebrating Women in South African History.

MONITORING LOG OF LA DUMA – GRADE 12C 

DATE ACTIVITY  COMMENT 
JANUARY 2014  Commenced  Key question finalised 
FEBRUARY

FIRST DRAFT 

  • Analysed the topic and understood  the focus of the key question. 
  • A preliminary bibliography was  submitted. 
References in bibliography include  a variety of sources: books,  magazine articles, interviews, etc. 
APRIL 

 SECOND DRAFT 

  • Planning and research notes made  available. 
  • Synopsis of the main argument in  research assignment was submitted. 
Draft was submitted. Comments  made by teacher and returned to  learner for re-working.  
MAY SUBMIT FINAL COPY   
JULY FEEDBACK Project was moderated at three  levels: School, cluster and district. 
AUGUST  Presentation of projects to school and  community.  

 
TEACHER’S NAME: Mrs BA Starr 

TEACHER’S SIGNATURE:___________________________________ 

LEARNER’S SIGNATURE:_____________________________________ 

       

 

 

                SCHOOL STAMP:                   

 

  

 

INTRODUCTION 
This research project examines the role played by women during the liberation struggle and attempts to answer  the question of how different the role of women was to that of men during the struggle against apartheid. Albertina  Sisulu, one of the most important leaders of the anti-apartheid resistance, has argued that women fought ‘side-by side’ with men; but she also suggested that they were particularly vulnerable to oppression because of their role  as mothers and wives. This research assignment presents evidence which supports Albertina Sisulu’s statement.  In answering this question, I have studied a variety of sources. These sources include books by historians,  documents, oral sources, the Internet and other media. My approach is to look at the strategies employed by a  selection of dedicated women who played a key role in the liberation struggle. 
In The Women’s Federation March of 1956, Lilian Ngoyi, is singled out as one of the significant leaders who  represented the struggle of millions of black South African women.  

‘She found herself, as do millions of black women across the land, the victim of both race  and sex discrimination. She demonstrated that it was possible not only to transcend the limits  imposed on her in this way, but that the struggle in South Africa could not be successfully  waged unless women and women’s issues constituted a central part of liberation strategy.  Neither the state with all its might, nor morality could really silence these phenomenal women’  

 (Human, M., Mutloatse, M. & Masiza, J. 2006:62). 

This statement is the starting point of my research assignment. It has been said that during apartheid millions of  black South African women faced the triple oppression of being black, being women and being poor. This research  assignment shows how some women challenged the social convention that women should look after the home,  and men should be the authority figure and play a central role in politics. The women discussed in this assignment  demonstrated that during the apartheid years, women not only played a key role as wives and mothers but also as  political activists and anti-apartheid campaigners. In addition, although there was no feminist movement in South  Africa in the apartheid period, sometimes black and white women did unite to fight against apartheid, for example,  the anti-pass protest in 1956 organised by the non-racial Federation of South African Women (FEDSAW). 
I seek to identify how South African women fought to overcome the many challenges and limitations imposed on  them because of their gender as well as by the repressive policies of the National Party government.  

BACKGROUND 
The resistance by black women to racial inequality in South Africa began long before apartheid was officially  introduced in 1948. As early as 1912, women were involved in a passive resistance campaign in support of the  black and Indian miners who were striking for better wages and improved working conditions. Also, in 1913, in the  Free State, black and Coloured women resisted the carrying of passes.  
In 1918, Charlotte Maxeke established the Bantu Women’s League to resist the pass laws. The reason they joined  the Bantu Women’s League and not the ANC was due to the fact that women were not allowed to be members  of the ANC at that time. The resistance of women to the racially discriminating laws continued into the 1930s.  The activism of women took on a new dimension when women were finally permitted to join the ANC in 1943. In  addition, they formed the ANC’s Women’s League and Ida Mtwana became the first president. 
In 1948, the National Party government came to power and introduced the policy of apartheid in South Africa.  During the apartheid years (1948–1994), South Africa was a divided society where people’s status and rights were  determined by their race. It was a country where the minority white government passed laws to segregate and  discriminate against the majority black population. This policy included laws such as the Population Registration  Act that classified all South Africans according to race and the Group Areas Act that forced people to live in racially  segregated areas. There were many women who reacted with anger, frustration and outrage at these unfair and  unjust laws. Many of these women became anti-apartheid activists and their resistance to apartheid cost them  dearly.  
During the 1950s, women became more militant and in 1952, the Defiance Campaign drew many women into  civil disobedience and activism against the unjust apartheid laws. Partly in response to their experiences during  the Defiance Campaign, a new women’s organisation was established in 1954. The Federation of South African  Women (FEDSAW) united women of all racial groups, from various organisations, including the ANC, the SAIC  (South African Indian Congress), the Non-European United Front, various trade unions and civic associations.  This was a multi-racial women’s organisation which included teachers, nurses and factory workers as well as  housewives. These women pledged to draw up a Women’s Charter to end inequality. This Women’s Freedom  Charter began with the words: 

‘We, the women of South Africa, wives and mothers, working women and housewives,  African, Indian, European and Coloured, hereby declare our aims of striving for the  removal of all laws, regulations, conventions and customs that discriminate against  us as women and that deprive us in any way of our inherent right to the advantages,  responsibilities and opportunities that society offers to any one section of the population.’ 

 In 1956 FEDSAW jointly organised a 20 000 strong march to the Union Buildings in Pretoria to protest against the  extension of the pass laws to African women. Although this campaign did not lead to a repeal of the pass laws,  the show of strength and unity by women encouraged other women to continue the struggle. In the decades that  followed women continued to persevere and pursue the dream of equality and a democratic South Africa. 

BODY OF ESSAY  

The men and women involved in the liberation struggle paid a heavy price for democracy and freedom: 

‘These were people who sacrificed families, homes, communities and incomes. They  weren’t home for bedtimes and quality time. They weren’t there to talk after a bad day.  They missed their parents’ funerals and cousins’ weddings. Freedom was won by those  that dreamt up a maybe, an element of uncertainty, a risk’ (Naidoo, P., 2002:12).  

This research assignment focuses on ‘these people’. In particular, it focuses on the women who sacrificed time with  their children and families to pursue the struggle against apartheid. I intend to show how these women stepped out  of their conventional domestic roles to play an important part in the liberation movement in South Africa. Through  their experiences we can better understand that political freedom in South Africa has come at a cost.  
Women played many different roles in the struggle. They raised their own children and the children of others,  held down jobs and maintained households. They also defended the oppressed, established new organisations,  supported the families of political prisoners and those in detention. They helped to establish organisations,  hospitals, colleges and institutes, assisted the unemployed, obtained scholarships for the underprivileged,  organised protests, attended conferences, travelled abroad, lectured. They were banned, placed under house  arrest, detained, imprisoned and in some cases were killed for demanding democracy and equal rights for all  South Africans. 
Albertina Sisulu, was one such woman. She was a nurse, a mother, a wife and became one of the most important  anti-apartheid political activists, earning her the title ‘Mother of the Nation’ for her selfless dedication to the liberation  struggle. She took on leadership positions in both the ANC Women’s League and the Federation of South African  Women.  
Albertina Sisulu became the first woman to be arrested under the General Laws Amendment Act and was jailed for  two months, during which she was harassed and taunted psychologically. She was placed in solitary confinement  in 1981 and 1985, banned and subjected to house arrest. The book, Winnie Mandela, A Life, recounts Albertina  Sisulu’s support of Winnie Mandela in prison: 

‘As a result of the appalling conditions and the shock of her situation, she started  haemorrhaging. Terrified that she was having a miscarriage, Winnie sank to her knees  and buried her head in her hands. Albertina Sisulu, a trained midwife, realised that  something was terribly wrong, and pushed the women surrounding Winnie out of the  way so that there was enough room for her to lie down. Albertina took off her own jacket  and wrapped it around Winnie to keep her warm, and gave strict instructions that she  was not to move. The simple, basic care paid off, and Winnie’s baby was saved’  

 (Du Preez Bezdrob, 2003:78) 

This was an unwavering act of compassion. It also shows the vulnerability of women activists during their fight for  freedom.  
As a ‘negotiator’ in the political arena, Albertina Sisulu established international networks and support bases for the  anti-apartheid movement. In the late 1980s she led a delegation of the United Democratic Front (UDF) leaders to  Europe to meet British Prime Minister, Margaret Thatcher, and to the USA to meet US President, George Bush Sr.  to gain support for the liberation movement. In 1994, Albertina Sisulu served as a member of parliament in South  Africa’s first democratic government. These examples from Sisulu’s life story illustrate the role that women played  as activists, but also show that at times women experienced their oppression differently to men. 
Another woman who played a key role in the liberation struggle was Fatima Meer. Born in Durban, Meer was  the daughter of an ordinary shop assistant, journalist and editor of Indian Views. Durban is a multi-cultural city  and Meer established the Durban and District Women’s League to promote good relations between Indians and  Africans and through this organisation initiated a number of social-welfare projects.  
In 1946 Fatima Meer participated in the passive resistance campaign organised by the South African Indian  Congress against apartheid laws. In 1952 she took part in the Defiance Campaign which had been inspired by  SAIC’s earlier campaign and four years later in the women’s anti-pass campaign. 
Fatima Meer was also a close friend of Nelson and Winnie Mandela and served six months in detention with  Winnie Mandela because of her involvement with the Black Women’s Federation. In her book, Higher than Hope,  Fatima Meer recalled that Nelson Mandela did not even discuss some of his decisions with his family, but took it  for granted that their support would be unconditional. Therefore, women also need to be acknowledged for the  supporting role they played and the way they suffered as a result of their husbands’ and fathers’ involvement in  resisting the apartheid government.  
Like many of her male comrades, Fatima Meer was banned from 1952 to 1954 under the Suppression of Communism  Act. Her banning orders restricted her movements and she could not publish or engage in any political activity. 
During the 1960s Fatima Meer lectured in the sociology departments at the Universities of Natal and the  Witwatersrand (this in itself was a noteworthy achievement for a woman at that time), and took a particular interest  in education. In 1953 the Black Education Act was introduced by HF Verwoerd. This Act had a devastating  impact on the South African black population as it delivered an unequal, inferior education system. Black children  were educated to become unskilled labour and to remain inferior in apartheid society. Meer was aware that there  was a high illiteracy rate among Africans, both in townships and rural schools where children had little access to  formal education. In order to address the desperate need for education among the African population, she initiated  school building programmes in Umlazi, Port Shepstone, Phambili and Inanda. She also established a craft centre  in Phoenix and later founded the Khanyisa school project for African children and the Tembelihle Tutorial College  to train African students in secretarial skills and established a craft centre for the unemployed to teach them sewing  and knitting. Meer’s projects helped to empower black women by teaching them skills that allowed them to become  self-sufficient and self-employed in order to better support their families. 
It is clear that Meer channelled much of her human resources into trying to improve the quality of education  amongst black South African children and saw that this was important to help realise the dream of a South African  democracy.  
Another great woman activist was Lilian Masediba Ngoyi. She was the daughter of a miner and a domestic  worker. She played a significant role in the struggle as a teacher, an activist, a treason trialist, a trade unionist,  a founding member of FEDSAW and later became president of the ANC Women’s League. Ezekiel Mphahlele  described her as ‘the woman factory worker who is tough granite on the outside, but soft and compassionate deep  down in her...’ (Human, M.; Mutloatse & Masiza,J., 2006:63). 
Lilian Ngoyi also played a pivotal role during the Defiance Campaign when she was arrested for using a post  office reserved for whites only. The prominent presence of women during this campaign, alongside their male  counterparts, strengthened the unity that existed in the struggle against repression in South Africa. 
As a founding member of the Federation of South African Women (FEDSAW), she played a key role in organising  the anti-pass demonstration to Pretoria in 1956. The introduction of passes for women was an attack on women’s  domestic roles, their ability to look after their children and their homes, which forced many into political activism. In  a letter to government, FEDSAW stated the following: 

‘At a Congress of Mothers held in Johannesburg in August 1955, the many women  present unanimously passed a resolution that a mass deputation of women of all races  should be sent to the Union Building … As women, we shall protest particularly against  the proposed extension of the pass system to African women and against the housing  conditions in which many thousands of African families must live.’  

During the women’s march to the Union buildings on 9 August 1956, the women famously told the Prime Minister  Strijdom: 

‘WATHINT’ ABAFAZI, WATHINT’ IMBOKOTHO 
YOU’VE TAMPERED WITH THE WOMEN 
YOU’VE KNOCKED AGAINST A ROCK’
HISTORY SCHOOL-BASED ASSESSMENT EXEMPLARS – 47 CAPS GRADE 12 TEACHER GUIDE 

Albert Luthuli, former president of the ANC, described the strength of women during the anti-pass march to Pretoria  by saying: 

‘Our women have played a major part in conferences and demonstrations. Furthermore,  women of all races have had far less hesitation than men in making common cause  about things basic to them’ (Luthuli, A., 2006:188).  

This was an example where women of all races united to resist the repressive apartheid government. This point of  view was reinforced by Albertina Sisulu when she said:  

‘Well, the 9th of August to us was an eye-opener. In the sense, that we thought that men  could really be the people to carry reference books. But when it turned to us, we felt it’s  something else now. So, all we had to do was to rally the women against you, you know  accepting the reference books for women. Because we said, you know, we have got our  reference books, our children to look after we just had no business and did not have any  business to carry passes like men. We have seen the problem, what the passes have  done to our men – being arrested at work and you are waiting for him. Let us say no to  the reference books’  

 (Human, M.; Mutloatse & Masiza, J., 2006:113). 

Lillian Ngoyi was arrested in 1956 for high treason. She spent a significant amount of time in solitary confinement.  An extract from her biography highlights the price that she paid for her activism against the apartheid regime: 

‘The authorities were determined to silence Lillian and, in 1962 she was given further  restrictions, confining her to her suburb of Orlando in Soweto. She survived as best she  could, sewing from home. The Special Branch (Security Police) would try to scare away  her customers by threatening them with prison, or accusing them of subversive activities  …’  

 (Quoted in Bottaro, J.; Visser, P. & Worden, N., 2012:206). 

For Ngoyi’s selfless struggle in fighting against the apartheid regime the ANC awarded her the prestigious  Isitwalandwe/Seaparankoe Award. 
One of the other leaders in the 1956 women’s march to Pretoria was Helen Joseph. Born in England, Joseph  came to South Africa as a teacher in 1931. After leaving to serve in the Air Force in World War II, she returned  and worked with the Garment Workers Union as a Social Welfare Officer. Here she met Solly Sachs, who was  a communist hated by Afrikaner nationalists for organising young Afrikaans women into a multi-racial Garment  Workers’ Union. Joseph also joined the South African Congress of Democrats (SACOD), an organisation that was  affiliated to the ANC and encouraged white activism against apartheid.  
Before moving to South Africa, Joseph had worked as a teacher in India and came to embrace the meaning behind  the Hindu greeting ‘namaste’ (the God in me honours the God in you). If God is in everyone, how could we ever  discriminate, or fail to help those who are harmed? This philosophy influenced her to act against the inequalities  of apartheid.  
Helen Joseph had the opportunity to read out the clauses of the Freedom Charter at the Congress of the People  and played a key role in the formation of FEDSAW and the women’s march in 1956. Alongside other anti-apartheid  activists, Joseph was arrested and charged with high treason and banned in 1957. While in prison she suffered  great hardship and humiliation at the hands of the government officials, which she faced with courage, and single minded determination. The evidence below illustrates the strength and commitment of these women in the struggle  for freedom. 

From the police cells, the women were moved to the Fort, the prison in Braamfontein  which was totally unprepared for the sudden influx of so many awaiting-trial prisoners.  There were not enough blankets, sleeping mats, toilets or food for the women, who milled  around in the main hall and on a second-floor balcony while waiting to be processed.  They were lined up in groups, ordered to undress, and told to squat so that warders could  conduct vaginal searches for contraband. Then the women were told to dress again and  shown to the cells – filthy, stinking and lice-riddled. (Du Preez Bezdrob, 2003:77) 

In the book, Winnie Mandela A Life, we come across the strength shown by Helen Joseph and others who endured  difficult circumstances in their fight for liberation. She became a good friend of Winnie Mandela and was regarded  as a mother figure. She provided advice and support for others. Therefore, we can appreciate her role as adviser  and friend. Helen Joseph, together with the Anglican Church, arranged for those who could not be visited to be  sent money by postal order from family members. Her role can be seen as a humanitarian reaching out to those  in distress. Helen Joseph was awarded the ANC’s highest award Isitwalandwe/Seaparankoe medal to symbolise  integrity and courage. 
The youngest leader of the 1956 Woman’s march was Sophie Williams. Born in Port Elizabeth, she went to work  in a textile factory as a young girl. She soon became known for her negotiating skills and was appointed as shop  steward within the Textile Workers’ Union. She was identified as a leader while still a teenager and in 1955 was  appointed as the full-time organiser for the Coloured People’s Congress in Johannesburg. In the 1960s Williams  followed her husband, Benny de Bruyn, into exile where she worked for the ANC in Zambia and Tanzania. After  years of activism in exile, Williams returned to South Africa in 1990 when opposition parties were unbanned. Her  role in the struggle had taken a different path to that of those women who had remained in South Africa but she  continued to play a role in the struggle for a democratic South Africa.

CONCLUSION 
In answering the key question on how different the role of women was to that of men during the apartheid struggle,  I have highlighted the roles played by some of the most significant South African women. In attempting to do this,  I looked at the strategies they employed and the different forms of protest undertaken by women as compared to  that of men. There were many other women who played an important role in the liberation struggle, for example  Ray Alexander, Elizabeth Mafekeng, Frances Baard, Mabel Balfour, Mary Moodley, Liz Abrahams, Viola Hashe,  Rita Ndzanga and Phylis Naidoo. Many other women, ordinary mothers, wives and workers who were not known  outside their communities, the unsung heroines of the struggle, also played a very important role. Due to space  constraints I have been unable to discuss more examples in this research project.  
I have identified how various South African women challenged the National Party government and, in the end,  succeeded. In his book, Let My People Go, Albert Luthuli portrays African women as ‘a formidable enemy of the  oppression’ (Luthuli, A., 2006:187). In my research assignment, it is evident that the strength and determination  shown by women, inspired and encouraged their husbands, brothers, sons and comrades who fought alongside  them during the struggle for freedom and challenged the National Party government. Luthuli made the prophetic  observation:  

There will be enormous, peaceful change in South Africa before the end of this century.  People of all races will eventually live together in harmony because no one, white, black  or brown wants to destroy this beautiful land of ours. Women must play an increasingly  important role in all areas of the life of the future. They were and remain the most loyal  supporters in all our struggles. (Luthuli, A, 2006: p.xxii) 

This quotation is from of one of our four South African Nobel Prize winners and acknowledges the significant role  played by women in all spheres of life. During the apartheid years women undertook various multi-tasking roles  – as wives, mothers, workers and activists. Their roles played in the liberation struggle must never be forgotten.  South Africa salutes all women.  

EVALUATION AND REFLECTION 
I have learnt a lot from writing this assignment. I did not know that women had played such a large role in the  struggle or that they had suffered so much. Writing this research project was very difficult and I had to organise  my time very well. I used the local library and it took a long time to read and organise my notes. My teacher  made useful comments on both my first and second drafts of this project which gave me direction and focus. I reorganised material and tried harder to use the life stories of the women I had chosen to study to answer the key  question. I think I should have said more about these women’s family lives as well but it was quite difficult to find  information and I ran out of space and time. I enjoyed researching and writing this assignment, although it took up  a great deal of time.

BIBLIOGRAPHY 
Angier, K. (et al), Viva History Grade 12: Learner’s Book. (Johannesburg: Vivlia, 2013).  
Bottaro, J.; Visser, P. & Worden, N., In Search of History. Grade 11. Learner’s Book. (Cape Town: Maskew Miller  Longman (Pty) Ltd, 2012). 
Du Preez Bezdrob, A.M., Winnie Mandela a life. (Paarl: Paarl Printers, 2003).
Friedman, M.; Saunders, C.; Jacobs,  M.; Seleti, Y.; & Gordon, J., Looking into the Past. Grade 11 Learner’s Book. (Cape Town: CTP Printers, 2011). 
Human, M.; Mutloatse, M.; Masiza, J., The Women’s Freedom March of 1956. (Johannesburg: Pan McMillan (Pty  Ltd), 2006). 
Light, J. & Johanneson, B., Celebrating Women in South African History (www.sahistory.org.za,) (DBE, 2012).
Luthuli, A., Let My People Go, The Autobiography of Albert Luthuli. (Paarl: Paarl Printers, 2006).
Naidoo, P., Footprints in Grey Street. (Durban: Ocean Jetty Publishing, 2002). 
Pillay, G. (et al), New Generation History Grade 12: Learner’s Book. (Durban: Interpak Printers, 2013). 
Shaw, G., Believe in miracles, South Africa from Malan to Mandela - and the Mbeki era. (Paarl: Paarl Printers,  2007). 
Retrieved from: http://heritage. The times.co.za/memorials/gp/Lilian Ngoyi/article on 4 June 2013.
Retrieved from: http:// www.sahistory.org.za/people/professor Fatima Meer on 4 June 2013.
Retrieved from: http:// www.sahistory.org.za/people/lillian-masediba-ngoyi on 4 June 2013.

ASSESSMENT RUBRIC  

CRITERIA        LEVEL DESCRIPTORS 
LEVEL 4   LEVEL 3   LEVEL 2  LEVEL 1  
 Criterion 1    8 – 10  5 - 7  3 – 4  0 – 2 
Planning  (10 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent understanding of  planning (clear research  schedule provided).  Shows adequate understanding of  planning. Shows some evidence  of planning.  Shows little or no evidence of planning. 
Criterion 2    16 – 20   10 - 15   5 – 9   0 – 4 
Identify and access  a variety of sources  of information  (20 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent understanding of  identifying and  accessing sources of  information. Shows adequate understanding of  identifying and  accessing sources  of information.  Shows some understanding of  identifying and  accessing sources of  information.  Shows little or  no understanding  of identifying and  accessing sources of  information. 
 Criterion 3   8 – 10   5 – 7   3 – 4   0 – 2 
 Knowledge and  understanding of  the period  (10 marks)   Shows thorough/ excellent knowledge  and understanding of  the period   Shows adequate  knowledge and  understanding of the  period.   Shows some knowledge and  understanding of the  period.   Shows little or no knowledge and  understanding of the  period. 
Criterion 4   24 – 30  14 – 23   7 – 13 0 – 6 
Historical enquiry,  interpretation &  communication  (Essay)  (30 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent  understanding of how  to write a coherent  argument from the  evidence collected.  Shows adequate understanding  of how to write a  coherent argument  from the evidence  collected.  Shows some understanding of how  to write a coherent  argument from the  evidence collected.  Shows little or  no understanding  of how to write a  coherent argument  from the evidence  collected. 
Criterion 5   8 – 10  5 – 7 3 – 4  0 – 2 
Presentation  (10 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent evidence  of how to present  researched information  in a structured manner  (e.g. cover page, table  of contents, research  topic).   Shows adequate  evidence of how to  present researched  information in a  structured manner  (e.g. cover page,  table of contents,  research topic). Shows some evidence  of how to present  researched information  in a structured manner  (e.g. cover page, table  of contents, research  topic).  Shows little or no evidence of how to  present researched  information in a  structured manner  (e.g. cover page,  table of contents,  research topic). 
Criterion 6  8 – 10  5 - 7 3 – 4  0 – 2 
Evaluation &  reflection  (10 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent understanding of  evaluating and  reflecting on the  research assignment  process (e.g. what the  candidate has learnt  from undertaking  research).  Shows adequate understanding of  evaluating and  reflecting on the  research assignment  process (e.g. what  the candidate has  learnt from under taking research).

Shows some evidence  of evaluating and  reflecting on the  research assignment  process (e.g. what the  candidate has learnt  from undertaking  

research). 

Shows little or  no evidence of  evaluating and  reflecting on the  research assignment  process (e.g. what the  candidate has learnt  from undertaking  research). 
Criterion 7  8 – 10  5 - 7 3 – 4  0 – 2 
 Acknowledgement of sources  (10 marks)  Shows thorough/ excellent understanding of  acknowledging sources  (e.g. footnotes,  references, plagiarism).  Shows adequate understanding of  acknowledging  sources (e.g.  footnotes,  references,  plagiarism).  Shows some evidence  of acknowledging  sources (e.g.  footnotes, references,  plagiarism).  Shows little or  no evidence of  acknowledging  sources (e.g.  footnotes, references,  plagiarism).

TOTAL = 85/100

NAME OF LEARNER:_____________________________________ 

GRADE: ________________________ 

FINAL MARK ALLOCATION 

Criteria   TOTAL MARKS  LEARNER’S MARKS  

Criterion 1 
Planning 

 10  8

Criterion 2
Identifies and accesses a variety of sources  

 20  18

Criterion 3
Knowledge and understanding of the period 

 10  8

Criterion 4
Historical enquiry, interpretation & communication  (Essay) 

 30  25

Criterion 5
Presentation 

 10  8

Criterion 6
Evaluation & reflection  

 10  8

Criterion 7
Acknowledgement of sources  

 10  10
TOTAL 100 85


COMMENTS: 
This is a well-researched and well-written piece of research – excellent work. You made a very good attempt  to formulate and sustain a line of argument with regard to the key question. You used a variety of sources to  substantiate the line of argument, which is excellent.  
However, this research assignment could have been strengthened if relevant visual sources were used, at the  appropriate points, to supplement your historical narrative. Finally, although you link back to the key question in  places, you tend to focus on the separate struggles of women and not when they fought ‘side-by-side’ with men as  stated in the question. I am glad that you enjoyed this research project. Well done! 

TEACHER’S SIGNATURE:____________________________________ 

DATE: ___________________________________________________

7. GUIDELINES FOR LEARNERS AND TEACHERS: 
EXEMPLAR RESPONSES: SOURCE-BASED QUESTIONS 
QUESTION 1 
1.1 

1.1.1 The apartheid government supported UNITA (National Union for the Total Independence of Angola) during  the Angolan Civil War. ✔ 
1.1.2 Angolan economic installations targeted by the SA Defence force were the oil and railway and port  installations; iron mines and electricity lines and factories.✔ ✔✔✔ 
1.1.3 The apartheid government felt threatened by the MPLA because it was multi-racial, therefore undermined  the social and racial policies of apartheid. ✔✔ Secondly, it supported ANC training bases openly, thereby  supporting the SA liberation groups which sought to destroy the apartheid regime, i.e. supported the enemies  of the SA apartheid government✔✔. Thirdly, the MPLA supported SWAPO, the Namibian liberation group  which was fighting the SA forces in South West Africa and seeking political liberation from the domination of  SA✔✔ 
1.1.4 During the Angolan Civil War, the SA army invaded Angola in support of the UNITA (Pro-capitalist) rebel  group which sought to overthrow the governing MPLA government. The SA army reached an area close to  the capital and UNITA forces followed behind them, capturing towns where the SA forces had overthrown  and defeated the local MPLA ruling groups. Therefore, the country was in danger of a total coup by the SA backed pro-capitalist UNITA forces. In this context, the MPLA government had no choice but to seek aid  from the Communist bloc in order to stop the invasion of SA troops and the defeat of the MPLA by UNITA.  ✔✔✔ 

1.2  

1.2.1 The message conveyed by the cartoon is that the USSR, portrayed as SANTA in his sleigh, is generously  supplying arms to the MPLA as SANTA generously brings presents at Christmas time. ✔✔ These weapons  will be used to destroy the UNITA and FNLA forces in the Angolan civil war - as there is a pun on the word  ‘sleigh’-it is written as ‘slay’, i.e. to kill✔✔.  
1.2.2 It may, to a large extent, be regarded as biased as it comes from the cartoon archives of Great Britain, who  supported capitalism and democracy during the Cold War era when the Angolan civil war took place ✔✔.  It therefore portrays the USSR in a negative light as an ‘evil SANTA’ bringing weapons to cause death and  destruction in its bid to spread communism in Africa in its support of African political groups. ✔✔ 

1.3  

1.3.1 The Soviet Union ✔and Cuba✔ 
1.3.2 It is an economic system whereby the government controls all the means of production, where free enterprise  is forbidden and individual freedom is less important than the interests of the community. ✔✔ 
1.3.3 Vorster felt that black Angolans were being exploited by the desires of communist Cuba to spread communism  in Angola ✔✔ and therefore were not being supported in their bid for independence as black Angolans. He  felt the Cubans would be likely to stay in Angola in order to use Angola as a springboard or basis from which  to spread communism to other African countries in the region and so continue to influence Angola’s policies.  ✔✔
1.3.4 The Angolan Civil War took place during the Cold War when capitalist and Communist ideologies were  in conflict in various parts of the world. In South Africa the government represented SWAPO and ANC as  communists, and communism was portrayed as anti-Christian and undemocratic. Vorster uses the term  ‘communist’ repeatedly in this interview to justify South African involvement in the Angolan civil war. ✔✔ 

1.4  

1.4.1 ‘terrorists’ ✔; ‘barbarian’ ✔ 
1.4.2 The SABC justified their deaths by making it appear as though they had died fighting a ‘holy war’ in order to  protect and maintain civilisation and preserve Christian values ✔✔ and prevent the take-over of SWA by the  ‘barbarian’ SWAPO ‘terrorists’, bent on causing death and destruction. ✔✔ 
1.4.3 Source 1D would be very useful to a historian researching the use of propaganda, as the source shows  the use of negative, emotive words such as ‘terrorist’ and ‘barbarian’ when describing SWAPO. ✔✔ It also  shows how the SA defence force’s participation and invasion of Angola is justified as a ‘holy war’ fought to  protect Christian values and maintain civilisation. It shows how the SA public was indoctrinated to support  the actions of the SA defence forces as morally correct ✔✔ (rather than revealing their main aim to be  defence of the white minority rule in South Africa and Namibia).  

1.5 South Africa became involved in the Angolan Civil War in an attempt to remove the Marxist MPLA party  which had established themselves as the government after the Portuguese colonists withdrew from Angola  in 1974. SA wanted to create a pro-capitalist independent African country on its border as it would not  be likely to support the ANC and SWAPO and allow their training bases on Angolan soil. Therefore, SA  invaded Angola after independence, supporting UNITA in the civil war which had broken out before elections  could be held. South Africa wanted to establish a pro-capitalist government in Angola which would support  the capitalist apartheid government in SA. A conventional war was waged in Angola and its economic  infrastructure was destroyed in order to weaken the MPLA government and allow the UNITA movement to  take over. As the MPLA approached the communist Eastern bloc for help in this situation, SA promoted itself  as the bastion of Christian values and civilisation and its invasion of Angola as a legitimate war to protect the  Southern African region from ‘terrorists’ and ‘barbarians’, as the MPLA was openly supportive of ANC and  SWAPO bases in Angola. ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ 

Level 3 

  • Uses relevant evidence e.g. demonstrates a thorough understanding of why South Africa became involved  in the Angolan civil war.  
  • Evidence relates well to the topic. 
  • Uses evidence very effectively in an organised paragraph that shows an understanding of the topic.   [50/50]

QUESTION 2 
2.1  

2.1.1 From 15 to 18 April 1996. √ 
 In East London.√ 
2.1.2 It means to bring people of different races together after the atrocities of apartheid. √√ 
2.1.3 The TRC chose the slogan ‘healing the past’ because the gross human rights violations that many,  especially, black South Africans had experienced could not be forgotten. It had to be investigated so that  ‘victims’ and ‘perpetrators’ could face each other, which would ultimately bring about a process of healing.  √√ 
2.1.4 It was significant because for the first time in post-apartheid South Africa a real effort was made to deal  with South Africa’s painful past so that a united nation could be formed. √√√ 

2.2  

2.2.1 Dirk Coetzee√, Almond Nofomela, √ David Tshikilange√ 
2.2.2 Griffiths Mxenge was beaten, stabbed and struck on the head with a wheel spanner. √√ He fell to the ground and died because of these serious wounds. √√ 
2.2.3 In terms of the law, the sentencing of the three apartheid operatives was postponed because the TRC had  not made a final decision. √√ 
The TRC was waiting for the Amnesty Committee to tell it what to do regarding the three apartheid  operatives. √√ 

2.3 

2.3.1 The TRC was satisfied with the reasons given by the three apartheid operatives for committing heinous  human rights violations because they were politically motivated. They were acting under direct orders from  a few National Party leaders and further that they were engaged in the struggle against the ANC. √√ 
2.3.2 Amnesty was granted to all three policemen and it was therefore not necessary for the trial court to  proceed with the question of sentencing. √√  

2.4 The sources would be useful for the following reasons: 

  1.  Source 2B gives information about the men who were actually responsible for the killing of Mxenge.  √√
  2. Source 2C outlines the role of the Amnesty Committee in conducting thorough investigations into  the actions of the three apartheid operatives and how their superiors issued the order to have  Mxenge killed. √√

2.5  

2.5.1 They opposed Coetzee’s application for amnesty, saying that it would be a travesty of justice. √√ 2.5.2 They felt that Coetzee and his co-accused did not meet the criteria for amnesty. √√ 
They also felt that there was no evidence to suggest that killing their political opponents fell within the  course and scope of their duties as members of the security police. √√ 

2.6 

2.6.1 Mamdani felt that the focus of the TRC was too narrow and it did not take the sufferings of the ‘victims’  seriously. √√ 
2.6.2 The TRC could have informed white South Africans that many of them had actually benefitted from  apartheid. √√ 
2.6.3 For Mamdani, the TRC was not concerned about real reconciliation and nation building. It only focused on  individual cases and therefore lost its relevancy for uniting South Africa. √√ 
He also felt that the emphasis of the TRC was on who gave the orders to kill apartheid activists rather that  educating all white South Africans on how they had benefitted from apartheid. √√ 

2.7 The TRC was not entirely successful in healing South Africa’s past. It was set up by the government  to hear testimonies from the perpetrators of human rights violations which had been committed during  the apartheid era. This mandate was not fulfilled in its entirety. The TRC did not adequately heal South  Africa from its divided past, for example the Mxenge family felt that the granting of amnesty to their  brother’s killers was a travesty of justice. They felt that the act of killing Griffiths was reason enough to  prosecute them in a court of law. The amnesty committee felt that the apartheid operatives were acting  under instructions at the time. Finally, many families of victims were not satisfied with the TRC’s attempt  to bring closure to their painful past, hence it was not successful. √√√√√√ 

Level 2 – Evidence is mostly relevant and largely relates to the topic. Uses evidence in a basic manner.  Some gaps in knowledge. [47/50]

QUESTION 3 
3.1  

3.1.1 Globalisation refers to an integrated system whereby various countries of the world trade with each other to  boost their economic and political ties. This is influenced largely by technological advancement.√√ 
3.1.2 Negative integration√ 
 Positive integration√ 
3.1.3 This will lead to many developing African countries importing goods such as electronic car parts, clothes,  etc. which can be imported at a cheaper price than would be paid for similar goods produced in Africa. √√ 
The importation of cheap goods would lead to increased unemployment in industries located in African  countries. √√ 

3.2 

3.2.1 Free trade√; communication√; outsourcing√ 
3.2.2 Free trade – For developing economies ‘free trade’ would have a negative impact because governments  would not be able to protect the local industries from monopolisation, labour brokers and low wages. √√ 
Communication and the use of technology – positive effect. It has ensured that international sporting events  such as the Soccer, Rugby or Cricket World Cup tournaments that were held in South Africa could be  broadcast across various countries throughout the world. √√ 
Outsourcing - negative impact. Big companies in their quest to increase profits and cut expenditure usually  employ non-permanent staff. This leads to the casualisation of labour with negative consequences for  workers. √√ 

3.3  

3.3.1 They felt that globalisation would deliver several positive benefits in a number of economic and non-economic  areas. √√ 
3.3.2 Free trade√  
Benefits in a number of economic and non-economic areas. √ 
3.3.3 This survey was only conducted in the mainly ‘Group of 20’ countries which are in Europe, North America  and Asia. The views of people from many other countries have not been considered. √√√ 

3.4  

3.4.1 Increase in child labour and slavery√; high pollution levels√;  
the rich are getting richer and the poor are getting poorer√;  
fast food is making people unhealthy√ 
3.4.2 Globalisation has led to the creation of monopolies and this has resulted in an unfair distribution of wealth  among developed and developing countries. √√

3.5 These sources would be useful to a historian studying globalisation for the following reasons: 
Source 3C is an opinion poll on globalisation and it provides the views of people from a variety of countries.  It provides insight into the views that people in developed and developing countries hold on globalisation. √√ 
Source 3D offers an insight into the negative aspects of globalisation. √√ 

3.6 

3.6.1 The absence of trade unions in some countries, hence reference to ‘workers voices’ on banner. ‘free  economies’ referring to the removal of trade barriers by the WTO which entrench poverty√; global injustice.  √ 
3.6.2 ‘Global injustice’ refers to the injustices faced by people living mainly in developing countries in  Africa and elsewhere which they say was caused by the WTO. √√ 

3.7 The sources 3D and 3E support each other in the following ways: 
Source 3A – speaks of the negative impact of globalisation in all countries of the world √√ and Source 3D  supports this point of view by showing a visual image of activists protesting against the WTO. √√ 
3.8 Globalisation involves a worldwide integration of the various economies using the advances made in  technology. After the fall of communism in 1989, Russia joined the key developers like USA, Japan and  Western Europe in the world of trade and economy. Globalisation has both positive and negative effects on  the world. On the positive side, some, mainly developed countries, have benefitted from communication and  trade. They have made advances in technology and infrastructure. However, not all countries have benefited  from globalisation. Poor and developing countries have not really benefitted from globalisation. They  face poverty, exploitation, child labour and under-development. There is a growing digital divide between  countries with access to new technology and those without. Hence the new world order that globalisation  has created has both positive and negative effects. √√√√√ 

Level 2 – Evidence is mostly relevant and mainly relates to the topic. Uses evidence in a basic manner.  Some gaps in knowledge   [47/50]

7. GUIDELINES FOR LEARNERS AND TEACHERS:  
EXEMPLAR RESPONSES – ESSAY QUESTIONS 
QUESTION: 1B: VIETNAM 
... All the military might of a superpower could not defeat a small nation of peasants.’ 
Critically discuss this statement in the light of the United States of America’s involvement in Vietnam  between 1965 and 1975. Use relevant examples to support your answer. 
When the USA became involved in Vietnam, it was for all the right reasons in terms of the opinions America held  about communists. Because of the USA’s superior resources and technology, they expected that it would be  quick victory over North Vietnam. The outcome was very different from their expectations. This essay explains the  reasons for the USA’s unexpected defeat.  
America became involved in the war against North Vietnam to prevent the spread of communism. As a capitalist  country, the USA was against anything communist. They had set it as one of their objectives to do what they  could to protect smaller weaker countries from being infiltrated by the communist ideology. The USA feared the  domino effect and believed they had a responsibility to protect capitalist South Vietnam from being overtaken by  communist North Vietnam, which was being supported by China and the USSR.  
The USA believed that it would be an easy war against North Vietnam. They had superior resources at their  disposal, sophisticated weapons, and innovative technology. It was meant to be over and done with quickly. No  one could have foreseen what awaited them. One reason for the USA’s defeat was that Vietnam is a dense, jungle  country, which didn’t give the Americans much opportunity to use their highly advanced weapons, let alone move  along smoothly. The North Vietnamese adopted tactics and warfare that used this to their advantage.  
The North Vietnamese were fighting to maintain their independence. They wanted to unite North and South  Vietnam into one communist country. Many people in South Vietnam supported the North Vietnamese – these  were called the Viet Cong. The Vietnamese were seasoned veterans, having fought a successful war against  French colonialism and Japanese occupation during World War II. They used guerrilla tactics against the US  troops such as booby traps, hit-and-run, and their ability to blend with the civilians frustrated the US troops greatly  and led to much loss of life for the US. In contrast, the US army had mostly inexperienced conscripted soldiers. The  average age of a US soldier fighting in Vietnam was 19 years. The US troops soon lost hope and morale, because  they were fighting a war for a country that didn’t belong to them and for a cause they did not believe in.  
The great loss of life and the hopeless situation, also resulted in criticism and lack of support back home. There  were protests to end the war and return the young men home. The Vietnam war was the first war to be televised.  Images of burning villages and dying civilians were broadcast into ordinary Americans homes and they lost support  for the war. Demonstrations and rallies were held across the USA, which criticised the war and the government. 
The US, in their frustration, employed unorthodox measures to gain the upper hand. They used things like napalm  on enemy soldiers. Civilians at home were also on the receiving end, as this napalm burned to cinders whatever  it came into contact with. They used chemicals like Agent Orange which was a defoliant to clear the leaves off  trees to prevent the Viet Cong from using them as cover. It was later proved that this Agent Orange was the cause  of cancers and birth defects that became widespread in Vietnam. For all these things America received much  criticism from the world and people lost respect for them as a country that stood for good, especially as a result of  brutal scenes involving citizens.
America eventually lost the war and so their objective to curb the spread of communism was not realised. The war  effort had cost a great deal, not only in material resources but also in lives lost. The war having been lost, many  people were critical of America and its involvement. They saw the loss of lives and resources to have been part of  the atrocities committed in Vietnam and many veterans regretted having fought in Vietnam. 
The USA had expected to win a quick victory against North Vietnam, but despite superior weapons they lost to one  of the smallest countries in the world. There were a number of reasons why the USA lost this war but the loss of  support from the American population and the determination of the Vietnamese people to win their independence  played a significant role.  
Comments: 

  • The question has been answered and the content selection is relevant to the line of argument.
  • The essay has been planned and a line of argument developed. 
  • Evidence has been used to defend the argument. 
  • This essay could be improved by planning more carefully before writing. Each paragraph should contain  one clear idea of why the USA lost the war against North Vietnam. Relevant evidence must be used to  substantiate the line of argument.  
 C L7 
 P L7

 [50/50]

QUESTION 5A: THE NEGOTIATED SETTLEMENT AND THE GOVERNMENT OF NATIONAL UNITY
Allister Sparks argues that the process of negotiation ‘was always a crisis-driven process’. 
Critically assess Allister Sparks’ statement with reference to the process of negotiation in South Africa  between 1990 and 1994.  
Allister Sparks’ assertion that the process of negotiations was ‘crisis-driven’ is to a large extent accurate. The years  1990 to 1994 were a turbulent political journey. The release of Mandela and political prisoners (1990) in conjunction  with other positive social reforms set the negotiating process in motion. However, for every achievement of the  negotiating process, there was a violent event that jeopardised its foundation. Yet negotiations and settlement  persevered and in just four short years the country moved from a policy of division to one of democracy. The ANC  and the NP were the main role-players in the process but many other organisations were involved as well. 
Talks began on 2 May 1990 between Mandela (ANC) and De Klerk (NP). The main aim of these talks was to  outline the principles for the release of political prisoners and the granting of indemnity for those in exile. A working  group was established and a broad agreement known as the Groote Schuur Minute was signed. Talks would  continue later. However, violence occurred at Sebokeng when the Inkatha hostel dwellers planned a raid on ANC  supporters. Thirty people were killed. The police were warned about the attack but did nothing to stop it. There was  evidence of ‘third force’ involvement. This threatened to break down talks completely. However, the negotiating  process forged ahead and the Pretoria Minute was subsequently signed. Mandela announced the suspension of  the armed struggle and the NP would lift the state of emergency in South Africa. However, violence among the  ANC, NP and Inkatha continued.  
The Convention for a Democratic South Africa (CODESA) was established in 1991 and pertained to the principles  of the new constitution. Talks were held at the World Trade Centre in Kempton Park (19 groups represented)  and agreement was reached. The interim constitution would be drafted by a multi-party conference, and the final  constitution by the first elected parliament. The Declaration of Intent was signed to pledge all parties’ commitment  to the negotiating process.  
CODESA 2 was held in 1992 but talks failed as parties could not agree to the interim government in terms of the  new constitution. Another violent event occurred. The Boipatong massacre occurred when Inkatha hostel dwellers  again attacked ANC supporters. Forty-nine people were killed and it was alleged that Inkatha members were  helped by the police. The ANC decided to walk out of CODESA 2 and began a campaign of ‘rolling mass action’  in order to put pressure on the government to agree to its conditions. The fear of civil war now became a reality  and it became clear to political role players that there was an urgent need to restart negotiations. This led to the  Record of Understanding. 
Secret talks were held between the NP and the ANC but violence again flared up, in Bhisho (Ciskei). Unarmed  ANC protestors were attacked by the Ciskeian government’s soldiers. Twenty-eight people were killed, resulting in  mass action against the NP government. 
The deadlock between the NP and the ANC was broken, with the multi-party negotiating process being set up to  pick up from where CODESA 2 had left off. This illustrates the level of commitment to reform with which Mandela  led the ANC. It symbolised that the ANC was assertive and resolute in their will for positive change in South Africa. 
Violence jeopardised the goodwill of the agreement once again. On 10 April 1993, the Chief of Umkhonto we  Sizwe, Chris Hani, was murdered. The country was thrust into violent rampages and 70 people were killed in  the resulting violence. Mandela was called to address and pacify the nation. This indicates Mandela’s power and  presence for peace and stability in the country. Hani’s death created an urgency for negotiations to be finalised.
The negotiated settlement then occurred and resulted in democracy. It stated that parties who won more than  20% of the eligible votes could choose a deputy president and the president would be obliged to consult with the  deputies. The election date was decided upon and the appropriate structures were put in place for the approaching  general elections. However, not all South Africans accepted the transition to democracy. The Afrikaner weerstandsbeweging (AWB), a right-wing, conservative organisation stormed the World Trade Centre in armoured  vehicles and threatened to break down the process of negotiations and demanded a volkstaat. The commitment of  the key role players, in particular Nelson Mandela, was the backbone of the negotiations process. Despite violence  and disruption, democracy was achieved. 
On 27 April 1994, South Africa experienced its first democratic election. Over 20 million people voted. The ANC  represented hope and change for the majority of South Africans. The ANC won the elections and Nelson Mandela  was inaugurated as the president of South Africa. It is therefore evident that Mandela, being a man of peace and  quiet strength, was able to change the country for the better and to embrace democracy. The final constitution was  ready for implementation in 1996. 
It can therefore be concluded that the years 1990 to 1994 were a mixture of negotiations (Pretoria Minute, CODESA,  etc.) and violence (Sebokeng, Boipatong etc.). Yet the country was miraculously able to transcend obstacles and  become a rainbow nation with an advanced constitution. While some of the role-players had tried to undermine the  negotiations, others had worked hard throughout to bring about a new democratic South Africa. 
Comment: 

  • The question has been answered and the content is fully relevant to the line of argument. 
  • This is a well-planned and well-structured essay.  
  • Evidence has been used to defend the argument. 
  • This essay could be improved through developing an original, well-balanced and independent line of  argument with evidence used to sustain and defend the argument throughout. 
 C L7 
 P L7

 [44/50]

8. MARKING GUIDELINES AND RUBRIC 
SOURCE-BASED QUESTIONS 
QUESTION 1 
WHY DID SOUTH AFRICA BECOME INVOLVED IN THE ANGOLAN CIVIL WAR IN THE 1980s?
1.1  

1.1.1 [Extraction of evidence from Source 1A – L1] 

  • UNITA (1 x 1) (1)

1.1.2 [Extraction of evidence from Source 1A – L1]  

  • Oil Installations 
  • Ports 
  • Railways 
  • Dams 
  • Bridges 
  • Electricity lines 
  • Iron mines 
  • Factories (any 4 x 1) (4)

1.1.3 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 1A - L2] 

  • Angola was a multi-racial democratic country (South Africa’s apartheid ideology was based on the  principal of racial separation). 
  • The Angolan government followed a Marxist ideology (SA government was capitalist and anti communist). 
  • Angola allowed the ANC to establish training camps (SA government feared that these would be  bases from which South Africa would be attacked). 
  • Angola offered support for the South West African People’s Organisation (SWAPO) who were fighting  for liberation from South African control. (any 3 x 2) (6) 

1.1.4 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 1A – L2] 
Yes, the MPLA was justified. 

  • South Africa had invaded Angola.  
  • The MPLA felt threatened by South Africa and was unable to defend its rule without calling for external  support. 
  • South Africa offered military training and support to MPLA’s Opponents, UNITA and FNLA.
      Any other relevant answer. (any 1 x 3) (3)

1.2 

1.2.1 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 1B – L2] 

  • The Soviet’s support caused destruction (bombs falling off the sleigh and exploding on the ground). 
  • The Soviets sent a large quantity of weapons to Angola. (The cartoon shows the sleigh piled high with  different weapons) 
  • Any other relevant response. (2 x 2) (4)

1.2.2 [Evaluation of bias in Source 1B – L3] 
To a large extent because:  

  • The title of the cartoon ‘Slay Bells’ implies that the weapons being sent to Angola would cause death  (slay means to kill) 
  • The cartoon shows a town being destroyed by the weapons being carried by the Soviet Union sleigh. 
     Any other relevant answer.  

To a lesser extent because: 

  • It was accurate to show that the Soviet Union sent large quantities of weapons to Angola. 
  •  The weapons sent to Angola from the USSR caused a great deal of death and destruction. 
    Any other relevant answer. (2 x 2) (4) 

1.3 

1.3.1 [Extraction of evidence from Source 1C – L1] 

  • The Soviet Union 
  • Cuba (2 x 1) (2) 

1.3.2 [Definition of concept from Source 1C – L1] 

  • A society based on the principals of communal ownership of property, the redistribution of wealth, no  production for profit and no class structure. (1 x 2)(2) 

1.3.3 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 1C – L2] 

  • He believed that Angola was being controlled by communists. 
  • He stated that there were tens of thousands of Cuban troops in Angola. 
  • Any other relevant answer. (2 x 2) (4) 

1.3.4 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 1C – L2] 

  • He referred to the Cuban forces that fought on behalf of the MPLA. 
  • He used the word communist repeatedly because he saw the Cuban presence in Angola as a  communist threat. 
  • He was anti-communist. 
  • Any other relevant answer. (1 x 2) (2)

1.4 

1.4.1 [Extraction of evidence from Source 1D – L1] 

  • Barbarian 
  • Terrorist (2 x 1) (2) 

1.4.2 [Extraction of evidence from Source 1D – L1] 

  • They died to ‘maintain civilisation’.  
  • They died for the ‘preservation of the norms and values of a Christian society’. (2 x 2) (4) 

1.4.3 [Ascertaining the usefulness of Source 1D – L3] 
 Very useful because it shows that 

  • The public broadcaster was not neutral – highly emotive and negative language was used to describe  the liberation movements (‘terrorists’, ‘barbarians’). 
  • The South African public was given a one-sided version of the civil war in Angola and the Namibian  liberation movement was referred to as ‘SWAPO terrorists’. 
  • The death of soldiers in the border war was portrayed as a just cause – a ‘sacrifice’ to ‘preserve’  ‘civilisation’ and ‘Christianity’. 
  • Any other relevant answer. (2 x 2) (4) 

1.5 [Interpret, analyse and evaluate information from Sources 1A-D - L3] 
Learners need to include the following points in their answer: 

  • Angola was seen as a threat to South Africa.  
  • Angola was a multi-racial, Marxist country. Its success would undermine the capitalist apartheid South  African state. 
  • Angola supported liberation movements such as SWAPO.  
  • Angola received military aid from communist countries.  
  • Vorster (SA Prime Minister) believed there was a communist conspiracy to dominate the world and  Angola was of strategic importance.  
  • Angola was supporting SWAPO in their attempt to liberate Namibia from South African control. 
  • Vorster feared that it was important to win the war in Angola to preserve South African ‘civilisation’,  and ‘Christian values’, which were under threat from liberation movements who were supported by  Angola. 
    Any other relevant answer.

Use the following rubric to allocate a mark: 

LEVEL 1 
  • Uses evidence in an elementary manner e.g. shows little or no under standing of why South Africa became involved in the Angolan civil  war.
  • Uses evidence partially to report on topic or cannot report on topic 
Marks: 0–2 
LEVEL 2   
  • Evidence is mostly relevant and relates to a great extent to the topic e.g.  shows an understanding of why South Africa became involved in the  Angolan civil war.  
  • Uses evidence in a basic manner. 
Marks: 3–6 
LEVEL 3   
  • Uses relevant evidence e.g. demonstrates a thorough understanding of  why South Africa became involved in the Angolan civil war. Evidence  relates well to the topic. 
  • Uses evidence very effectively in an organised paragraph that shows an  understanding of the topic. 
Marks: 7–8 

(8) 
[50] 

QUESTION 2 
HOW SUCCESSFUL WAS THE TRUTH AND RECONCILIATION COMMISSION (TRC) IN HEALING OUR  PAST? 
2.1  
2.1.1 [Extraction of evidence from Source 2A – L1] 

  • 15 April 1996 
  • East London (2 x 1) (2) 

2.1.2 [Definition of historical concept from Source 2A – L1] 

  • The act of reconciling or the process of making compatible. 
  • To endeavour to reconcile differences of the past in order to heal the nation. (any 1 x 2) (2) 

2.1.3 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 2A – L2] 

  • The TRC chose ‘Healing our Past’ so that it would be able to ensure that the truth concerning the  human rights violations in South Africa was not erased or forgotten but investigated, recorded and  exposed. 
  • Through the TRC process people who suffered the injustices of the past might find closure and be  able to move on with their lives. 
  • Any other relevant answer. (any 1 x 2) (2)

2.1.4 [Interpretation and evaluation of evidence from Source 2A – L3] 

  • The TRC was a significant event in SA’s history as it focused on healing the past and building a united  nation. 
  • It provided support with regard to amnesty, reconciliation and reparation. 
  • Any other relevant answer. (any 1 x 3) (3) 

2.2 
2.2.1 [Extraction of evidence from Source 2B – L1] 

  • Dirk Coetzee 
  • Almond Nofemela 
  • David Tshikilange (3 x 1) (3) 

2.2.2 [Extraction of evidence from Source 2B – L1] 

  • He was struck on the head with a wheel spanner.  
  • Fell to the ground and was repeatedly stabbed. (2 x 2) (4) 

2.2.3 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 2B – L2] 

  • Sentencing was postponed until the TRC committee had reached its decision. 
  • The TRC was waiting for the Amnesty Committee to make its final decision 
  • Any other relevant response. (any 2 x 2) (4) 2.3 

2.3.1 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 2C – L2] 

  • The TRC was satisfied that their motives were politically motivated - taking orders from a higher  authority, the Security Branch of the South African Police. 
  • They applied for amnesty, attended the hearing and the Commission was satisfied that they had  disclosed the truth. 
  • Any other relevant response. (any 1 x 2) (2) 

2.3.2 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 2C – L2] 

  • Because they had been granted amnesty by the TRC they could not be tried in a criminal court.  (1 x 2)(2) 

2.4 [Ascertaining the usefulness of evidence from Sources 2B and 2C – L3] 
 Learners need to make reference to both Sources 2B and 2C in their responses: 

  • Source 2B is useful as it focuses on the assassination of Griffiths Mxenge and provides details as to  when and how he died as well as who killed him. 
  • Source 2C provides valuable information as to who gave the instructions and orders to kill Mxenge. 
  • Both sources are useful because they give insight into the workings of the TRC and the process of  granting amnesty. 
  • Any other relevant answer. (any 2 x 2) (4)

2.5 
2.5.1 Extraction of evidence from Source 2D – L1] 

  • The Mxenge family opposed the amnesty application. (1 x 2) (2) 

2.5.2 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 2D – L2] 

  • The family of Griffiths Mxenge felt that the granting of amnesty was a travesty of justice.
  • They felt that Coetzee and his co-accused did not meet the criteria for amnesty as contained in the  Promotion of National Reconciliation Act. 
  • As policemen they stepped into the arena of politics which was not within their jurisdiction of  maintaining justice, the protection of citizens and the duties of policemen. (2 x 2) (4) 

2.6 
2.6.1 [Extraction of evidence from Source 2E – L1]  

  • Mamdani views the manner in which the TRC dealt with apartheid as if ‘it did not exist’ and it did not  take the sufferings of the victims seriously. (1 x 2) (2) 

2.6.2 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 2E – L2] 

  •  Mamdani suggests that the TRC could have informed white South Africans that many of them were  beneficiaries of the apartheid system.
  • The focus could also have been on those who suffered because of apartheid and not only on those  who broke the law. (any 1 x 2) (2) 

2.6.3 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 2E – L2] 

  • The TRC was intent on exposing who gave the orders for political crimes. 
  • It required them to be transparent. The TRC wished to extract the truth by saying ‘Did you give the  orders in this case, that case?’
  • Any other relevant answer. (any 2 x 2) (4) 

2.7 [Interpret, analyse and evaluate information from Sources 2A-D - L3] 

Learners need to include the following points in their answer: 

  • The success of the TRC contributed to healing the past, and building a united SA.
  • It acknowledged the pain, humiliation and suffering of people, allowed for amnesty for families who  had suffered trauma, they forgave perpetrators, provided stability for SA. 
  • Reparation provided R30 000 for victims, listened to stories of how police activists had killed others. 
  • Acknowledged mistakes that were made which were never to be repeated, led to the birth of a culture  of human rights, violence was not to be tolerated.
  • In 2006, Adrian Vlok asked for forgiveness and repented by washing the feet of Frank Chikane and  the feet of the mothers and widows of the Mamelodi 10.
  • In some cases the acceptance of unconditional apologies had improved relationships between the  perpetrators and the victims. 
  • Some families of victims (e.g. Mxenge, Goniwe, Hani) refused to accept the TRC process of amnesty  and wanted the perpetrators to be tried in a criminal court.
  • Mamdani felt that the TRC did not go far enough – it was only interested in those who had committed  gross human rights violations but not in those who had benefitted from apartheid.
    Any other relevant point. 

Use the following rubric to allocate a mark:  

LEVEL 1 
  • Uses evidence in an elementary manner e.g. shows little or no  understanding of the extent to which the TRC was successful in  healing our past. 
  • Uses evidence partially to report on the topic or cannot report on the topic. 
Marks: 0–2 
LEVEL 2 
  • Evidence is mostly relevant and relates to a great extent to the topic e.g.  shows an understanding of the extent to which the TRC was successful  in healing our past.  
  • Uses evidence in a basic manner. 
Marks: 3–6 
LEVEL 3   
  • Uses relevant evidence e.g. demonstrates a thorough understanding  of the extent to which the TRC was successful in healing our past.  Evidence relates well to the topic. 
  • Uses evidence very effectively in an organised paragraph that shows an  understanding of the topic.  
Marks: 7–8 

(8) 
[50] 

QUESTION 3 
WHAT IMPACT DID GLOBALISATION HAVE ON THE NEW WORLD ORDER? 
3.1  
3.1.1 [Definition of concept from Source 3A – L1] 

  • Globalisation refers to the integration of various economic, social, technological, political and cultural  structures and processes that allow for the economic and political relations between the different  countries of the world. 
  • These are influenced by the development in communication, transportation and infrastructure.
    Any other relevant response. (1 x 2) (2) 

3.1.2 [Extraction of evidence from Source 3A – L1] 

  • Negative integration  
  • Positive integration (2 x 1) (2) 

3.1.3 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 3A – L2] 

  • Removing tariff protection which allowed cheap imports from outside Africa to flood the market. 
  •  Cheap imports may result in the loss of jobs in industries located in African countries. 
    Any other relevant answer. (2 x 2) (4) 

3.2  
3.2.1 [Extraction of evidence from Source 3A – L1] 

  • Shrinking world 
  • Technology 
  • Free trade 
  • Any other relevant answer. (any 3 x 1) (3)

3.2.2 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 3B – L2]  

  • Shrinking world – negative e.g. an investment in Indonesia can mean unemployment in London; or  positive e.g. Internet allows for rapid communication across the world. 
  • Technology – positive e.g. a change in how the world communicates, learns, does business and treats  illness; or negative e.g. countries without access to technology are poorer and unable to compete (the  digital divide). 
  • Free trade - negative e.g. national governments are unable to protect their own industries and workers’  jobs are lost due to cheap imports; positive e.g. consumers benefit from being able to buy cheaper  imported goods such as clothing made in the Far East.  
  • Any other relevant answer. (any 3 x 2) (6)

3.3.  
3.3.1 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 3C – L2] 

  • They believed it would be positive (1 x 2) (2) 

3.3.2 [Extraction of evidence from Source 3C – L1] 

  • Benefits (economic and non-economic areas). 
  • In low GDP countries citizens believed that they benefitted from free trade and globalisation.  (2 x 1) (2) 

3.3.3 [Ascertain the limitations of Source 3C – L3] 

  • The survey was limited to 25 000 citizens in 25 countries. 
  • It may not have included countries negatively affected by globalisation. 
  • Supporters of globalisation were mainly from Europe and North America. 
  • Any other relevant answer. (any 1 x 3) (3)

3.4 
3.4.1 Extraction of evidence from Source 3D – L1] 

  • Loss of jobs in developed nations 
  • Increase in child labour and slavery 
  • High pollution levels 
  • Negative impact of fast food on people’s health 
  • Unequal distribution of wealth 
  • Any other relevant answer. (any 4 x 1) (4) 

3.4.2 [Interpretation of Source 3D – L2] 

  • Loss of jobs in developed nations – outsourcing of manufacturing to ‘third-world’ countries.
  • Increase in child labour and slavery – many countries lack adequate accountability. 
  • High pollution levels – new industrial development. 
  • Negative impact of fast food on health – spread of global food chains. 
  • Unequal distribution of wealth – corporate greed and corrupt governments. 
  • Any other relevant answer. (any 1 x 2) (2)

3.5 [Ascertain the usefulness of Sources 3C and 3D – L3]  

  • Source 3C provides valuable information on slavery, the bribing of officials to force children to work and on  how people felt about globalisation. 
  • Source 3D provides evidence of the negative effects of globalisation. 
  • Read together, Sources 3C and 3D provide multiple perspectives on globalisation. (any 2 x 2) (4)

3.6  
3.6.1 [Extraction of evidence from Source 3E – L1] 

  • Global injustice  
  • March against World Trade Organisation (WTO) (2 x 1) (2) 

3.6.2 [Interpretation of evidence from Source 3E – L2] 

  • Presumably the people in Greece, Ireland, and Spain would disagree, as would mainly African  American workers in Detroit and other US cities who had lost jobs to people living in Taiwan, etc. 
  • The demonstrators believed that the policies of the World Trade Organisation (WTO) caused increased  injustice across the world. (1 x 2) (2) 

3.7 [Compare evidence from Sources 3D and 3E – L2] 

  • Source 3E highlights global injustices as mentioned in 3D  
  • Source 3D gives clear examples of the injustice which is mentioned in the source; e.g. Source 3D  explains how under-developed countries have been exploited, suffered injustice, e.g. low labour  costs, child labour, slavery, terrorism, criminals, increase in industrial waste, pollution, negative health  issues, the rich get richer and the poor get poorer, corporates continue to exploit the poor, emergence  of corrupt governments. (2 x 2) (4) 

3.8 [Interpret, analyse and evaluate information from Sources 3A-E - L3] 
Learners need to include the following points in their response: 

  • Globalisation creating a new order 
  • Technology increasing 
  • Transport, computer, telecom industries progressing very fast, making it difficult and challenging to  keep up 
  • Communication has grown exponentially e.g. global accessibility of cellphones
  • Internet access is essential in business, schools, homes, offices, information and capital being traded
  • Changes in monetary policies 
  • Global issues combating international terrorism, HIV/AIDS, challenges to globalisation
  • Travel has become easier and more affordable - enhancing communication 
  • Any other relevant response.

Use the following rubric to allocate a mark:  

LEVEL 1 
  • Uses evidence in an elementary manner e.g. shows little or no  understanding of how globalisation has created a new world order  since 1989 to the present.  
  • Uses evidence partially to report on topic or cannot report on topic. 
Marks: 0–2 
LEVEL 2 
  • Evidence is mostly relevant and relates to a great extent to the topic e.g.  shows an understanding of how globalisation has created a new world  order since 1989 to the present.  
  • Uses evidence in a basic manner. 
Marks: 3–6 
LEVEL 3 
  • Uses relevant evidence e.g. demonstrates a thorough understanding  of how globalisation has created a new world order since 1989 to the  present. Evidence relates well to the topic. 
  • Uses evidence very effectively in an organised paragraph that shows an  understanding of the topic. 
Marks: 7–8 

(8) 
[50] 

ESSAY QUESTIONS  
QUESTION 1A: CHINA 
Discuss to what extent Mao transformed China from an underdeveloped country to a super power from 1949 to  1976. 
SYNOPSIS 
National strength and the status of nations are measured in economic capacity and military hardware – those  countries with the greatest amount of both are considered to be ‘super powers’. Candidates should, therefore,  determine to what extent Mao succeeded in developing these two areas between 1949 and 1976. Clear examples  must be used to substantiate their argument. 
MAIN ASPECTS 
Candidates should include the following aspects in their response: 

  • Introduction: Candidates should outline very briefly the main line of argument – in this case making a  statement expressing the extent to which Mao had transformed China from an underdeveloped country to a  superpower by 1976. 

ELABORATION 
Land Reform 1949–1976 

  • The majority of China’s population in 1949 were landless peasants. 
  • 1949: Land Reform Law – land was taken from landowners and redistributed to peasants. Every peasant  now owned a very small plot - just enough to live on but not enough to produce a surplus. 
  • 1952–1956: Peasant land was re-grouped into collectives (by 1956 95% of peasants were in collectives) –  this allowed for mechanisation, modern farming methods and greater production. 
  • From 1958: Collectives joined into larger units called communes. The aim was that communes would be self sufficient: able to control their own education, health, welfare service and have a small industry. Communes  were part of Mao’s ‘Great Leap Forward - an attempt to develop China into a modern industrialised country.  (Initial bad weather and poor harvests resulted in widespread famine.) 
  • (NB: After Mao’s death peasants were allowed to own their land again and grow crops for profit. As a result  of this ‘responsibility system’ as it was called, China has seen far greater increases in grain harvests.) 
  • Grain produced in China increased (million tonnes) – 1949: 111; 1957: 191; 1976: 285; 1984: 407.

The economic and industrial development 1949–1976 

  • China had very little industry in 1949 (cheap manufactured goods from Europe and Japan in the early 20th century had economically ruined Chinese craftsmen).  
  • From 1952 industrial development was centrally planned with a target fixed (followed USSR’s model). 
  • Plan 1: 1952–1957 – Industrial development exceeded targets. 
  • Plan 2: 1957–1960 – ‘Great Leap Forward’. Popular slogan in those years was ‘20 years in a day’. Over ambitious, poorly managed, harvest failures resulted in famine in which millions died – GLF abandoned 
  • Plan 3: 1960–1966 – No plans agreed upon – chaos in countryside due to Cultural Revolution as traditional  methods of farming were attacked as ‘backwards’ and untrained workers sent from the cities to work in the  fields 
  • Plan 4: 1971–1976 – this was a period of rapid industrial growth  
  • GNP grew on average 13% per year between 1949–1975 (but very unevenly: 1949=57 + c.22% but 1960s  = 7%) 

Foreign policy 

  • Mao wanted to re-establish the borders of the ‘Old China’ (this led to border wars with a number of  neighbouring countries) and make sure that China was never threatened by any foreign power. 
  • Tibet 1949: Tibet was an independent priest-led country which Mao saw as part of ‘Old China’. In 1950 the  Chinese Red Army entered Tibet – land redistributed, attacks on Buddhism, monasteries destroyed. In 1965  Tibet became a full province of China. Tibet is still fighting for independence today. 
  • Other examples such as India, Vietnam or Taiwan could be used to illustrate Mao’s foreign policy which  aimed at showing the world that China under communist rule was no longer a weak and insignificant power. 

Military power 

  • Until 1960 China received a great deal of assistance from the USSR. After the Sino-Soviet split, China  adopted a policy of self-reliance. 
  • China developed nuclear power.  
  • Any other relevant point. 
  • Conclusion: Candidates should sum up their argument with a relevant conclusion.  [50]

 QUESTION 1B: VIETNAM
‘... All the military might of a superpower could not defeat a small nation of peasants.’
Critically discuss this statement in the light of United States of America’s involvement in Vietnam between 1965 and 1975.
Use relevant examples to support your answer.
SYNOPSIS
Candidates must critically discuss the various reasons why the USA failed to win the war against Vietnam despite their superior military might. Clear examples must be used to substantiate their argument.
MAIN ASPECTS
Candidates should include the following aspects in their response:

  • Introduction: Candidates should outline very briefly the main line of argument – in this case the main reasonswhy the USA failed to win the war against Vietnam.

ELABORATION
USA’s military tactics

  • The US was ill-equipped and trained to fight a guerrilla war in Vietnam. They lost out to the more experienced Viet Cong who knew the jungles and had the support of local people
  • The US used ‘search and destroy’ tactics, destroying whole villages of Vietnamese civilians but failing to destroy the Viet Cong
  • The US used aerial bombing and chemical weapons to deforest the jungle and napalm to intimidate and destroy the Vietnamese people.
  • These tactics lost the USA a great deal of support among Vietnamese people (North and South) but also fuelled the anti-war feeling back in the US.

Opposition to war in USA

  • A growing number of people (especially young students on USA campuses) opposed USA involvement in Vietnam.
  • Rallies, demonstrations and marches were held across the USA (4 students killed by state troops at Ohio State University, 1971) - many young people did not want to be conscripted to fight a war they did not believe in (ideologically they did not agree with the USA’s policy of containment).
  • Due to the media coverage (Vietnam was the 1st televised war), many Americans were opposed to the destruction of villages and the murder of civilians that took place in the name of ‘democracy’.
  • The anti-war movement undermined support for the USA government to such an extent that President Johnson did not stand for re-election – Richard Nixon stood for election promising to end the USA’s involvement in the war.

Chinese and USSR support of Viet Cong

  • Although the Viet Cong did not have the chemical weapons and sophisticated weapons that were used by the USA, they did receive weapons, aid and support from the USSR and China.
  • Support from China and the USSR made it very hard for USA troops to disarm the guerrillas.

Unpopularity of South Vietnamese regime

  • The USA tried to prop up an unpopular regime that many of the South Vietnamese people (whom the USA was supposed to be ‘liberating’ from the communists) did not support.
  • The South Vietnamese government was essentially a military dictatorship and the ruling elite were hated by the majority of the peasant class.

Determination and skill of Viet Cong compared with US conscripts.

  • The Viet Cong were highly disciplined and dedicated guerrilla soldiers fighting to free their country (Vietnamese saw it as a war of liberation).
  • They also had the support of the majority of the Vietnamese people.
  • In contrast, the US army was made up mainly of very young, conscripted soldiers.
  •  Any other relevant point.
  • Conclusion: Candidates should sum up their argument with a relevant conclusion.[50]

QUESTION 2: CONGO AND TANZANIA
Write a comparative essay on the political successes and challenges that post-colonial leaders of both the Congo and Tanzania faced between the 1960s and the 1980s.
SYNOPSIS
Candidates should undertake a comparative discussion of the political successes and challenges that faced the Congo and Tanzania.
MAIN ASPECTS
Candidates should include the following aspects in their response:

  • Introduction: Candidates should focus on the nature of the post-colonial leaders in both the Congo and Tanzania by undertaking a comparative discussion.

ELABORATION
Leadership in the Congo:

  • Patrice Lumumba (Prime Minister 1950–1961). An anti-colonial liberation leader and a nationalist. Some historians have argued that he lacked diplomatic experience (e.g. in his handling of the Katanga secession) and that he acted without judgment; while others saw him as charismatic, uncompromising and having a strong set of values for which, ultimately, he was killed.
  • Mobutu Sese Seko (President 1965–1997) A colonel in the army; a capitalist who was supported by the USA, an Africanist (changed name from Congo to Zaire and demanded people use their African names, Western clothes were banned), he was an elitist and established a kleptocracy (rule by a very few); a
    ruthless and authoritarian leader who used violent methods to silence all opposition.

Leadership in Tanzania:

  • Julius Nyerere (President 1961–1985) One of the few African leaders to voluntarily retire, known for his personal integrity. He was opposed to elitism and extravagance, a socialist, a dictator (banned all opposition parties); he used the 1962 Preventive Detention Act to imprison those who opposed him; committed to economic as well as political independence (although Tanzania came to depend heavily on foreign aid due to the failure of his policies).

Legacy of Colonialism

  • Congo: Colonised by King Leopold II of Belgium; colonial regime exploited people, stripped Congo of its rich natural resources and was known for its brutality (slavery existed in Belgian Congo into the 20th century), colonial powers did not develop an infrastructure, they did not provide health facilities or education for the local population (at independence only 2% of the population attended high school), local industry was not developed, no local people were involved in government during the colonial period; political parties where allowed from 1955, but were formed on an ethnic basis. This resulted in ethnic rivalry
    (e.g. attempt by the mineral-rich region, Katanga, to secede which was supported by USA).
  • Tanzania: Colonised by Germany, Britain took control after World War I. Nyerere emphasised the importance of unifying the nation and developing a Tanzanian identity – he made Kiswahili the official language. Britain did not develop secondary industries, Tanzania was exploited for natural resources and cash crops, infrastructure built for export of raw materials. Britain allowed Tanzanians some participation in local government structures,
    but they were not allowed to form political parties.

Types of government

  • Congo: Military dictatorship, kleptocracy, capitalist (private ownership of wealth created great divisions between rich and poor); one-party state; Mobutu had all power within the party and membership was compulsory for all citizens; the party was devoted to the cult of Mobutuism; supported by USA; encouraged
    foreign capitalists to invest in Zaire. 
  • Tanzania: African socialist (all land and industry was nationalised), one-party state (although membership of TANU was voluntary and open to people of all languages, ethnicities and regions). Attempted to remain non-aligned in Cold War; initially did not allow foreign investment but was forced to accept privatisation and foreign investment in return for loans and debt relief from IMF and World Bank.

Political stability and instability

  • Congo: Relatively stable after Mobutu came to power in a military coup d’état but mainly because all opposition was banned, silenced and executed;
  • Tanzania: Relatively stable with Nyerere remaining leader until mid-1980s; fought a war against Uganda over border dispute.
  • Any other relevant point.
  • Conclusion: Candidates should sum up their argument with a relevant conclusion.[50]

QUESTION: 4: THE CRISIS OF APARTHEID IN THE 1980S
Explain how both internal mass civic resistance and international pressure contributed to the demise of PW Botha’s apartheid regime in the 1980s.
SYNOPSIS
Candidates need to explain how both internal mass civic resistance and international pressure contributed to the demise of PW Botha’s regime in the 1980s. Relevant examples must be used to support their argument.
MAIN ASPECTS
Candidates should include the following aspects in their response:

  • Introduction: Candidates should focus on the reasons for internal mass civic resistance and international pressure against the apartheid regime in the 1980s.

ELABORATION

  • Botha’s regime embarked on repression and later undertook ‘reform’ (1983 constitution).
  • ‘Reform’ measures by Botha’s regime in the form of the tri-cameral parliamentary system led to intense internal resistance by civic organisations.
  • Internal resistance in the form of ‘rolling’ mass action/programme of defiance led by the UDF, the National Forum, the Black Consciousness Movement, AZAPO, community/ religious organisations, student organisations in schools/universities, End-Conscription Campaign, Black Sash, etc.
  • The imposition of the states of emergency by Botha’s regime (reasons and reaction).
  • The emergence and role of the Mass Democratic Movement in 1985 against Botha’s regime.
  • International pressure by the anti-apartheid movement in Africa, Britain and Ireland.
  • Impact of the sports/cultural/academic/consumer boycotts; sanctions and disinvestment by the international community on the apartheid state’s economy.
  • Any other relevant point.
  • Conclusion: Candidates should sum up their argument with a relevant conclusion. [50]

QUESTION 5: THE NEGOTIATED SETTLEMENT AND THE GOVERNMENT OF NATIONAL UNITY
Allister Sparks argues that the process of negotiation ‘was always a crisis-driven process’.
Critically assess Allister Sparks’ statement with reference to the process of negotiation in South Africa between 1990 and 1994.
SYNOPSIS
Candidates should indicate whether they agree with Sparks’ statement. They should highlight the various challenges that South Africa’s political role players faced during the process of negotiation such as violence, opposing views and political intolerance between 1990 and 1994.
MAIN ASPECTS
Candidates should include the following aspects in their response:

Introduction: Candidates should explain the historical context and take a line of argument with regard to the statement that ‘the process of negotiation was always a crisis-driven process’.

ELABORATION

  • In March 1990, the ANC Executive met the NP government for ‘talks about talks’.
    (Meeting suspended due to the Sebokeng Massacre on 26 March 1990; the ANC threatened the continuation of the armed struggle if government did not commit to the process of negotiation; Government wanted ANC to commit to power-sharing and not majority rule).
  • May 1990: ANC and government met at Groote Schuur/Groote Schuur Minute accepted.
  • Third meeting in Pretoria (Pretoria Minute accepted; ANC suspended armed struggle; violence continued despite progress in talks; Third Force was blamed for the increase in violence).
  •  ANC tried to befriend Zulu king to create political stability and peace in Natal; (IFP resisted and violence increased for e.g. ‘Seven Day’ War during March 1991. Two hundred people were killed in Pietermaritzburg.
  • Violence spread to Johannesburg (train violence claimed at least 500 lives between 1990 and 1993;Inkathagate Scandal came to the fore; ANC made 14demands to government as a prerequisite for continuednegotiations).
  • 20 December 1991 CODESA began – boycotted by the PAC, AZAPO and the Conservative Party; Declaration of Intent signed/South Africa on threshold of democracy.
  •  CODESA 2 began in May 1992 but ANC walked out because of the Boipatong massacre in June 1992.
  • October 1992 Joe Slovo proposed the ‘Sunset Clause’ as a compromise - NP government and ANC later signed the ‘Record of Understanding’; IFP rejected this agreement.
  •  7 September 1992 almost 80 000 ANC supporters marched to Bhisho and demanded the reincorporation of Ciskei into South Africa. Soldiers from Bantustan leader Oupa Gqozo. Government opened fire on unarmed protestors leading to the death of 28; the tri-partite alliance responded by embarking on ‘rolling mass action’.
  • Violence erupted again. Third Force implicated; Goldstone Commission confirmed the involvement of police/SADF.
  • Assassination of Chris Hani on 10 April 1993 was an attempt by the right-wing to derail the process of negotiation.
  • AWB invaded the World Trade Centre to stop negotiations – 25 July 1993.
  •  APLA launched an attack on the St James Church in Cape Town – 25 July 1993 killing 11 and wounding 58 worshippers.
  • IFP and COSAG rejected ‘Record of Understanding’ and favoured federalism while the AWB and CP wanted a volkstaat.
  • Lucas Mangope, Bantustan leader of Bophuthatswana, called on the AWB to resist reintegration into SA – led to 63 AWB members being killed.
  • 28 March 1994 members of the IFP marched to the ANC headquarters at Shell House – resulted in the Shell House massacre about 300 people were killed.
  • Multi-party talks resumed in April 1993.
  • South Africa’s first democratic elections held on 27 April 1994.
  •  Any other relevant point.
  • Conclusion: Candidates should sum up their argument with a relevant conclusion. [50]

COGNITIVE LEVELS USED TO SET SOURCE-BASED QUESTIONS

CAPS: GRADE 12 ANALYSIS GRID: SOURCE-BASED QUESTIONS   
QUESTION 1
KEY QUESTION: WHY DID SOUTH AFRICA BECOME INVOLVED IN THE ANGOLAN CIVIL WAR IN THE 1980s?
Question Number Level 1  Level 2 Level 3
1.1.1 1    
1.1.2 4    
1.1.3   6  
1.1.4   3  
1.2.1   4  
1.2.2     4
1.3.1 2    
1.3.2 2    
1.3.3   4  
1.3.4   2  
1.4.1 2    
1.4.2 4    
1.4.3     4
1.5     8
TOTAL: 50 15 19 16
CAPS Cognitive Levels: 100% 15 (30%) 20 (40%)  15 (30%)
 
QUESTION 2:
KEY QUESTION: HOW SUCCESSFUL WAS THE TRUTH AND RECONCILIATION COMMISSION (TRC) IN  HEALING OUR PAST?
 2.1.1  2    
 2.1.2  2    
 2.1.3    2  
 2.1.4      3
 2.2.1  3    
 2.2.2  4    
2.2.3   4  
2.3.1   2  
2.3.2   2  
2.4     4
2.5.1 2    
2.5.2   4  
2.6.1 2    
2.6.2   2  
2.6.3   4  
2.7     8
TOTAL: 50 15 20 15
CAPS Cognitive Levels: 100% 15 (30%) 20 (40%)  15 (30%)
 
QUESTION 3
KEY QUESTION: WHAT IMPACT DID GLOBALISATION HAVE ON THE NEW WORLD ORDER?
3.1.1 2    
3.1.2 2    
3.1.3   4  
3.2.1 3    
3.2.2   6  
3.3.1   2  
3.3.2 2    
3.3.3     3
3.4.1 4    
3.4.2   2  
3.5     4
3.6.1 2    
3.6.2   2  
3.7   4  
3.8     8
TOTAL: 50 15 20 15
CAPS Cognitive Levels: 100% 15 (30%) 20 (40%)  15 (30%)

 
9. BIBLIOGRAPHY
Visual sources and other historical evidence were taken from the following:

BOOKS:
Angier, K. (et al), Viva History Grade 12: Learner’s Book. (Johannesburg: Vivlia, 2013).
Frederikse, J. South Africa: A different kind of war. (London: James Currey, 1987).
Hanlon, J. Beggar your neighbours: Apartheid power in Southern Africa. (London: James Currey, 1986).
Pillay, G. (et al), New Generation History Grade 12: Learner’s book. (Durban: Interpak Printers, 2013).
INTERNET SITES:
http://www.cartoons.ac.uk/search/cartoon_item/angola.
http://www.sahistory.org.za/archive/interview-south-african-prime-minister-mr-b-j-vorster-mr-clarence-rhodesupitn-
tv-13-february.
http://qu301southafrica.com/tag/recon.
www.justice.gov.za/trc/report/ .
www.info.gov.za/speeches/1997/08050w13297.html.
www.justice.gov.za/trc/media/1996/9611/s961105h.html.
http://hubpages.com/hub/Definition-of-Globalization.
http://globalisation.pen.io.
www.globescan.com/news_archives/press_inside.htm.
http://www.buzzle.com/articles/negative-effects-of-globalization.html.
http://content.lib.washington.edu/wtoweb/images/wto-protest.jpg.

ENGLISH FIRST ADDITIONAL LANGUAGE
PAPER 1
GRADE 12 
NSC PAST PAPERS AND MEMOS
NOVEMBER 2016

INSTRUCTIONS TO MARKERS 

  1. Candidates are required to answer ALL the questions.
  2. This memorandum has been finalised at a memorandum discussion session  at DBE at which all provinces were represented. Any omissions or queries  should be referred to Chief Markers/Analytical Moderators/Internal  Moderators at marking centres. All protocol must be followed.
  3. Candidates' responses should be assessed as objectively as possible. MARKING THE COMPREHENSION
    • Because the focus is on understanding, incorrect spelling and language errors in  responses should not be penalised unless such errors change the  meaning/understanding. (Errors must still be indicated.)
    • If a candidate uses words from a language other than the one being examined,  disregard those words, and if the answer still makes sense, do not penalise.  However, if a word from another language is used in a text and required in an  answer, this will be acceptable.
    • For open-ended questions, no marks should be awarded for YES/NO or I  AGREE/I DISAGREE. The reason/substantiation/motivation is what should be  considered.
    • When one-word answers are required and the candidate gives a whole sentence,  mark correct provided that the correct word is underlined/ highlighted.
    • When two/three facts/points are required and a range is given, mark only the first  two/three.
    • Accept dialectal variations.
    • For multiple-choice questions, accept BOTH the letter corresponding with the  correct answer AND/OR the answer written out in full.
    • NOTE: Relevant and coherent quotations from the passage are acceptable.

MEMORANDUM

SECTION A: COMPREHENSION 
QUESTION 1  

1.1

South Africans believe that it is fine to eat fast foods. ✔ 
South Africans believe that too much attention/emphasis is placed on eating  healthily. ✔ 
They think food that is good for you, cannot taste good. ✔ 
NOTE: Accept any TWO of the above answers. (2) 

1.2

World Action on Salt and Health (WASH). ✔ 
Heart and Stroke Foundation (of South Africa). ✔ (2)

1.3 'international'✔ (1) 
1.4

These are the established/popular brands✔ that sell/serve quick meals/junk  food. ✔ 
OR 
The companies/franchises/restaurants✔ that sell the most prepared/ processed meals.✔ (2) 

1.5 The studies found that South Africa's popular fast food outlets produce meals  for children that have among the highest salt content in the world. Salt  contributes to diseases like high blood pressure, strokes, heart attacks and  kidney failure. Therefore, South Africans must take the survey seriously so  action can be taken in this regard.  
NOTE: Accept other suitable responses provided that they are grounded in  the text. A candidate can score 1or 2 marks for an answer that is not  well-substantiated. (3) 
1.6

KFC✔ 
McDonald's✔ 
Burger King✔ 
Subway ✔ 
NOTE: Accept any TWO of the above answers. (2) 

1.7 The salt content✔of the chicken nugget meal sold in South Africa is  considerably higher than the same meal sold in the United Kingdom.✔ (2) 
1.8

The Department of Health asked fast food outlets to use less salt in their  meals. ✔ 
Regulations were put in place to reduce salt content in fast food meals. ✔ Legislation to reduce salt in fast foods was signed. ✔ 
They took the matter to parliament. ✔ 
NOTE: Accept any TWO of the above answers. (2)

1.9 Fast foods in the UK and the USA are lower in salt content.✔Their legislation  regulating salt content in meals was enforced earlier. ✔ (2) 
1.10 B/ compulsory✔ (1)
1.11 Open-ended. Accept a suitable response, e.g. 

Yes. Readers are made aware of the dangers of too much salt intake  especially at fast food outlets. The information in the passage will prompt  them to become more health conscious.  
AND/OR 
No. Readers have become accustomed to unhealthy habits and it will be  difficult for them to change their ways. There is little evidence in the passage  which will persuade readers to stop eating fast food. 
NOTE: Accept other suitable responses provided that they are grounded in  the text. A candidate can score 1 or 2 marks for an answer that is not  well-substantiated. (3) 

1.12 Open-ended. Accept a suitable response, e.g. 

The word pinch refers to a small amount of salt which is what the passage is  about; we should therefore reduce our salt intake. 
AND/OR 
'Pinch' suggests a little salt. The passage is all about excessive salt intake. 
NOTE: Accept other suitable responses provided that they are grounded in  the text. A candidate can score 1 mark for an answer that is not well substantiated. Accept answers that relate the passage to the  idiom 'a pinch of salt'. (2) 

1.13 A weather / meteorological/climatic report / a weather forecast /a long term  weather forecast/expected weather for a week (for Mbombela). (1) 
1.14

It will be cloudier on Saturday.✔The picture of the clouds is larger for  Saturday than for Friday/The picture of the sun is smaller for Saturday.✔ 
OR  
It will be brighter on Friday than on Saturday.✔ The picture of the clouds is  smaller for Friday/The picture of the sun is bigger for Friday.✔ (2) 

1.15 Monday (1)
1.16 Open-ended. Accept a suitable response, e.g. 

The visuals convey clearly what the weather will be on each day. /The reader  can easily see each day's weather. Thus the message of the text is accurate.  
OR 
The temperatures and the visuals do not correspond for each day. For  example, a low temperature of 21 and the high temperature of 28 both have  the same visual without any variations. In contrast, the two days with the  same temperature of 23 degrees have visuals that vary. This can be  misleading and so, does not convey the message of the text accurately. 
NOTE: Accept other suitable responses provided that they are grounded in  the text. A candidate can score 1 mark for an answer that is not well substantiated. (2)

TOTAL SECTION A: 30

SECTION B: SUMMARY 
QUESTION 2 
The following points form the answer to the question:

 

QUOTATIONS 

 

FACTS  
(NOTE: Candidates may phrase the  facts differently.)

1. 

'It is important to repair or replace  damaged water connections and  washers to stop all leaks.'

1. 

Fix leaking pipes / replace damaged  washers.

2. 

'Filling a tub to take a bath uses  double the amount of water than  when one uses a shower.'

2. 

Take a shower instead of a bath.

3. 

'A dual flush toilet system needs  far less water than the tank  system.'

3. 

Use a dual flush toilet system rather than  a tank system.

4. 

'Water harvesting involves the  collection of rainwater from gutters  into a tank. This water can replace  or supplement the main source of  water when necessary.'

4. 

Collect rainwater to substitute or  

complement your regular source of water.

5. 

'The grey water system entails  diverting water mainly from the  bathroom into a tank. This water can be utilised in the garden.'

5. 

Recycle water from the bathroom for use  in the garden.

6. 

'Pay attention to the kinds of trees  and plants that you have in your  garden as some consume more  water than others, especially 

those that are not indigenous.'

6. 

Choose trees and plants that do not  require much water for your garden./  Indigenous plants need less water than  exotic ones. 

7. 

'When you have to make a cup of  tea or coffee, boil only the  

required amount of water.'

7. 

Boil only the quantity of water you need  (when making a hot beverage).

8. 

'We waste water when we leave  the tap running while brushing our  teeth or washing dishes. However,  using a jug or dish will help  conserve water.'

8. 

Use a container when brushing your teeth  or washing dishes./ Do not wash dishes or brush your teeth  under running water. 

MARKING THE SUMMARY 
The summary should be marked as follows: 

  • Mark allocation:
    • 7 marks for 7 points (1 mark per main point)
    • 3 marks for language 
    •  Total marks: 10
  • Distribution of language marks when candidate has not quoted verbatim:
    • 1–3 points correct: award 1 mark
    • 4–5 points correct: award 2 marks
    • 6–7 points correct: award 3 marks
  • Distribution of language marks when candidate has quoted verbatim:
    • 6–7 quotes: award no language mark
    • 1–5 quotes: award 1 language mark 

NOTE: 

  • Format: Even if the summary is presented in the incorrect format, it must be  assessed. 
  • Word count:
    • Markers are required to verify the number of words used.
    • Do not deduct any marks if the candidate fails to indicate the number of words  used or if the number of words used is indicated incorrectly. 
    • If the word limit is exceeded, read up to the last sentence above the stipulated  upper limit and ignore the rest of the summary. 

TOTAL SECTION B: 10

SECTION C: LANGUAGE 
NOTE: 

  • One-word answers must be marked correct even if the spelling is incorrect, unless  the error changes the meaning of the word. 
  • In full-sentence answers, incorrect spelling should be penalised if the error is in the  language structure being tested.  
  • Sentence structures must be grammatically correct and given in full sentences/as  per instructions. 

QUESTION 3: ANALYSING AN ADVERTISEMENT 
3.1 People who suffer from allergies or hay fever./Parents whose children suffer  from allergies. ✔ (1) 
3.2 One can ask one's pharmacist/chemist about a product that will keep allergies  away./ Buy/Use products from Dr Reddy’s/the brand that keeps allergies  away. ✔ (1) 
3.3

Visual: The picture of a film strip./The scary font resembling that which is used  to advertise horror movies./The scary pictures of the cat/pollen.✔ 
Verbal: The suspenseful language: 'It lurks…', 'It hides…and waits …', 'Get  the tissues ready for …' /'Starts 1 September' resembles the opening date of  a movie.✔ (2) 

3.4 To create suspense for what is to follow./To show that the sentence above the  picture will continue below the picture.✔ (1) 
3.5 Laboratory✔ 
NOTE: Do not penalise for the omission of the initial capital letter. (1) 
3.6 The onset/start of spring/ the date on which the products will be available✔ when allergies/hay fever begin(s)/pollen is released. ✔ (2) 
3.7 Open-ended. Accept a suitable response, e.g. 

It is effective because the advertiser makes use of horror movie techniques to  show that allergies might be serious for some people. 
AND/OR 
It is not effective because the product is not clearly mentioned./ It is not  effective because not everyone would associate a cat with allergies, thus the  message of the advertisement will be lost. 
NOTE: The above are merely examples. A candidate can score 1 mark for  an answer that is not well-substantiated. (2) [10]

QUESTION 4: ANALYSING A CARTOON 
4.1

4.1.1 In the garden/outside/ along the fence between the two houses. ✔ (1) 
4.1.2 Blondie stares at the lawnmower/ leans forward/ with her hands on  her hips/. The lawnmower is not being operated by anyone. ✔ 
NOTE: Accept any ONE of the above answers. (1) 
4.1.3 Power switch/starter of the lawnmower.✔ 
The husband/Dagwood/the man. ✔ (2)

4.2 isn't it/ is it not (1) 
4.3 C/hammock (1) 
4.4

His mouth is wide open.✔ 
The letter 'Z' (is written in large, bold font).✔ 
His arm is hanging down limply.✔ 
NOTE: Accept any TWO of the above answers. (2)

4.5 Open-ended. Accept a suitable response, e.g. 

Yes. She does not get angry. She probably knows her husband and that he  will attend to the lawn later. 
AND/OR 
No. Dagwood shirks his duty to mow the lawn. She should have been angry. 
NOTE: The above are merely examples. A candidate can score 1 mark for  an answer that is not well-substantiated. (2) [10]

QUESTION 5: LANGUAGE AND EDITING SKILLS 
5.1

5.1.1 

    1. they're/they are✔ (1)
    2. safe✔ (1)
    3. of✔ (1)
    4. Keeping/for ✔  (1)

5.1.2 collection/pile/set/stack ✔ (1)
5.1.3 Are you right to hesitate?✔ (1)
5.1.4 B/alliteration✔ (1) 
5.1.5 She said that the next day/following dayshewould spend✔ the  day at the beach. 
OR 
She said that shewould spendthe next day/following day✔at  the beach.  
NOTE: Award ONE mark for each underlined change and ONE   mark for correct punctuation. (4)
5.1.6 Serious damage can be caused by heat. ✔ (1)
5.1.7 Accept a suitable response e.g. He presented his case in court. ✔ (1)
5.1.8 dangers/hazards/threats/risks✔ (1)

5.2

5.2.1 I ✔ (1)
5.2.2 unimportant/insignificant/trivial/minor/immaterial✔ (1) 
5.2.3 National Eye Care Awareness Month will take place until 18  October. ✔ (1) 
5.2.4 It is (worth making the time to take proper care of your eyes.)✔ (1)
5.2.5 Make your eye health a priority.✔ (1)
5.2.6 healthier✔ (1) 

TOTAL SECTION C: 40
GRAND TOTAL:   80